From 3b7b66bc463c6b183e78e9c4c47a9f69a898ae59 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Tue, 24 May 2022 08:18:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 002/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index 8c7e66729a..fbe79471a4 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -61,16 +61,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 2 11 en8e figs-metaphor πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ ψεύδει 1 God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie Paul is speaking of **God** allowing something to happen to people as if he is **sending them** something. Alternate translation: “God is allowing the man of lawlessness to deceive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2TH 2 12 d63e figs-activepassive κριθῶσιν πάντες 1 they might all be judged You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will judge all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 2 12 pkw8 οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλὰ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 those who have not believed the truth, but have taken pleasure in unrighteousness “those who took pleasure in unrighteousness because they did not believe the truth” -2TH 2 13 w83a 0 General Information: If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 13. Suggested heading: “Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]]) +2TH 2 13 w83a 0 General Information: If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 13. Suggested heading: “Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]]) 2TH 2 13 bcd5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul now changes topics. 2TH 2 13 b3hh δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to indicate/show that this is a new section. -2TH 2 13 dze5 figs-hyperbole ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε 1 we ought always to give thanks The word **always** is a generalization. This is used to emphasize or to exaggerate the action. If this is not natural in your language, you can use the alternative renderings given. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” or “we must thank God at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +2TH 2 13 dze5 figs-hyperbole ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε 1 we ought always to give thanks The word **always** is a generalization. This is used to emphasize or to exaggerate the action. If this is not natural in your language, you can use the alternative renderings given. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” OR "we must thank God at all times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 2TH 2 13 m418 ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν 1 we ought Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] 2TH 2 13 ia4x figs-activepassive ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου 1 brothers having been loved by the Lord If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 2 13 v15j figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed.Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -2TH 2 13 l7a8 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**.  Alternate Translation: “to be among the first people who believe” or “among the first people whom God was saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] +2TH 2 13 l7a8 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**.  Alternate Translation: "to be among the first people who believe" or "among the first people whom God was saving" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] 2TH 2 13 bpqn figs-abstractnouns ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth You can change the abstract nouns **salvation**, **sanctification**, **belief**, and **truth** into verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -2TH 2 14 e0gy figs-ellipsis 1 +2TH 2 14 e0gy figs-ellipsis 1 Here, the phrase “through our gospel” does not mean that it is Paul's gospel. It refers to the gospel that Paul and his companions preached. Alternate translation: “by means of the gospel preached to you” OR “through the gospel that we preached to you”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2TH 2 15 u9ss ἄρα οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε 1 So then, brothers, stand firm Paul exhorts the believers to hold fast to their faith in Jesus. 2TH 2 15 l4vr figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις 1 hold tight to the traditions Here, **traditions** refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “remember the traditions” or “believe the truths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2TH 2 15 whp8 figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθητε 1 you were taught You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From ce665c72ed716eb8e0c1656d51b2bd411de6c8d9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Tue, 24 May 2022 08:58:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 003/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index fbe79471a4..b395bd2c9f 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 2 13 bpqn figs-abstractnouns ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth You can change the abstract nouns **salvation**, **sanctification**, **belief**, and **truth** into verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2TH 2 14 e0gy figs-ellipsis 1 Here, the phrase “through our gospel” does not mean that it is Paul's gospel. It refers to the gospel that Paul and his companions preached. Alternate translation: “by means of the gospel preached to you” OR “through the gospel that we preached to you”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2TH 2 15 u9ss ἄρα οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε 1 So then, brothers, stand firm Paul exhorts the believers to hold fast to their faith in Jesus. -2TH 2 15 l4vr figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις 1 hold tight to the traditions Here, **traditions** refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “remember the traditions” or “believe the truths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2TH 2 15 l4vr figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις 1 hold tight to the traditions Here, **teachings** refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “do not give up believing those truths” or “continue to believe the true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2TH 2 15 whp8 figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθητε 1 you were taught You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 2 15 z2vs figs-synecdoche εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter Here, **by word** is a synecdoche for “by instructions” or “by teachings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2TH 2 15 jrg4 figs-explicit εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter You can make clear the implicit information that **by word** means to speak to them personally. Alternate translation: “whether by what we taught you in person or by what we wrote to you in a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 22df39b80976fa2a838a2ad482e80784ee4d8a62 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Tue, 24 May 2022 09:19:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 004/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index b395bd2c9f..a2034d4cef 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -71,9 +71,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 2 13 l7a8 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**.  Alternate Translation: "to be among the first people who believe" or "among the first people whom God was saving" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] 2TH 2 13 bpqn figs-abstractnouns ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth You can change the abstract nouns **salvation**, **sanctification**, **belief**, and **truth** into verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2TH 2 14 e0gy figs-ellipsis 1 Here, the phrase “through our gospel” does not mean that it is Paul's gospel. It refers to the gospel that Paul and his companions preached. Alternate translation: “by means of the gospel preached to you” OR “through the gospel that we preached to you”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +2TH 2 14 thmh figs-explicit 1 The phrase “to the acquiring of the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ” does not mean that we will take over or dividing up the glory of Jesus Christ. It means that the believers will share in Christ's glory. Alternate translation: “you might share in the glory” or “you might receive glory like our Lord Jesus Christ“ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 2 15 u9ss ἄρα οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε 1 So then, brothers, stand firm Paul exhorts the believers to hold fast to their faith in Jesus. 2TH 2 15 l4vr figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις 1 hold tight to the traditions Here, **teachings** refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “do not give up believing those truths” or “continue to believe the true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2TH 2 15 whp8 figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθητε 1 you were taught You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +2TH 2 15 whp8 figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθητε 1 you were taught If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 2 15 z2vs figs-synecdoche εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter Here, **by word** is a synecdoche for “by instructions” or “by teachings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2TH 2 15 jrg4 figs-explicit εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter You can make clear the implicit information that **by word** means to speak to them personally. Alternate translation: “whether by what we taught you in person or by what we wrote to you in a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 2 16 njk1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends with a blessing from God. From 7b0e4d954d43453a035a764d4393060268e45a41 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Tue, 24 May 2022 10:48:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 005/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index a2034d4cef..75ddde7409 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 2 15 u9ss ἄρα οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε 1 So then, brothers, stand firm Paul exhorts the believers to hold fast to their faith in Jesus. 2TH 2 15 l4vr figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις 1 hold tight to the traditions Here, **teachings** refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “do not give up believing those truths” or “continue to believe the true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2TH 2 15 whp8 figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθητε 1 you were taught If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2TH 2 15 z2vs figs-synecdoche εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter Here, **by word** is a synecdoche for “by instructions” or “by teachings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +2TH 2 15 z2vs figs-synecdoche εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter Here, **by word** is a synecdoche which means that Paul was present there teaching them personally.  Alternate translation: “when we were with you” or “when we were talking to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2TH 2 15 jrg4 figs-explicit εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter You can make clear the implicit information that **by word** means to speak to them personally. Alternate translation: “whether by what we taught you in person or by what we wrote to you in a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 2 16 njk1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends with a blessing from God. 2TH 2 16 g8m1 δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. From d9af2c8a76ebd15b7fbd073aac933d47fde1d96c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Tue, 24 May 2022 10:55:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 006/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index 75ddde7409..7d34593238 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 2 15 jrg4 figs-explicit εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter You can make clear the implicit information that **by word** means to speak to them personally. Alternate translation: “whether by what we taught you in person or by what we wrote to you in a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 2 16 njk1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends with a blessing from God. 2TH 2 16 g8m1 δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. -2TH 2 16 yge9 figs-exclusive ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν…ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς καὶ δοὺς 1 our Lord … who loved us and gave us The words **our** and **us** refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +2TH 2 16 yge9 figs-inclusive ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν…ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς καὶ δοὺς 1 our Lord … who loved us and gave us The words **our** and **us** refer to all believers including the writers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an inclusive pronoun.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) 2TH 2 16 cm54 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς 1 our Lord Jesus Christ himself Here, **himself** gives additional emphasis to the phrase **Lord Jesus Christ.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) 2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι 1 may he comfort and strengthen your hearts Here, **hearts** represents the seat of emotions. Alternate translation: “may he comfort you and strengthen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2TH 2 17 yw5f παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ 1 every good work and word “every good thing you do and say” From f13f842980e4fc45d275a8995b23c11823c717ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Tue, 24 May 2022 16:18:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 007/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index 7d34593238..e3bf499ac7 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 2 16 g8m1 δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. 2TH 2 16 yge9 figs-inclusive ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν…ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς καὶ δοὺς 1 our Lord … who loved us and gave us The words **our** and **us** refer to all believers including the writers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an inclusive pronoun.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) 2TH 2 16 cm54 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς 1 our Lord Jesus Christ himself Here, **himself** gives additional emphasis to the phrase **Lord Jesus Christ.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι 1 may he comfort and strengthen your hearts Here, **hearts** represents the seat of emotions. Alternate translation: “may he comfort you and strengthen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι 1 may he comfort and strengthen your hearts Here, **hearts** represents the seat of emotions. If hearts is not the seat of emotions in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may he comfort you and strengthen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2TH 2 17 yw5f παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ 1 every good work and word “every good thing you do and say” 2TH 3 intro b8hk 0 # 2 Thessalonians 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Idle and lazy persons

In Thessalonica, there apparently was a problem with people in the church who were able to work but refused to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### What should you do if your brother sins?

In this chapter, Paul teaches that Christians need to live in a way that honors God. Christians should also encourage one another and hold each other accountable for what they do. The church is also responsible for encouraging believers to repent if they sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) 2TH 3 1 k33i 0 General Information: Paul asks the believers to pray for him and his companions. From 024a1ba0ad24f77426e2b3fbf9e3e95c9a0ad043 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Tue, 24 May 2022 17:01:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 008/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index e3bf499ac7..395209837e 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 2 16 yge9 figs-inclusive ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν…ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς καὶ δοὺς 1 our Lord … who loved us and gave us The words **our** and **us** refer to all believers including the writers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an inclusive pronoun.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) 2TH 2 16 cm54 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς 1 our Lord Jesus Christ himself Here, **himself** gives additional emphasis to the phrase **Lord Jesus Christ.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) 2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι 1 may he comfort and strengthen your hearts Here, **hearts** represents the seat of emotions. If hearts is not the seat of emotions in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may he comfort you and strengthen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2TH 2 17 yw5f παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ 1 every good work and word “every good thing you do and say” +2TH 2 17 yw5f figs-synecdoche παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ 1 every good work and word The phrase “work and word“ can be better expressed in verbs to make it more clear. Alternative translation:  “every good thing you do and say” or “you will do and say everything that is good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2TH 3 intro b8hk 0 # 2 Thessalonians 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Idle and lazy persons

In Thessalonica, there apparently was a problem with people in the church who were able to work but refused to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### What should you do if your brother sins?

In this chapter, Paul teaches that Christians need to live in a way that honors God. Christians should also encourage one another and hold each other accountable for what they do. The church is also responsible for encouraging believers to repent if they sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) 2TH 3 1 k33i 0 General Information: Paul asks the believers to pray for him and his companions. 2TH 3 1 jy75 τὸ λοιπὸν 1 Finally Paul uses the word **Finally** to mark a change in topic. From 7e3b2e4ba89bcf1b11a03311a5f7552fc42b6c5d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 15:33:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 009/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index 395209837e..1f356d5e2d 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -85,8 +85,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 2 17 yw5f figs-synecdoche παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ 1 every good work and word The phrase “work and word“ can be better expressed in verbs to make it more clear. Alternative translation:  “every good thing you do and say” or “you will do and say everything that is good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2TH 3 intro b8hk 0 # 2 Thessalonians 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Idle and lazy persons

In Thessalonica, there apparently was a problem with people in the church who were able to work but refused to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### What should you do if your brother sins?

In this chapter, Paul teaches that Christians need to live in a way that honors God. Christians should also encourage one another and hold each other accountable for what they do. The church is also responsible for encouraging believers to repent if they sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) 2TH 3 1 k33i 0 General Information: Paul asks the believers to pray for him and his companions. -2TH 3 1 jy75 τὸ λοιπὸν 1 Finally Paul uses the word **Finally** to mark a change in topic. +2TH 3 1 jy75 τὸ λοιπὸν 1 Finally Paul uses the word **Finally** to mark a change in topic. This is not the final instructions that were given by Paul but it means that he is now saying about the remaining matters that were not discussed before. This can also be translated as “one more thing” or “So, continuing on.” 2TH 3 1 m1s5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +2TH 3 1 v8k2 figs-exclusive 1 The pronoun **us** refers to Paul and his companions. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2TH 3 1 r54v figs-metaphor ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 so that the word of the Lord might run and might be glorified, just as also with you Paul speaks of God’s **word** spreading as if it were running from place to place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2TH 3 1 yvkm figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 so that the word of the Lord might run and might be glorified, just as also with you You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that more and more people will soon hear our message about our Lord Jesus and honor it, as happened with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 3 2 xg2h figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶμεν 1 we might be rescued You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may save us” or “God may rescue us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From cf2665b1f1083ce56936e996093fdb7797221be1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 15:45:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 010/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index 1f356d5e2d..c5e1215938 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -88,8 +88,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 3 1 jy75 τὸ λοιπὸν 1 Finally Paul uses the word **Finally** to mark a change in topic. This is not the final instructions that were given by Paul but it means that he is now saying about the remaining matters that were not discussed before. This can also be translated as “one more thing” or “So, continuing on.” 2TH 3 1 m1s5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 2TH 3 1 v8k2 figs-exclusive 1 The pronoun **us** refers to Paul and his companions. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -2TH 3 1 r54v figs-metaphor ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 so that the word of the Lord might run and might be glorified, just as also with you Paul speaks of God’s **word** spreading as if it were running from place to place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2TH 3 1 yvkm figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 so that the word of the Lord might run and might be glorified, just as also with you You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that more and more people will soon hear our message about our Lord Jesus and honor it, as happened with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +2TH 3 1 r54v figs-metaphor ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 so that the word of the Lord might run and might be glorified, just as also with you Paul speaks of God’s **word** spreading as if it were running from place to place. He is comparing the rapid spread of God's word to a person who takes good news to others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2TH 3 1 yvkm figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 so that the word of the Lord might run and might be glorified, just as also with you You can state this in active form, if passive construction is not natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that more and more people will soon hear our message about our Lord Jesus and honor it, as happened with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 3 2 xg2h figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶμεν 1 we might be rescued You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may save us” or “God may rescue us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 3 2 p1ct οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἡ πίστις 1 for not everyone has faith “for many people do not believe in Jesus” 2TH 3 3 yx9g ὃς στηρίξει 1 who will strengthen “who will strengthen” From f5814a10c21cab2fdad6bd0882c8c43021deaafb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 16:10:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 011/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index c5e1215938..f197386fc5 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -91,7 +91,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 3 1 r54v figs-metaphor ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 so that the word of the Lord might run and might be glorified, just as also with you Paul speaks of God’s **word** spreading as if it were running from place to place. He is comparing the rapid spread of God's word to a person who takes good news to others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2TH 3 1 yvkm figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 so that the word of the Lord might run and might be glorified, just as also with you You can state this in active form, if passive construction is not natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that more and more people will soon hear our message about our Lord Jesus and honor it, as happened with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 3 2 xg2h figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶμεν 1 we might be rescued You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may save us” or “God may rescue us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2TH 3 2 p1ct οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἡ πίστις 1 for not everyone has faith “for many people do not believe in Jesus” +2TH 3 2 h11p figs-doublet 1 These two terms mean basically the same thing. If your language does not use repetition to do this or if you do not have two words for these attributes, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. A qualifier like “very” can be used as an equivalent. Alternate translation: “very wicked men.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +2TH 3 2 p1ct figs-litotes οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἡ πίστις 1 for not everyone has faith **not everyone** is not negative but it means “some people.” If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “for only some people believe in the Lord” or “for many people do not believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 2TH 3 3 yx9g ὃς στηρίξει 1 who will strengthen “who will strengthen” 2TH 3 3 p91k τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the evil one “Satan” 2TH 3 4 xk85 πεποίθαμεν 1 we are confident “we have faith” or “we trust” From e4b33dbe04e1721e6496e9b535d4f7420fad1158 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 16:29:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 012/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index f197386fc5..ea828dc5c7 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 3 2 xg2h figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶμεν 1 we might be rescued You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may save us” or “God may rescue us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 3 2 h11p figs-doublet 1 These two terms mean basically the same thing. If your language does not use repetition to do this or if you do not have two words for these attributes, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. A qualifier like “very” can be used as an equivalent. Alternate translation: “very wicked men.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 2TH 3 2 p1ct figs-litotes οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἡ πίστις 1 for not everyone has faith **not everyone** is not negative but it means “some people.” If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “for only some people believe in the Lord” or “for many people do not believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -2TH 3 3 yx9g ὃς στηρίξει 1 who will strengthen “who will strengthen” +2TH 3 3 yx9g figs-explicit ὃς στηρίξει 1 who will strengthen strengthen here does not mean the physical strength but spiritual. This can be made clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “he will strengthen you inwardly” or “he can make you strong spiritually”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 3 3 p91k τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the evil one “Satan” 2TH 3 4 xk85 πεποίθαμεν 1 we are confident “we have faith” or “we trust” 2TH 3 5 giz4 figs-metonymy ὁ…Κύριος κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 may the Lord direct your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or mind. Alternate translation: “may the Lord cause you to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 734634b3b267d71091672cd6d74bab27d36d0d65 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 17:02:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 013/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index ea828dc5c7..7394c15887 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 3 2 p1ct figs-litotes οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἡ πίστις 1 for not everyone has faith **not everyone** is not negative but it means “some people.” If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “for only some people believe in the Lord” or “for many people do not believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 2TH 3 3 yx9g figs-explicit ὃς στηρίξει 1 who will strengthen strengthen here does not mean the physical strength but spiritual. This can be made clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “he will strengthen you inwardly” or “he can make you strong spiritually”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 3 3 p91k τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the evil one “Satan” -2TH 3 4 xk85 πεποίθαμεν 1 we are confident “we have faith” or “we trust” +2TH 3 4 xk85 figs-nominaladj πεποίθαμεν 1 we are confident Here, the phrase “we are confident” may be confusing in some languages. If that is the case in your language, you could translate this as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “we have faith” or “we trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 2TH 3 5 giz4 figs-metonymy ὁ…Κύριος κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 may the Lord direct your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or mind. Alternate translation: “may the Lord cause you to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2TH 3 5 wre3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 to the love of God and to the endurance of Christ Paul speaks of God’s **love** and Christ’s **endurance** as if they were destinations on a path. Alternate translation: “to know how much God loves you and how much Christ has endured for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2TH 3 6 mst3 0 General Information: Paul gives the believers some final instructions about working and not being idle. From 78a0f3b81b04554a104e09c59795a36b56dab413 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 17:08:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 014/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index 7394c15887..615c99ae5e 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 3 3 yx9g figs-explicit ὃς στηρίξει 1 who will strengthen strengthen here does not mean the physical strength but spiritual. This can be made clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “he will strengthen you inwardly” or “he can make you strong spiritually”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 3 3 p91k τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the evil one “Satan” 2TH 3 4 xk85 figs-nominaladj πεποίθαμεν 1 we are confident Here, the phrase “we are confident” may be confusing in some languages. If that is the case in your language, you could translate this as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “we have faith” or “we trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -2TH 3 5 giz4 figs-metonymy ὁ…Κύριος κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 may the Lord direct your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or mind. Alternate translation: “may the Lord cause you to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +2TH 3 5 giz4 figs-metonymy ὁ…Κύριος κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 may the Lord direct your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or mind.  If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may the Lord cause you to understand” or “may the Lord lead/guide you”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2TH 3 5 wre3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 to the love of God and to the endurance of Christ Paul speaks of God’s **love** and Christ’s **endurance** as if they were destinations on a path. Alternate translation: “to know how much God loves you and how much Christ has endured for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2TH 3 6 mst3 0 General Information: Paul gives the believers some final instructions about working and not being idle. 2TH 3 6 v33v δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. From b0afc055ae83ee3cd458ead6399adb695ebcbe88 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 17:10:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 015/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index 615c99ae5e..dc6a4753e1 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 3 3 yx9g figs-explicit ὃς στηρίξει 1 who will strengthen strengthen here does not mean the physical strength but spiritual. This can be made clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “he will strengthen you inwardly” or “he can make you strong spiritually”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 3 3 p91k τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the evil one “Satan” 2TH 3 4 xk85 figs-nominaladj πεποίθαμεν 1 we are confident Here, the phrase “we are confident” may be confusing in some languages. If that is the case in your language, you could translate this as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “we have faith” or “we trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -2TH 3 5 giz4 figs-metonymy ὁ…Κύριος κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 may the Lord direct your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or mind.  If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may the Lord cause you to understand” or “may the Lord lead/guide you”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +2TH 3 5 giz4 figs-metonymy ὁ…Κύριος κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 may the Lord direct your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or mind.  If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may the Lord cause you to understand” or “may the Lord help you to know”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2TH 3 5 wre3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 to the love of God and to the endurance of Christ Paul speaks of God’s **love** and Christ’s **endurance** as if they were destinations on a path. Alternate translation: “to know how much God loves you and how much Christ has endured for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2TH 3 6 mst3 0 General Information: Paul gives the believers some final instructions about working and not being idle. 2TH 3 6 v33v δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. From 885b4ff705409f9954bc524bf864a3b13dceff7f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 17:20:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 016/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index dc6a4753e1..77bc7c2020 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 3 3 p91k τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the evil one “Satan” 2TH 3 4 xk85 figs-nominaladj πεποίθαμεν 1 we are confident Here, the phrase “we are confident” may be confusing in some languages. If that is the case in your language, you could translate this as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “we have faith” or “we trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 2TH 3 5 giz4 figs-metonymy ὁ…Κύριος κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 may the Lord direct your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or mind.  If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may the Lord cause you to understand” or “may the Lord help you to know”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2TH 3 5 wre3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 to the love of God and to the endurance of Christ Paul speaks of God’s **love** and Christ’s **endurance** as if they were destinations on a path. Alternate translation: “to know how much God loves you and how much Christ has endured for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2TH 3 5 wre3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 to the love of God and to the endurance of Christ Paul speaks of God’s **love** and Christ’s **endurance** as if they were destinations on a path.  If your readers would not understand, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to know how much God loves you and how much Christ has endured for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2TH 3 6 mst3 0 General Information: Paul gives the believers some final instructions about working and not being idle. 2TH 3 6 v33v δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. 2TH 3 6 x9l8 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From 391041c1e76083705f7329eb296563de9a33f550 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 17:37:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 017/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index 77bc7c2020..5725caf8eb 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -101,8 +101,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 3 6 mst3 0 General Information: Paul gives the believers some final instructions about working and not being idle. 2TH 3 6 v33v δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. 2TH 3 6 x9l8 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -2TH 3 6 y4a9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2TH 3 6 jvw1 figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 of our Lord Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +2TH 3 6 y4a9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here, **name** is a metonymy for the person of Jesus Christ. It can also mean “with the authority of.” If using this term figuratively is not clear in your language, you can express it directly. Alternate translation: “as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking” or “with the authority that our Lord Jesus Christ has given us”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +2TH 3 6 jvw1 figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 of our Lord Here, **our** refers to all believers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an inclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) 2TH 3 7 h222 μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 to imitate us “to act the way that my fellow workers and I act” 2TH 3 7 b1i1 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἠτακτήσαμεν ἐν ὑμῖν 1 we did not behave disorderly among you Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. You can state this as a positive. Alternate translation: “we lived among you as those who had much discipline” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 2TH 3 8 d9h1 figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 working night and day Here, **night and day** are a merism and they mean “all the time.” Alternate translation: “working during the night and during the day” or “working all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) From 82680d91c2380b64bf1cc708e6c8e5d9eb023130 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 17:37:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 018/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index 5725caf8eb..82b613f631 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 2 15 jrg4 figs-explicit εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter You can make clear the implicit information that **by word** means to speak to them personally. Alternate translation: “whether by what we taught you in person or by what we wrote to you in a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 2 16 njk1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends with a blessing from God. 2TH 2 16 g8m1 δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. -2TH 2 16 yge9 figs-inclusive ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν…ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς καὶ δοὺς 1 our Lord … who loved us and gave us The words **our** and **us** refer to all believers including the writers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an inclusive pronoun.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +2TH 2 16 yge9 figs-inclusive ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν…ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς καὶ δοὺς 1 our Lord … who loved us and gave us The words **our** and **us** refer to all believers including the writers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person plural pronouns in your language, this should be an inclusive pronoun.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) 2TH 2 16 cm54 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς 1 our Lord Jesus Christ himself Here, **himself** gives additional emphasis to the phrase **Lord Jesus Christ.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) 2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι 1 may he comfort and strengthen your hearts Here, **hearts** represents the seat of emotions. If hearts is not the seat of emotions in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may he comfort you and strengthen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2TH 2 17 yw5f figs-synecdoche παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ 1 every good work and word The phrase “work and word“ can be better expressed in verbs to make it more clear. Alternative translation:  “every good thing you do and say” or “you will do and say everything that is good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 3 6 v33v δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. 2TH 3 6 x9l8 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 2TH 3 6 y4a9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here, **name** is a metonymy for the person of Jesus Christ. It can also mean “with the authority of.” If using this term figuratively is not clear in your language, you can express it directly. Alternate translation: “as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking” or “with the authority that our Lord Jesus Christ has given us”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2TH 3 6 jvw1 figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 of our Lord Here, **our** refers to all believers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an inclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +2TH 3 6 jvw1 figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 of our Lord Here, **our** refers to all believers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person plural pronouns in your language, this should be an inclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) 2TH 3 7 h222 μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 to imitate us “to act the way that my fellow workers and I act” 2TH 3 7 b1i1 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἠτακτήσαμεν ἐν ὑμῖν 1 we did not behave disorderly among you Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. You can state this as a positive. Alternate translation: “we lived among you as those who had much discipline” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 2TH 3 8 d9h1 figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 working night and day Here, **night and day** are a merism and they mean “all the time.” Alternate translation: “working during the night and during the day” or “working all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) From 1376e088bc69118f7afa1c6c436c3fa246444c2a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 17:47:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 019/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index 82b613f631..f34d7ea95b 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -102,8 +102,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 3 6 v33v δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. 2TH 3 6 x9l8 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 2TH 3 6 y4a9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here, **name** is a metonymy for the person of Jesus Christ. It can also mean “with the authority of.” If using this term figuratively is not clear in your language, you can express it directly. Alternate translation: “as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking” or “with the authority that our Lord Jesus Christ has given us”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2TH 3 6 jvw1 figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 of our Lord Here, **our** refers to all believers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person plural pronouns in your language, this should be an inclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) -2TH 3 7 h222 μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 to imitate us “to act the way that my fellow workers and I act” +2TH 3 6 jvw1 figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 of our Lord Here, **our** refers to all believers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person plural pronouns in your language, this should be an inclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +2TH 3 7 h222 figs-explicit μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 to imitate us **to imitate** may be a difficult word to translate in your language. In that case, you can make this explicit. Alternate translation: “to act the way that my fellow workers and I act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 3 7 b1i1 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἠτακτήσαμεν ἐν ὑμῖν 1 we did not behave disorderly among you Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. You can state this as a positive. Alternate translation: “we lived among you as those who had much discipline” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 2TH 3 8 d9h1 figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 working night and day Here, **night and day** are a merism and they mean “all the time.” Alternate translation: “working during the night and during the day” or “working all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 2TH 3 8 w8fq figs-doublet ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ 1 in toil and hardship Paul emphasizes how hard his circumstances were. The word **toil** implies work that requires great effort. The word **hardship** implies they endured pain and suffering. Alternate translation: “in very difficult circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From 075339f8e0498af2c248d98334c49127eb4fbd45 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 17:51:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 020/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index f34d7ea95b..d8a68a1d16 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 3 6 y4a9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here, **name** is a metonymy for the person of Jesus Christ. It can also mean “with the authority of.” If using this term figuratively is not clear in your language, you can express it directly. Alternate translation: “as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking” or “with the authority that our Lord Jesus Christ has given us”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2TH 3 6 jvw1 figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 of our Lord Here, **our** refers to all believers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person plural pronouns in your language, this should be an inclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) 2TH 3 7 h222 figs-explicit μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 to imitate us **to imitate** may be a difficult word to translate in your language. In that case, you can make this explicit. Alternate translation: “to act the way that my fellow workers and I act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2TH 3 7 b1i1 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἠτακτήσαμεν ἐν ὑμῖν 1 we did not behave disorderly among you Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. You can state this as a positive. Alternate translation: “we lived among you as those who had much discipline” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +2TH 3 7 b1i1 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἠτακτήσαμεν ἐν ὑμῖν 1 we did not behave disorderly among you Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “we lived among you as those who had much discipline” or ”we were not lazy when we were with you“ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 2TH 3 8 d9h1 figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 working night and day Here, **night and day** are a merism and they mean “all the time.” Alternate translation: “working during the night and during the day” or “working all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 2TH 3 8 w8fq figs-doublet ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ 1 in toil and hardship Paul emphasizes how hard his circumstances were. The word **toil** implies work that requires great effort. The word **hardship** implies they endured pain and suffering. Alternate translation: “in very difficult circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 2TH 3 9 sn3k figs-doublenegatives οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλ’ 1 not because we do not have authority, but Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. You can state this as a positive. Alternate translation: “and we certainly have the right to receive food from you, but instead we worked for our food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) From 75e61ab3ade3623333a6286abb4eec37804b916e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 18:09:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 021/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index d8a68a1d16..1dfde71279 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -105,11 +105,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 3 6 jvw1 figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 of our Lord Here, **our** refers to all believers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person plural pronouns in your language, this should be an inclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) 2TH 3 7 h222 figs-explicit μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 to imitate us **to imitate** may be a difficult word to translate in your language. In that case, you can make this explicit. Alternate translation: “to act the way that my fellow workers and I act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 3 7 b1i1 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἠτακτήσαμεν ἐν ὑμῖν 1 we did not behave disorderly among you Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “we lived among you as those who had much discipline” or ”we were not lazy when we were with you“ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -2TH 3 8 d9h1 figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 working night and day Here, **night and day** are a merism and they mean “all the time.” Alternate translation: “working during the night and during the day” or “working all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -2TH 3 8 w8fq figs-doublet ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ 1 in toil and hardship Paul emphasizes how hard his circumstances were. The word **toil** implies work that requires great effort. The word **hardship** implies they endured pain and suffering. Alternate translation: “in very difficult circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -2TH 3 9 sn3k figs-doublenegatives οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλ’ 1 not because we do not have authority, but Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. You can state this as a positive. Alternate translation: “and we certainly have the right to receive food from you, but instead we worked for our food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -2TH 3 10 c652 figs-doublenegatives εἴ τις οὐ θέλει ἐργάζεσθαι, μηδὲ ἐσθιέτω 1 If anyone is not willing to work, do not even let him eat You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “If a person wants to eat, he must work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -2TH 3 11 ey6c figs-metaphor τινας περιπατοῦντας…ἀτάκτως 1 some who are walking idly Here, **walking** stands for behavior in life. Alternate translation: “some who are living idle lives” or “some who are being lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2TH 3 8 d9h1 figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 working night and day Here, **night and day** are a merism and they mean “all the time.” If this means that they worked without any rest in your language, then you can make it clear. Alternate translation: “working almost all the time” or “we worked continuously/without stopping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +2TH 3 8 w8fq figs-doublet ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ 1 in toil and hardship Paul emphasizes how hard his circumstances were. The two words have similar meanings. Paul used this repetition to emphasize that they worked very hard. If you do not have two similar words you can use here, or it would be unnatural for you to use such repetition, you can use a qualifier. Alternate translation: “in very difficult circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +2TH 3 9 sn3k figs-doublenegatives οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλ’ 1 not because we do not have authority, but Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “and we certainly have the right to receive food from you, but instead we worked for our food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +2TH 3 10 c652 figs-doublenegatives εἴ τις οὐ θέλει ἐργάζεσθαι, μηδὲ ἐσθιέτω 1 If anyone is not willing to work, do not even let him eat You can state this in positive form, if it is difficult to understand in your language. Alternate translation: “If a person wants to eat, he must work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +2TH 3 11 ey6c figs-metaphor τινας περιπατοῦντας…ἀτάκτως 1 some who are walking idly Here, **walking** stands for behavior in life. you can use an equivalent metaphor from your culture, if it is available. Otherwise, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “some who are living idle lives” or “some who are being lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2TH 3 11 iv1z ἀλλὰ περιεργαζομένους 1 but meddling Meddlers are people who interfere in the affairs of others without being asked to help. 2TH 3 12 bm6z μετὰ ἡσυχίας 1 with quietness Paul exhorts the meddlers to stop getting involved in other people’s affairs. Alternate translation: “in a quiet, peaceful, and mild manner” 2TH 3 13 jx8t δέ 1 But Paul here uses the word **But** to contrast the lazy believers with the hardworking believers. From f37d39a1167335ed2583573a9e8d58e838da8a54 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 18:24:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 022/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index 1dfde71279..8c2c34cf1b 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 3 11 iv1z ἀλλὰ περιεργαζομένους 1 but meddling Meddlers are people who interfere in the affairs of others without being asked to help. 2TH 3 12 bm6z μετὰ ἡσυχίας 1 with quietness Paul exhorts the meddlers to stop getting involved in other people’s affairs. Alternate translation: “in a quiet, peaceful, and mild manner” 2TH 3 13 jx8t δέ 1 But Paul here uses the word **But** to contrast the lazy believers with the hardworking believers. -2TH 3 13 e59v figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 you The word **you** refers to all the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +2TH 3 13 e59v figs-youplural ὑμεῖς 1 you The word **you** refers to all the Thessalonian believers. So, it should be in plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 2TH 3 13 usu9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 2TH 3 14 mzs4 εἰ…τις οὐχ ὑπακούει τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν 1 if anyone does not obey our word “if anyone does not obey our instructions” 2TH 3 14 nv3v figs-idiom τοῦτον σημειοῦσθε 1 note this one Paul wants the Thessalonians to notice who this person is. Alternate translation: “publicly identify that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 89cc4f791120ded0548f66ffafcfae287452d2ea Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 18:28:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 023/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index 8c2c34cf1b..3ac300f04b 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 3 13 e59v figs-youplural ὑμεῖς 1 you The word **you** refers to all the Thessalonian believers. So, it should be in plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 2TH 3 13 usu9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 2TH 3 14 mzs4 εἰ…τις οὐχ ὑπακούει τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν 1 if anyone does not obey our word “if anyone does not obey our instructions” -2TH 3 14 nv3v figs-idiom τοῦτον σημειοῦσθε 1 note this one Paul wants the Thessalonians to notice who this person is. Alternate translation: “publicly identify that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2TH 3 14 nv3v figs-idiom τοῦτον σημειοῦσθε 1 note this one Paul wants the Thessalonians to notice who this person is. Alternate translation: “publicly identify that person” or “make sure everyone knows who he is.”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2TH 3 14 y552 ἵνα ἐντραπῇ 1 so that he may be put to shame Paul instructs believers to shun lazy believers as a disciplinary action. 2TH 3 16 nef4 0 General Information: Paul makes closing remarks to the believers at Thessalonica. 2TH 3 16 whb9 figs-explicit αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης, δῴη ὑμῖν 1 may the Lord of peace himself give you You can make explicit that this is Paul’s prayer for the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord of peace himself gives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From ab9b4dc9c1de9736b606f4f8b8f29bbc3ef47c5b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 18:42:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 024/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index 3ac300f04b..36fe70baac 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -117,9 +117,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 3 13 usu9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 2TH 3 14 mzs4 εἰ…τις οὐχ ὑπακούει τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν 1 if anyone does not obey our word “if anyone does not obey our instructions” 2TH 3 14 nv3v figs-idiom τοῦτον σημειοῦσθε 1 note this one Paul wants the Thessalonians to notice who this person is. Alternate translation: “publicly identify that person” or “make sure everyone knows who he is.”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2TH 3 14 y552 ἵνα ἐντραπῇ 1 so that he may be put to shame Paul instructs believers to shun lazy believers as a disciplinary action. +2TH 3 14 y552 figs-explicit ἵνα ἐντραπῇ 1 so that he may be put to shame Paul instructs believers to avoid lazy believers as a disciplinary action. Sometimes, it is necessary to make this explicit to make the meaning clear. Alternate translation: “in order that he will know that his laziness is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 3 16 nef4 0 General Information: Paul makes closing remarks to the believers at Thessalonica. -2TH 3 16 whb9 figs-explicit αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης, δῴη ὑμῖν 1 may the Lord of peace himself give you You can make explicit that this is Paul’s prayer for the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord of peace himself gives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +2TH 3 16 whb9 figs-explicit αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης, δῴη ὑμῖν 1 may the Lord of peace himself give you You can make explicit that this is Paul’s prayer for the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 3 16 zl1s figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης 1 the Lord of peace himself Here, **himself** emphasizes that the Lord will personally give peace to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) 2TH 3 17 c2cb ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ, Παύλου, ὅ ἐστιν σημεῖον ἐν πάσῃ ἐπιστολῇ, οὕτως γράφω 1 This greeting is in my own hand—Paul—which is a sign in every letter. In this manner I write “I, Paul, write this greeting with my own hand, which I do in every letter, as a sign that this letter is truly from me” 2TH 3 17 wg3f οὕτως γράφω 1 In this manner I write Paul makes it clear that this letter is from him and is not a forgery. From be06d2b5d0b04119e5ef4ac811e9eccb21e93a7b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uma_Johnson Date: Tue, 7 Jun 2022 15:33:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 025/229] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index 36fe70baac..e9f9d1eda0 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 2 15 u9ss ἄρα οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε 1 So then, brothers, stand firm Paul exhorts the believers to hold fast to their faith in Jesus. 2TH 2 15 l4vr figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις 1 hold tight to the traditions Here, **teachings** refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “do not give up believing those truths” or “continue to believe the true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2TH 2 15 whp8 figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθητε 1 you were taught If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2TH 2 15 z2vs figs-synecdoche εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter Here, **by word** is a synecdoche which means that Paul was present there teaching them personally.  Alternate translation: “when we were with you” or “when we were talking to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +2TH 2 15 z2vs figs-synecdoche εἴτε διὰ λόγου 1 whether by word or by our letter Here, **by word** is a synecdoche which means that Paul was present there teaching them personally.  Alternate translation: “when we were with you” or “when we were talking to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2TH 2 15 jrg4 figs-explicit εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter You can make clear the implicit information that **by word** means to speak to them personally. Alternate translation: “whether by what we taught you in person or by what we wrote to you in a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 2 16 njk1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends with a blessing from God. 2TH 2 16 g8m1 δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 3 6 v33v δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. 2TH 3 6 x9l8 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 2TH 3 6 y4a9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here, **name** is a metonymy for the person of Jesus Christ. It can also mean “with the authority of.” If using this term figuratively is not clear in your language, you can express it directly. Alternate translation: “as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking” or “with the authority that our Lord Jesus Christ has given us”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2TH 3 6 jvw1 figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 of our Lord Here, **our** refers to all believers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person plural pronouns in your language, this should be an inclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) +2TH 3 6 jvw1 figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 of our Lord Here, **our** refers to all believers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person plural pronouns in your language, this should be an inclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2TH 3 7 h222 figs-explicit μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 to imitate us **to imitate** may be a difficult word to translate in your language. In that case, you can make this explicit. Alternate translation: “to act the way that my fellow workers and I act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 3 7 b1i1 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἠτακτήσαμεν ἐν ὑμῖν 1 we did not behave disorderly among you Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “we lived among you as those who had much discipline” or ”we were not lazy when we were with you“ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 2TH 3 8 d9h1 figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 working night and day Here, **night and day** are a merism and they mean “all the time.” If this means that they worked without any rest in your language, then you can make it clear. Alternate translation: “working almost all the time” or “we worked continuously/without stopping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) From c9559b1ce7e4ee7641a0382aca39d6c77cd24bd8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 13:58:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 028/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 45794c4e43..ebad975894 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1086,6 +1086,7 @@ MRK 13 7 fl5h ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 you may hear of wars and rumors of MRK 13 7 d1k9 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος 1 but the end is not yet Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the end will not happen immediately” or “but the end will not happen until later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 7 mi4d figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 the end Here, **the end** implicitly means the end of the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 8 xln4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’ 1 will rise against This idiom means to fight against one another. Alternate translation: “will fight against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 13 8 ydrb 1 MRK 13 8 e2ln figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom The words “will rise” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “kingdom will rise against kingdom” or “the people of one kingdom will fight against the people of another kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus speaks of these disasters as **the beginnings of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 13 9 c2cl βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves “But be ready for what people will do to you” From ced650cf5c9e549f87e011439cc78300e243a806 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 14:00:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 029/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index ebad975894..e3425ad670 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1085,8 +1085,10 @@ MRK 13 6 wv12 figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 they will lead many astray The i MRK 13 7 fl5h ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 you may hear of wars and rumors of wars The phrase “rumors of wars” could mean: (1) reports of wars that might happen at a future time. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) reports of wars that are already taking place in distant places. Alternate translation: “reports of wars far away” MRK 13 7 d1k9 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος 1 but the end is not yet Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the end will not happen immediately” or “but the end will not happen until later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 7 mi4d figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 the end Here, **the end** implicitly means the end of the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 13 8 ydrb figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])  MRK 13 8 xln4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’ 1 will rise against This idiom means to fight against one another. Alternate translation: “will fight against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 13 8 ydrb 1 +MRK 13 8 rlxf 1 +MRK 13 8 oyrd 1 MRK 13 8 e2ln figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom The words “will rise” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “kingdom will rise against kingdom” or “the people of one kingdom will fight against the people of another kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus speaks of these disasters as **the beginnings of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 13 9 c2cl βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves “But be ready for what people will do to you” From bfeede2318b54d354c480b1323077b608ebea0e9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 14:07:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 030/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index e3425ad670..1c822c6435 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1086,9 +1086,9 @@ MRK 13 7 fl5h ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 you may hear of wars and rumors of MRK 13 7 d1k9 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος 1 but the end is not yet Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the end will not happen immediately” or “but the end will not happen until later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 7 mi4d figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 the end Here, **the end** implicitly means the end of the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 8 ydrb figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])  -MRK 13 8 xln4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’ 1 will rise against This idiom means to fight against one another. Alternate translation: “will fight against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 13 8 rlxf 1 -MRK 13 8 oyrd 1 +MRK 13 8 rlxf figs-genericnoun ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 The word **nation** represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +MRK 13 8 oyrd figs-metonymy ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 The term **nation** refers figuratively to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])  +MRK 13 8 xln4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’ 1 will rise against The phrase **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 8 e2ln figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom The words “will rise” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “kingdom will rise against kingdom” or “the people of one kingdom will fight against the people of another kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus speaks of these disasters as **the beginnings of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 13 9 c2cl βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves “But be ready for what people will do to you” From a00d22b79ed44292c7a25b638fa7b4918a5aaa93 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 14:09:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 031/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 1c822c6435..74e5e37cd5 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ MRK 13 8 ydrb figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ MRK 13 8 rlxf figs-genericnoun ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 The word **nation** represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MRK 13 8 oyrd figs-metonymy ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 The term **nation** refers figuratively to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])  MRK 13 8 xln4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’ 1 will rise against The phrase **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 13 8 e2ln figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom The words “will rise” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “kingdom will rise against kingdom” or “the people of one kingdom will fight against the people of another kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 13 8 e2ln figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus speaks of these disasters as **the beginnings of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 13 9 c2cl βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves “But be ready for what people will do to you” MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils” From 7740db58553abd2f1878e6860471422c83cc077d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 14:43:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 032/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 74e5e37cd5..e10ad9fb3a 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1089,6 +1089,7 @@ MRK 13 8 ydrb figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ MRK 13 8 rlxf figs-genericnoun ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 The word **nation** represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MRK 13 8 oyrd figs-metonymy ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 The term **nation** refers figuratively to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])  MRK 13 8 xln4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’ 1 will rise against The phrase **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 13 8 hz6g figs-genericnoun βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν  1 The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])  MRK 13 8 e2ln figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus speaks of these disasters as **the beginnings of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 13 9 c2cl βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves “But be ready for what people will do to you” From 7d73f20bbc6c38879b86936f015d2f3372d567b7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 14:52:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 033/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index e10ad9fb3a..d9ec672ad5 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1089,8 +1089,9 @@ MRK 13 8 ydrb figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ MRK 13 8 rlxf figs-genericnoun ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 The word **nation** represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MRK 13 8 oyrd figs-metonymy ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 The term **nation** refers figuratively to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])  MRK 13 8 xln4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’ 1 will rise against The phrase **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 13 8 hz6g figs-genericnoun βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν  1 The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])  MRK 13 8 e2ln figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 13 8 hz6g figs-genericnoun βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])  +MRK 13 8 wpd3 figs-metonymy βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus speaks of these disasters as **the beginnings of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 13 9 c2cl βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves “But be ready for what people will do to you” MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils” From 2fe846dfec5698dfc0cbdd1f21e484b3fd5c208b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 15:04:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 034/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index d9ec672ad5..a4827dea3c 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1092,6 +1092,7 @@ MRK 13 8 xln4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’ 1 will rise against MRK 13 8 e2ln figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 8 hz6g figs-genericnoun βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])  MRK 13 8 wpd3 figs-metonymy βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 13 8 pcyi figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 The phrase **these things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus speaks of these disasters as **the beginnings of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 13 9 c2cl βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves “But be ready for what people will do to you” MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils” From c4811d5cc62cd6c39c264f171ad2bf7838efe545 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 15:04:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 035/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index a4827dea3c..0d37aba97e 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1092,7 +1092,7 @@ MRK 13 8 xln4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’ 1 will rise against MRK 13 8 e2ln figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 8 hz6g figs-genericnoun βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])  MRK 13 8 wpd3 figs-metonymy βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 13 8 pcyi figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 The phrase **these things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 13 8 pcyi figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 **these things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus speaks of these disasters as **the beginnings of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 13 9 c2cl βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves “But be ready for what people will do to you” MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils” From 871cb3cf27e5c0798dd70fc583943fd861b0cfe7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 15:53:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 036/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 0d37aba97e..ff229e0538 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ MRK 13 5 rm66 figs-yousingular βλέπετε, μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανή MRK 13 6 cee7 figs-quotesinquotes πολλοὶ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Many will come in my name claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])  MRK 13 6 pbz4 figs-explicit πολλοὶ…πολλοὺς 1 Here, both uses of the word **many** refer to many people. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 6 wv12 figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 they will lead many astray The implication is that **he** means the Messiah. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 13 7 fl5h ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 you may hear of wars and rumors of wars The phrase “rumors of wars” could mean: (1) reports of wars that might happen at a future time. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) reports of wars that are already taking place in distant places. Alternate translation: “reports of wars far away” +MRK 13 7 fl5h πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 you may hear of wars and rumors of wars The phrase “wars and rumors of wars” could mean: (1) reports of wars that are currently happening and reports of wars that might happen at a future time. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) reports of wars that are already taking near by and reports of wars happening in distant places. Alternate translation: “reports of wars far away” MRK 13 7 d1k9 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος 1 but the end is not yet Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the end will not happen immediately” or “but the end will not happen until later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 7 mi4d figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 the end Here, **the end** implicitly means the end of the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 8 ydrb figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])  From a75f4476a39a491bbcb39fefd819299b546df5c8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 15:55:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 037/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index ff229e0538..76260d7bf2 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ MRK 13 5 rm66 figs-yousingular βλέπετε, μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανή MRK 13 6 cee7 figs-quotesinquotes πολλοὶ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Many will come in my name claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])  MRK 13 6 pbz4 figs-explicit πολλοὶ…πολλοὺς 1 Here, both uses of the word **many** refer to many people. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 6 wv12 figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 they will lead many astray The implication is that **he** means the Messiah. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 13 7 fl5h πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 you may hear of wars and rumors of wars The phrase “wars and rumors of wars” could mean: (1) reports of wars that are currently happening and reports of wars that might happen at a future time. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) reports of wars that are already taking near by and reports of wars happening in distant places. Alternate translation: “reports of wars far away” +MRK 13 7 fl5h πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 you may hear of wars and rumors of wars The phrase “wars and rumors of wars” could mean: (1) reports of wars that are currently happening and reports of wars that might happen in the future. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) reports of wars that are already taking place near by and reports of wars happening in distant places. Alternate translation: “reports of wars that are close or wars that far away” MRK 13 7 d1k9 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος 1 but the end is not yet Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the end will not happen immediately” or “but the end will not happen until later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 7 mi4d figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 the end Here, **the end** implicitly means the end of the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 8 ydrb figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])  From b6d7f837595446615d03a4b446115a84e991ecf7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 16:30:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 038/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 76260d7bf2..73dde84924 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ MRK 13 8 e2ln figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingd MRK 13 8 hz6g figs-genericnoun βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])  MRK 13 8 wpd3 figs-metonymy βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 8 pcyi figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 **these things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus speaks of these disasters as **the beginnings of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus uses **birth pains** figuratively here for the sufferings he has just described. Jesus speaks of these things as **the beginning of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Jesus uses the metaphor of **birth pains** here because in the same way that the pain a woman experiences when giving birth to a child is replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually give way to joy in the future when Christ returns. Because giving birth is something that happens in all cultures you should retain this metaphor in your translation. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 13 9 c2cl βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves “But be ready for what people will do to you” MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils” MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From df6fe7725fb1f0dca6418417576ed290861c53ae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 16:32:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 039/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 73dde84924..675c8673c7 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ MRK 13 8 e2ln figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingd MRK 13 8 hz6g figs-genericnoun βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])  MRK 13 8 wpd3 figs-metonymy βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 8 pcyi figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 **these things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus uses **birth pains** figuratively here for the sufferings he has just described. Jesus speaks of these things as **the beginning of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Jesus uses the metaphor of **birth pains** here because in the same way that the pain a woman experiences when giving birth to a child is replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually give way to joy in the future when Christ returns. Because giving birth is something that happens in all cultures you should retain this metaphor in your translation. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus uses **birth pains** figuratively here for the sufferings he has just described. Jesus speaks of these things as **the beginning of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Jesus uses the metaphor of **birth pains** because in the same way that the pain a woman experiences when giving birth to a child is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually give way to joy in the future when Christ returns. Because giving birth is something that happens in all cultures you should retain this metaphor in your translation. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 13 9 c2cl βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves “But be ready for what people will do to you” MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils” MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 178cc425cca76da08d513663398a81e1c7445c6c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 18:15:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 040/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 675c8673c7..2ecbe4adc0 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1077,6 +1077,7 @@ MRK 13 3 u7ju κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 by himself Alternate translation: “when MRK 13 4 uf37 figs-explicit πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα 1 when will these things be? And what is the sign when all these things are about to be fulfilled Both occurrences of the phrase **these things** refer to what Jesus said in [13:2](../13/02.md). If it would help your readers you could say explicitly what the phrase **these things** refers to as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 4 lw1n figs-activepassive ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα 1 when all these things If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “God will fulfill all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 5 fe42 writing-pronouns λέγειν αὐτοῖς 1 to say to them The pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, John, and Andrew who are mentioned in [13:3](../13/03.md). If it would help your readers you can clarify this in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to say to these four disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MRK 13 5 qekc figs-yousingular βλέπετε 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **Be careful** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])  MRK 13 6 z63u figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here, Jesus uses the word **name** figuratively to mean identity and the authority that comes with the identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 5 rm66 figs-yousingular βλέπετε, μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **Be careful** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you be careful that no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 13 6 cee7 figs-quotesinquotes πολλοὶ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Many will come in my name claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])  From 40d943fa65e2f900ded95b20f6d3036da17084e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 18:15:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 041/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 2ecbe4adc0..bb41a412df 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ MRK 13 3 u7ju κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 by himself Alternate translation: “when MRK 13 4 uf37 figs-explicit πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα 1 when will these things be? And what is the sign when all these things are about to be fulfilled Both occurrences of the phrase **these things** refer to what Jesus said in [13:2](../13/02.md). If it would help your readers you could say explicitly what the phrase **these things** refers to as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 4 lw1n figs-activepassive ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα 1 when all these things If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “God will fulfill all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 5 fe42 writing-pronouns λέγειν αὐτοῖς 1 to say to them The pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, John, and Andrew who are mentioned in [13:3](../13/03.md). If it would help your readers you can clarify this in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to say to these four disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -MRK 13 5 qekc figs-yousingular βλέπετε 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **Be careful** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])  +MRK 13 5 qekc figs-yousingular βλέπετε 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **Be careful** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you be careful that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])  MRK 13 6 z63u figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here, Jesus uses the word **name** figuratively to mean identity and the authority that comes with the identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 5 rm66 figs-yousingular βλέπετε, μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **Be careful** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you be careful that no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 13 6 cee7 figs-quotesinquotes πολλοὶ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Many will come in my name claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])  From 427e91aaf22261b775cbc242136a14dca441e43f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 18:17:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 042/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index bb41a412df..d6656e491e 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1079,7 +1079,6 @@ MRK 13 4 lw1n figs-activepassive ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελ MRK 13 5 fe42 writing-pronouns λέγειν αὐτοῖς 1 to say to them The pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, John, and Andrew who are mentioned in [13:3](../13/03.md). If it would help your readers you can clarify this in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to say to these four disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 13 5 qekc figs-yousingular βλέπετε 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **Be careful** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you be careful that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])  MRK 13 6 z63u figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here, Jesus uses the word **name** figuratively to mean identity and the authority that comes with the identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 13 5 rm66 figs-yousingular βλέπετε, μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **Be careful** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you be careful that no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 13 6 cee7 figs-quotesinquotes πολλοὶ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Many will come in my name claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])  MRK 13 6 pbz4 figs-explicit πολλοὶ…πολλοὺς 1 Here, both uses of the word **many** refer to many people. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 6 wv12 figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 they will lead many astray The implication is that **he** means the Messiah. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1095,7 +1094,9 @@ MRK 13 8 hz6g figs-genericnoun βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 T MRK 13 8 wpd3 figs-metonymy βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 8 pcyi figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 **these things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus uses **birth pains** figuratively here for the sufferings he has just described. Jesus speaks of these things as **the beginning of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Jesus uses the metaphor of **birth pains** because in the same way that the pain a woman experiences when giving birth to a child is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually give way to joy in the future when Christ returns. Because giving birth is something that happens in all cultures you should retain this metaphor in your translation. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 13 9 c2cl βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves “But be ready for what people will do to you” +MRK 13 9 c2cl figs-yousingular βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **watch yourselves** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you watch yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 13 9 ulws 1 +MRK 13 9 voih 1 MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils” MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 9 gbb4 figs-idiom ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be made to stand before This means to be put on trial and judged. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 06895abf388c20ff4b65849fe2c8eb29590a7984 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 18:18:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 043/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index d6656e491e..0a9ea40f8b 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1094,8 +1094,8 @@ MRK 13 8 hz6g figs-genericnoun βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 T MRK 13 8 wpd3 figs-metonymy βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 8 pcyi figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 **these things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus uses **birth pains** figuratively here for the sufferings he has just described. Jesus speaks of these things as **the beginning of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Jesus uses the metaphor of **birth pains** because in the same way that the pain a woman experiences when giving birth to a child is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually give way to joy in the future when Christ returns. Because giving birth is something that happens in all cultures you should retain this metaphor in your translation. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 13 9 ulws figs-rpronouns βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus uses the word **yourselves** to draw the disciples’ attention to themselves because he now transitions from telling them about general signs and now begins telling them about specific trials that they themselves will encounter personally. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But give heed to yourselves personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])  MRK 13 9 c2cl figs-yousingular βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **watch yourselves** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you watch yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -MRK 13 9 ulws 1 MRK 13 9 voih 1 MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils” MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 5ba87bd5c14a2e8514513c4e9b908f8b0c3842ed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 18:19:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 044/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 0a9ea40f8b..3b7c24b6e2 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ MRK 13 8 hz6g figs-genericnoun βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 T MRK 13 8 wpd3 figs-metonymy βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 8 pcyi figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 **these things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus uses **birth pains** figuratively here for the sufferings he has just described. Jesus speaks of these things as **the beginning of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Jesus uses the metaphor of **birth pains** because in the same way that the pain a woman experiences when giving birth to a child is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually give way to joy in the future when Christ returns. Because giving birth is something that happens in all cultures you should retain this metaphor in your translation. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 13 9 ulws figs-rpronouns βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus uses the word **yourselves** to draw the disciples’ attention to themselves because he now transitions from telling them about general signs and now begins telling them about specific trials that they themselves will encounter personally. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But give heed to yourselves personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])  +MRK 13 9 ulws figs-rpronouns βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus uses the word **yourselves** to draw the disciples’ attention to themselves because he now transitions from telling them about general signs and begins telling them about specific trials that they themselves will personally encounter. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But give heed to yourselves personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])  MRK 13 9 c2cl figs-yousingular βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **watch yourselves** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you watch yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 13 9 voih 1 MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils” From a0f269f13e9028ec5ec150b05e90bd67160b0ae3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 18:20:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 045/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 3b7c24b6e2..4b1548cf23 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ MRK 13 8 wpd3 figs-metonymy βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The MRK 13 8 pcyi figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 **these things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus uses **birth pains** figuratively here for the sufferings he has just described. Jesus speaks of these things as **the beginning of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Jesus uses the metaphor of **birth pains** because in the same way that the pain a woman experiences when giving birth to a child is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually give way to joy in the future when Christ returns. Because giving birth is something that happens in all cultures you should retain this metaphor in your translation. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 13 9 ulws figs-rpronouns βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus uses the word **yourselves** to draw the disciples’ attention to themselves because he now transitions from telling them about general signs and begins telling them about specific trials that they themselves will personally encounter. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But give heed to yourselves personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])  -MRK 13 9 c2cl figs-yousingular βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **watch yourselves** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you watch yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 13 9 c2cl figs-yousingular βλέπετε…ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **watch yourselves** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “all of you watch yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 13 9 voih 1 MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils” MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 4e7e512237bf903e697f2c0745c2b9119a98845c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 19:17:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 046/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 4b1548cf23..6764463939 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ MRK 10 43 zfz6 figs-explicit οὐχ οὕτως…ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν MRK 10 43 fc3m μέγας γενέσθαι 1 to become great Alternate translation: “to be highly respected” or “to be greatly respected” MRK 10 43 gfun figs-declarative ἔσται ὑμῶν διάκονος 1 Jesus is using the future statement **will be your servant** to give an instruction. See how you translated the phrase “will be” in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md) where it occurs with the same meaning and in a similar context. Alternate translation: “must be your servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) MRK 10 44 e7sn figs-metaphor εἶναι πρῶτος 1 to be first Here, **to be first** is a metaphor for being the most important. See how you translated **first** in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). Alternate translation: “to be the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 10 44 qzo8 figs-declarative ἔσται πάντων δοῦλος 1 Jesus is using the future statement **will be a slave of all** to give an instruction. See how you translated the phrase “will be” in the previous verse, where it occurs with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “must be a slave of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +MRK 10 44 qzo8 figs-declarative ἔσται πάντων δοῦλος 1 Jesus is using the future statement **will be a slave of all** to give an instruction. See how you translated the phrase “will be” in [10:43](../10/43.md), where it occurs with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “must be a slave of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) MRK 10 44 u5yb figs-hyperbole δοῦλος 1 Jesus speaks figuratively of being **a slave** to emphasize the great lengths Jesus’ followers should go to in order to serve others. If Jesus’ exaggeration would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows service or you could clarify that Jesus is teaching that his followers must act similar to slaves in their service to others. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MRK 10 45 ctta figs-123person καὶ γὰρ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) MRK 10 45 pmk3 translate/figs-go οὐκ ἦλθεν 1 Your language may say “leave” and “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “did not leave heaven and go to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) From 79eef231265ccc61e77b490faa17170e42e41249 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 19:39:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 047/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 6764463939..22e31b13f5 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ MRK 13 8 wpd3 figs-metonymy βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The MRK 13 8 pcyi figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 **these things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus uses **birth pains** figuratively here for the sufferings he has just described. Jesus speaks of these things as **the beginning of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Jesus uses the metaphor of **birth pains** because in the same way that the pain a woman experiences when giving birth to a child is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually give way to joy in the future when Christ returns. Because giving birth is something that happens in all cultures you should retain this metaphor in your translation. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 13 9 ulws figs-rpronouns βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus uses the word **yourselves** to draw the disciples’ attention to themselves because he now transitions from telling them about general signs and begins telling them about specific trials that they themselves will personally encounter. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But give heed to yourselves personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])  -MRK 13 9 c2cl figs-yousingular βλέπετε…ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **watch yourselves** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “all of you watch yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 13 9 c2cl figs-yousingular βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **watch yourselves** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “all of you watch yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 13 9 voih 1 MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils” MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From e88461d87eec804622e71b46d797098f16a59280 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 19:41:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 048/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 22e31b13f5..5f7a8ed028 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1094,8 +1094,8 @@ MRK 13 8 hz6g figs-genericnoun βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 T MRK 13 8 wpd3 figs-metonymy βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 8 pcyi figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 **these things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus uses **birth pains** figuratively here for the sufferings he has just described. Jesus speaks of these things as **the beginning of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Jesus uses the metaphor of **birth pains** because in the same way that the pain a woman experiences when giving birth to a child is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually give way to joy in the future when Christ returns. Because giving birth is something that happens in all cultures you should retain this metaphor in your translation. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 13 9 ulws figs-rpronouns βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus uses the word **yourselves** to draw the disciples’ attention to themselves because he now transitions from telling them about general signs and begins telling them about specific trials that they themselves will personally encounter. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But give heed to yourselves personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])  MRK 13 9 c2cl figs-yousingular βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **watch yourselves** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “all of you watch yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 13 9 ulws figs-rpronouns βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus uses the word **yourselves** to draw the disciples’ attention to themselves because he now transitions from telling them about general signs and begins telling them about specific trials that they themselves will personally encounter. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But give heed to yourselves personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])  MRK 13 9 voih 1 MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils” MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 29320860aeebb2ce6eb17fb36289dcb672483959 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 19:44:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 049/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 5f7a8ed028..c662763612 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ MRK 13 8 pcyi figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 **these things** refers to the things MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus uses **birth pains** figuratively here for the sufferings he has just described. Jesus speaks of these things as **the beginning of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Jesus uses the metaphor of **birth pains** because in the same way that the pain a woman experiences when giving birth to a child is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually give way to joy in the future when Christ returns. Because giving birth is something that happens in all cultures you should retain this metaphor in your translation. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 13 9 c2cl figs-yousingular βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **watch yourselves** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “all of you watch yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 13 9 ulws figs-rpronouns βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus uses the word **yourselves** to draw the disciples’ attention to themselves because he now transitions from telling them about general signs and begins telling them about specific trials that they themselves will personally encounter. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But give heed to yourselves personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])  -MRK 13 9 voih 1 +MRK 13 9 voih figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε  1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils” MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 9 gbb4 figs-idiom ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be made to stand before This means to be put on trial and judged. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From dd116f7d1e6bc7527be2a284f9b7cc9742111715 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 19:45:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 050/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index c662763612..392f67d6b2 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ MRK 13 9 c2cl figs-yousingular βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch MRK 13 9 ulws figs-rpronouns βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus uses the word **yourselves** to draw the disciples’ attention to themselves because he now transitions from telling them about general signs and begins telling them about specific trials that they themselves will personally encounter. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But give heed to yourselves personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])  MRK 13 9 voih figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε  1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils” -MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will make you stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 9 gbb4 figs-idiom ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be made to stand before This means to be put on trial and judged. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 9 y6p6 figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a testimony to them This means the disciples will testify about Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “and will testify to them about me” or “and you will tell them about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 10 ruk9 figs-explicit καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πρῶτον δεῖ κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations Jesus is still speaking about things that must happen before the end comes. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations before the end will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 6333ec0b7d1e90e93964dd7899e222f57184e994 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 19:51:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 051/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 392f67d6b2..e2f9125fef 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1097,10 +1097,11 @@ MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the MRK 13 9 c2cl figs-yousingular βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **watch yourselves** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “all of you watch yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 13 9 ulws figs-rpronouns βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus uses the word **yourselves** to draw the disciples’ attention to themselves because he now transitions from telling them about general signs and begins telling them about specific trials that they themselves will personally encounter. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But give heed to yourselves personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])  MRK 13 9 voih figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε  1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils” MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will make you stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils” MRK 13 9 gbb4 figs-idiom ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be made to stand before This means to be put on trial and judged. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 9 y6p6 figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a testimony to them This means the disciples will testify about Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “and will testify to them about me” or “and you will tell them about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 13 9 v23p figs-abstractnouns εἰς μαρτύριον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way as the UST does. Alternate translation: “to testify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])  MRK 13 10 ruk9 figs-explicit καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πρῶτον δεῖ κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations Jesus is still speaking about things that must happen before the end comes. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations before the end will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit The words “will speak” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From fce9385294db8a1d14ea94a59e47cc0c3f7c4ae6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 20:11:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 052/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index e2f9125fef..5291c06a0c 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@ MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten If yo MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils” MRK 13 9 gbb4 figs-idiom ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be made to stand before This means to be put on trial and judged. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 9 y6p6 figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a testimony to them This means the disciples will testify about Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “and will testify to them about me” or “and you will tell them about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 13 9 v23p figs-abstractnouns εἰς μαρτύριον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way as the UST does. Alternate translation: “to testify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])  +MRK 13 9 v23p figs-abstractnouns εἰς μαρτύριον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way as the UST does or use a verb form such as “testify.” Alternate translation: “to testify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])  MRK 13 10 ruk9 figs-explicit καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πρῶτον δεῖ κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations Jesus is still speaking about things that must happen before the end comes. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations before the end will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit The words “will speak” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From 37a8adaf7623dae95e6e82bdc4988f15e27096e2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 20:34:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 053/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 5291c06a0c..b77d85ad7f 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1100,8 +1100,8 @@ MRK 13 9 voih figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε  1 If your language does n MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will make you stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils” MRK 13 9 gbb4 figs-idiom ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be made to stand before This means to be put on trial and judged. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 13 9 y6p6 figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a testimony to them This means the disciples will testify about Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “and will testify to them about me” or “and you will tell them about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 9 v23p figs-abstractnouns εἰς μαρτύριον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way as the UST does or use a verb form such as “testify.” Alternate translation: “to testify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])  +MRK 13 9 y6p6 writing-pronouns εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a testimony to them The pronoun **them** refers to **governers** and **kings** mentioned in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 13 10 ruk9 figs-explicit καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πρῶτον δεῖ κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations Jesus is still speaking about things that must happen before the end comes. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations before the end will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit The words “will speak” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From c416b53335ec22657bf0ce32cbe484b5a9e6cac0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 20:37:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 054/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index b77d85ad7f..2806ed8aa3 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1096,6 +1096,7 @@ MRK 13 8 pcyi figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 **these things** refers to the things MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus uses **birth pains** figuratively here for the sufferings he has just described. Jesus speaks of these things as **the beginning of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Jesus uses the metaphor of **birth pains** because in the same way that the pain a woman experiences when giving birth to a child is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually give way to joy in the future when Christ returns. Because giving birth is something that happens in all cultures you should retain this metaphor in your translation. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 13 9 c2cl figs-yousingular βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **watch yourselves** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “all of you watch yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 13 9 ulws figs-rpronouns βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus uses the word **yourselves** to draw the disciples’ attention to themselves because he now transitions from telling them about general signs and begins telling them about specific trials that they themselves will personally encounter. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But give heed to yourselves personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])  +MRK 13 9 mbr5 writing-pronouns παραδώσουσιν 1 The pronoun **They** refers to people in general who will persecute Jesus’ followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “People will deliver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])  MRK 13 9 voih figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε  1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will make you stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils” From ddab112ffdf3a2704052cc7d1fed964e94e3a717 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 20:41:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 055/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 2806ed8aa3..68c928417f 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1099,8 +1099,7 @@ MRK 13 9 ulws figs-rpronouns βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 MRK 13 9 mbr5 writing-pronouns παραδώσουσιν 1 The pronoun **They** refers to people in general who will persecute Jesus’ followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “People will deliver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])  MRK 13 9 voih figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε  1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will make you stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 They will deliver you to councils “They will take you and put you under the control of councils” -MRK 13 9 gbb4 figs-idiom ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be made to stand before This means to be put on trial and judged. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 13 9 gbb4 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be made to stand before Here, **stand** figuratively means to be put on trial and judged. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 9 v23p figs-abstractnouns εἰς μαρτύριον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way as the UST does or use a verb form such as “testify.” Alternate translation: “to testify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])  MRK 13 9 y6p6 writing-pronouns εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a testimony to them The pronoun **them** refers to **governers** and **kings** mentioned in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 13 10 ruk9 figs-explicit καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πρῶτον δεῖ κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations Jesus is still speaking about things that must happen before the end comes. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations before the end will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From f179b85cd81999bbf295e460c445b39f8a6d77a5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 20:44:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 056/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 68c928417f..dabe291cf2 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1101,6 +1101,7 @@ MRK 13 9 voih figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε  1 If your language does n MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will make you stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 9 gbb4 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be made to stand before Here, **stand** figuratively means to be put on trial and judged. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 9 v23p figs-abstractnouns εἰς μαρτύριον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way as the UST does or use a verb form such as “testify.” Alternate translation: “to testify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])  +MRK 13 9 qq6r εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 Alternate translation: “to testify about me to them” MRK 13 9 y6p6 writing-pronouns εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a testimony to them The pronoun **them** refers to **governers** and **kings** mentioned in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 13 10 ruk9 figs-explicit καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πρῶτον δεῖ κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations Jesus is still speaking about things that must happen before the end comes. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations before the end will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From c5c42995758e989e9d2138e87d3d068d0b2201f0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 9 Jun 2022 21:17:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 057/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index dabe291cf2..fbe0085646 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1095,6 +1095,7 @@ MRK 13 8 wpd3 figs-metonymy βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The MRK 13 8 pcyi figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 **these things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus uses **birth pains** figuratively here for the sufferings he has just described. Jesus speaks of these things as **the beginning of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Jesus uses the metaphor of **birth pains** because in the same way that the pain a woman experiences when giving birth to a child is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually give way to joy in the future when Christ returns. Because giving birth is something that happens in all cultures you should retain this metaphor in your translation. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 13 9 c2cl figs-yousingular βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **watch yourselves** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “all of you watch yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 13 9 nuti figs-metaphor βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus figuratively uses a word for seeing to indicate a need for paying attention or being ready. If your readers would not understand what it means to **watch yourselves** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “pay attention to yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])  MRK 13 9 ulws figs-rpronouns βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus uses the word **yourselves** to draw the disciples’ attention to themselves because he now transitions from telling them about general signs and begins telling them about specific trials that they themselves will personally encounter. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But give heed to yourselves personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])  MRK 13 9 mbr5 writing-pronouns παραδώσουσιν 1 The pronoun **They** refers to people in general who will persecute Jesus’ followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “People will deliver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])  MRK 13 9 voih figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε  1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 726024d905ec5f773fbf3ea8ed52a5902f755510 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 15:43:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 059/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index d4597db3e8..cfeefe321c 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -1PE front intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 1 Peter

1. Introduction (1:1–2)
2. Peter reminds the believers of their identity in Christ (1:3–2:10)

* Peter praises God for saving the believers (1:3–12)
* Command to be holy (1:13–21)
* Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)

1. Peter tells the believers how they should behave (2:11–4:11)

* How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)
* How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)
* The end is near (4:7–11)

1. Peter encourages the believers to persevere when suffering (4:12–5:11)

* How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)
* Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)

1. Conclusion (5:12–14)

### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?

The author identified himself as Peter, who was also called Simon Peter. He was an apostle and also wrote the book of 2 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter in Rome. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])

### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?

Peter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)). Peter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### How were Christians treated in Rome?

Peter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. In [5:13](../05/13.md) Peter referred to Rome symbolically as “Babylon.” It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Singular and plural “you”

In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?

“Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from a pure heart” ([1:22](../01/22.md)). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth *through the Spirit* for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from the heart.” Translators are advised to follow the modern reading.

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +1PE front intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n2. Peter reminds the believers of their identity in Christ (1:3–2:10)\n\n * Peter praises God for saving the believers (1:3–12)\n * Command to be holy (1:13–21)\n * Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)\n\n1. Peter tells the believers how they should behave (2:11–4:11)\n\n * How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n * How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n * The end is near (4:7–11)\n\n1. Peter encourages the believers to persevere when suffering (4:12–5:11)\n\n * How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n * Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n\n1. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe author identified himself as Peter, who was also called Simon Peter. He was an apostle and also wrote the book of 2 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter in Rome. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)). Peter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. In [5:13](../05/13.md) Peter referred to Rome symbolically as “Babylon.” It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?\n\n“Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from a pure heart” ([1:22](../01/22.md)). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth *through the Spirit* for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from the heart.” Translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 1PE 1 intro ql4i 0 # 1 Peter 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Introduction (1:1–2)
2. Peter praises God for saving the believers (1:3–12)
3. Command to be holy (1:13–21)
4. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)

Peter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at that time.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [1:24–25](../01/24.md).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### What God reveals

When Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.

### Holiness

God wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Eternity

Peter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are also glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md)) 1PE 1 1 g6b4 figs-123person Πέτρος 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Peter, am writing this letter” or “From Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 1PE 1 1 p0pd translate-names Πέτρος 1 **Peter** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to 1 Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 2 25 jkfu figs-activepassive ἐπεστράφητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 25 z6q2 figs-synecdoche τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)
2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 3:10-12.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Outward ornaments”

Most people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter is saying that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than how she looks.

### Unity

Peter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Peter quotes a psalm that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. But he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 3:10–12.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Outward ornaments”\n\nMost people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter says in [3:3–4](../03/04.md) that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than what she wears or how she looks.\n\n### Unity\n\nPeter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nPeter quotes a psalm that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. Nevertheless, he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The spirits in prison”\n\n\n\n### “Baptism now saves you” 1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak specifically to women who are wives. 1PE 3 1 cj7z ὁμοίως, γυναῖκες, ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 In the same way, wives, submit to your own husbands Just as believers are to “obey every human authority” ([1 Peter 2:13](../02/13.md)) and servants are to “be subject” to their masters ([1 Peter 2:18](../02/18.md)), wives are to **submit** to their **husbands**. The words “obey,” “be subject,” and “submit” translate the same word. 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **the word** refers to the gospel message. To disobey means that they do not believe. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Peter 2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some men do not believe the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From a3ae537c882973d66af5c366b755cfd7ac123191 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 16:16:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 060/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index cfeefe321c..f2217355c6 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 2 25 jkfu figs-activepassive ἐπεστράφητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 25 z6q2 figs-synecdoche τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 3:10–12.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Outward ornaments”\n\nMost people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter says in [3:3–4](../03/04.md) that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than what she wears or how she looks.\n\n### Unity\n\nPeter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nPeter quotes a psalm that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. Nevertheless, he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The spirits in prison”\n\n\n\n### “Baptism now saves you” +1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 3:10–12.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Outward ornaments”\n\nMost people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter says in [3:3–4](../03/04.md) that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than what she wears or how she looks.\n\n### Unity\n\nPeter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nIn [verse 7](../03/07.md) Peter refers to women figuratively as “weaker vessels.” \n\nIn [verse 12](../03/12.md) Peter quotes [Psalm 34:15–16](../../psa/34/15.md) that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. Nevertheless, he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The spirits in prison”\n\n\n\n### “Baptism now saves you” 1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak specifically to women who are wives. 1PE 3 1 cj7z ὁμοίως, γυναῖκες, ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 In the same way, wives, submit to your own husbands Just as believers are to “obey every human authority” ([1 Peter 2:13](../02/13.md)) and servants are to “be subject” to their masters ([1 Peter 2:18](../02/18.md)), wives are to **submit** to their **husbands**. The words “obey,” “be subject,” and “submit” translate the same word. 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **the word** refers to the gospel message. To disobey means that they do not believe. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Peter 2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some men do not believe the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From a43b4195355348e56e7f18bc5b6e20904ba23bf4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 17:34:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 061/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index f2217355c6..c642353f4d 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -256,9 +256,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 25 z6q2 figs-synecdoche τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 3:10–12.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Outward ornaments”\n\nMost people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter says in [3:3–4](../03/04.md) that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than what she wears or how she looks.\n\n### Unity\n\nPeter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nIn [verse 7](../03/07.md) Peter refers to women figuratively as “weaker vessels.” \n\nIn [verse 12](../03/12.md) Peter quotes [Psalm 34:15–16](../../psa/34/15.md) that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. Nevertheless, he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The spirits in prison”\n\n\n\n### “Baptism now saves you” -1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak specifically to women who are wives. -1PE 3 1 cj7z ὁμοίως, γυναῖκες, ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 In the same way, wives, submit to your own husbands Just as believers are to “obey every human authority” ([1 Peter 2:13](../02/13.md)) and servants are to “be subject” to their masters ([1 Peter 2:18](../02/18.md)), wives are to **submit** to their **husbands**. The words “obey,” “be subject,” and “submit” translate the same word. -1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **the word** refers to the gospel message. To disobey means that they do not believe. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Peter 2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some men do not believe the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter speaks specifically to women who are wives. +1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won This means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will become believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word Alternate translation: “without the wife saying a word.” Here, **a word** refers to anything the wife might speak about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From 2b4b36b43aed7093b2259b549fae1864a0018b1e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 18:09:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 063/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index c642353f4d..62d595b9d6 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 3:10–12.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Outward ornaments”\n\nMost people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter says in [3:3–4](../03/04.md) that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than what she wears or how she looks.\n\n### Unity\n\nPeter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nIn [verse 7](../03/07.md) Peter refers to women figuratively as “weaker vessels.” \n\nIn [verse 12](../03/12.md) Peter quotes [Psalm 34:15–16](../../psa/34/15.md) that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. Nevertheless, he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The spirits in prison”\n\n\n\n### “Baptism now saves you” 1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter speaks specifically to women who are wives. 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won This means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won Here, **won** is an idiom that means the unbelieving husbands will become believers. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will become believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word Alternate translation: “without the wife saying a word.” Here, **a word** refers to anything the wife might speak about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns ἐποπτεύσαντες τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect The abstract noun **behavior** can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “having seen that you behave sincerely and respectfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From fb33b9586bf7227b9c5c51e286c15feac7e33e06 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 18:11:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 064/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 62d595b9d6..fa7d2c8585 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 3:10–12.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Outward ornaments”\n\nMost people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter says in [3:3–4](../03/04.md) that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than what she wears or how she looks.\n\n### Unity\n\nPeter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nIn [verse 7](../03/07.md) Peter refers to women figuratively as “weaker vessels.” \n\nIn [verse 12](../03/12.md) Peter quotes [Psalm 34:15–16](../../psa/34/15.md) that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. Nevertheless, he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The spirits in prison”\n\n\n\n### “Baptism now saves you” 1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter speaks specifically to women who are wives. 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won Here, **won** is an idiom that means the unbelieving husbands will become believers. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won Here, **won** is an idiom that means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will become believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word Alternate translation: “without the wife saying a word.” Here, **a word** refers to anything the wife might speak about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns ἐποπτεύσαντες τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect The abstract noun **behavior** can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “having seen that you behave sincerely and respectfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 9e40fd5cbd3e6ff8a4bf126d51d731ef28323df9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 18:20:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 065/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index fa7d2c8585..42bc4ad05b 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -258,8 +258,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 3:10–12.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Outward ornaments”\n\nMost people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter says in [3:3–4](../03/04.md) that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than what she wears or how she looks.\n\n### Unity\n\nPeter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nIn [verse 7](../03/07.md) Peter refers to women figuratively as “weaker vessels.” \n\nIn [verse 12](../03/12.md) Peter quotes [Psalm 34:15–16](../../psa/34/15.md) that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. Nevertheless, he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The spirits in prison”\n\n\n\n### “Baptism now saves you” 1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter speaks specifically to women who are wives. 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won Here, **won** is an idiom that means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will become believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word Alternate translation: “without the wife saying a word.” Here, **a word** refers to anything the wife might speak about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns ἐποπτεύσαντες τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect The abstract noun **behavior** can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “having seen that you behave sincerely and respectfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 2 ng3s τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect This could mean: (1) This refers to their sincere behavior toward them and the way that they honor them. (2) This refers to their pure behavior toward them and the way that they honor God. From f019fbc13d83bd142229ba738d7089e5886b1a2e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 18:32:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 066/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 42bc4ad05b..daedd0522e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -260,7 +260,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won Here, **won** is an idiom that means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word Alternate translation: “without the wife saying a word.” Here, **a word** refers to anything the wife might speak about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “without you saying a word.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1PE 3 1 b56u figs-metonymy 1 Here, **a word** refers to anything the wife might speak about Jesus. 1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns ἐποπτεύσαντες τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect The abstract noun **behavior** can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “having seen that you behave sincerely and respectfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 2 ng3s τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect This could mean: (1) This refers to their sincere behavior toward them and the way that they honor them. (2) This refers to their pure behavior toward them and the way that they honor God. 1PE 3 3 p1bg 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues speaking to women who are wives. From 98d0b05167ff12f780cc660828d6facf93edd205 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 18:36:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 067/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index daedd0522e..0730a8ee48 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won Here, **won** is an idiom that means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “without you saying a word.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -1PE 3 1 b56u figs-metonymy 1 Here, **a word** refers to anything the wife might speak about Jesus. +1PE 3 1 b56u figs-metonymy ἄνευ λόγου 1 Here, **word** refers to the anything the wives might say to their husbands about the gospel message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without a word about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns ἐποπτεύσαντες τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect The abstract noun **behavior** can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “having seen that you behave sincerely and respectfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 2 ng3s τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect This could mean: (1) This refers to their sincere behavior toward them and the way that they honor them. (2) This refers to their pure behavior toward them and the way that they honor God. 1PE 3 3 p1bg 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues speaking to women who are wives. From 4fe35fc093a77824dc602f40491e9727debd6625 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 19:00:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 068/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 0730a8ee48..4afb31e9e1 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -262,7 +262,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won Here, **won** is an idiom that means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “without you saying a word.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 3 1 b56u figs-metonymy ἄνευ λόγου 1 Here, **word** refers to the anything the wives might say to their husbands about the gospel message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without a word about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns ἐποπτεύσαντες τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect The abstract noun **behavior** can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “having seen that you behave sincerely and respectfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 3 2 rzrl grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποπτεύσαντες 1 This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\r\n\r +1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you behave with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 2 ng3s τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect This could mean: (1) This refers to their sincere behavior toward them and the way that they honor them. (2) This refers to their pure behavior toward them and the way that they honor God. 1PE 3 3 p1bg 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues speaking to women who are wives. 1PE 3 4 l2yq figs-metonymy ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner person of the heart Here the words **inner man** and **heart** refer to the person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 1af19dd84876a47fdd954fa9daa295a4d427d254 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 19:01:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 069/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 4afb31e9e1..91d0199bd4 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “without you saying a word.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 3 1 b56u figs-metonymy ἄνευ λόγου 1 Here, **word** refers to the anything the wives might say to their husbands about the gospel message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without a word about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 2 rzrl grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποπτεύσαντες 1 This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\r\n\r -1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you behave with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you behave purely and with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 2 ng3s τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect This could mean: (1) This refers to their sincere behavior toward them and the way that they honor them. (2) This refers to their pure behavior toward them and the way that they honor God. 1PE 3 3 p1bg 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues speaking to women who are wives. 1PE 3 4 l2yq figs-metonymy ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner person of the heart Here the words **inner man** and **heart** refer to the person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 0c41c7f431a483fbe4cd444cb853f32c07048766 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 20:34:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 070/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 91d0199bd4..d62b8b325b 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 1 b56u figs-metonymy ἄνευ λόγου 1 Here, **word** refers to the anything the wives might say to their husbands about the gospel message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without a word about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 2 rzrl grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποπτεύσαντες 1 This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\r\n\r 1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you behave purely and with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 3 2 ng3s τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect This could mean: (1) This refers to their sincere behavior toward them and the way that they honor them. (2) This refers to their pure behavior toward them and the way that they honor God. +1PE 3 2 ng3s τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect This could refer to: (1) their sincere behavior toward their husbands and the way that they honor them. (2) their pure behavior toward them and the way that they honor God. 1PE 3 3 p1bg 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues speaking to women who are wives. 1PE 3 4 l2yq figs-metonymy ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner person of the heart Here the words **inner man** and **heart** refer to the person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 4 x6us figs-doublet ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner man of the heart Here the words **inner man** and **heart** both refer to the inward character and personality of a person. Alternate translation: “what you really are on the inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From 8db38ac72f5e94ba2304de511db8a868d9211184 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 21:10:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 071/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index d62b8b325b..d4b4a4107a 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -264,8 +264,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 1 b56u figs-metonymy ἄνευ λόγου 1 Here, **word** refers to the anything the wives might say to their husbands about the gospel message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without a word about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 2 rzrl grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποπτεύσαντες 1 This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\r\n\r 1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you behave purely and with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 3 2 ng3s τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect This could refer to: (1) their sincere behavior toward their husbands and the way that they honor them. (2) their pure behavior toward them and the way that they honor God. -1PE 3 3 p1bg 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues speaking to women who are wives. +1PE 3 2 ng3s figs-explicit τὴν…ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect This could refer to: (1) the wives’ sincere and honest behavior. Alternate translation: “your sincere behavior” (2) the wives’ sexually chaste behavior. Alternate translation: “your sexually chaste behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 3 3 p1bg 1 1PE 3 4 l2yq figs-metonymy ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner person of the heart Here the words **inner man** and **heart** refer to the person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 4 x6us figs-doublet ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner man of the heart Here the words **inner man** and **heart** both refer to the inward character and personality of a person. Alternate translation: “what you really are on the inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 4 gbw9 τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 of a gentle and quiet spirit Alternate translation: “of a gentle and peaceful attitude.” Here the word **quiet** means “peaceful” or “calm.” The word **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or temperament. From 73bcb0c0617c11f68e39dda675b035b3244f5f0e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 21:28:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 072/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index d4b4a4107a..39ad0503ce 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 2 rzrl grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποπτεύσαντες 1 This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\r\n\r 1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you behave purely and with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 2 ng3s figs-explicit τὴν…ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect This could refer to: (1) the wives’ sincere and honest behavior. Alternate translation: “your sincere behavior” (2) the wives’ sexually chaste behavior. Alternate translation: “your sexually chaste behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 3 3 p1bg 1 +1PE 3 3 p1bg writing-pronouns ὧν 1 Here, **whose** refers to the Christian wives to whom Peter is speaking. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1PE 3 4 l2yq figs-metonymy ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner person of the heart Here the words **inner man** and **heart** refer to the person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 4 x6us figs-doublet ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner man of the heart Here the words **inner man** and **heart** both refer to the inward character and personality of a person. Alternate translation: “what you really are on the inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 4 gbw9 τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 of a gentle and quiet spirit Alternate translation: “of a gentle and peaceful attitude.” Here the word **quiet** means “peaceful” or “calm.” The word **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or temperament. From e3f60a4dfeed78bd6231a4c6887ce3d1d944a304 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 22:01:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 073/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 39ad0503ce..f16cf21a47 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -266,6 +266,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you behave purely and with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 2 ng3s figs-explicit τὴν…ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect This could refer to: (1) the wives’ sincere and honest behavior. Alternate translation: “your sincere behavior” (2) the wives’ sexually chaste behavior. Alternate translation: “your sexually chaste behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 3 p1bg writing-pronouns ὧν 1 Here, **whose** refers to the Christian wives to whom Peter is speaking. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +1PE 3 3 ysvn figs-abstractnouns ὧν…κόσμος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adornment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they way you adorn yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 4 l2yq figs-metonymy ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner person of the heart Here the words **inner man** and **heart** refer to the person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 4 x6us figs-doublet ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner man of the heart Here the words **inner man** and **heart** both refer to the inward character and personality of a person. Alternate translation: “what you really are on the inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 4 gbw9 τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 of a gentle and quiet spirit Alternate translation: “of a gentle and peaceful attitude.” Here the word **quiet** means “peaceful” or “calm.” The word **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or temperament. From 4e30b8d077689f6ef2d6d49e86273b00f20934ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 22:16:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 074/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index f16cf21a47..8fa24a5152 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -267,6 +267,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 2 ng3s figs-explicit τὴν…ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect This could refer to: (1) the wives’ sincere and honest behavior. Alternate translation: “your sincere behavior” (2) the wives’ sexually chaste behavior. Alternate translation: “your sexually chaste behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 3 p1bg writing-pronouns ὧν 1 Here, **whose** refers to the Christian wives to whom Peter is speaking. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1PE 3 3 ysvn figs-abstractnouns ὧν…κόσμος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adornment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they way you adorn yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 3 4 oav8 = ἀλλ’ ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin this verse as a new sentence. If you do so, then you will need to repeat the subject and verb from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Rather, let your adornment be the inner man of the heart” 1PE 3 4 l2yq figs-metonymy ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner person of the heart Here the words **inner man** and **heart** refer to the person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 4 x6us figs-doublet ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner man of the heart Here the words **inner man** and **heart** both refer to the inward character and personality of a person. Alternate translation: “what you really are on the inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 4 gbw9 τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 of a gentle and quiet spirit Alternate translation: “of a gentle and peaceful attitude.” Here the word **quiet** means “peaceful” or “calm.” The word **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or temperament. From 35fdacec45412eba749dafe6bc264e6a91e3ec9e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 22:54:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 075/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 8fa24a5152..031a6c61bb 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -268,8 +268,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 3 p1bg writing-pronouns ὧν 1 Here, **whose** refers to the Christian wives to whom Peter is speaking. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1PE 3 3 ysvn figs-abstractnouns ὧν…κόσμος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adornment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they way you adorn yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 4 oav8 = ἀλλ’ ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin this verse as a new sentence. If you do so, then you will need to repeat the subject and verb from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Rather, let your adornment be the inner man of the heart” -1PE 3 4 l2yq figs-metonymy ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner person of the heart Here the words **inner man** and **heart** refer to the person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 3 4 x6us figs-doublet ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner man of the heart Here the words **inner man** and **heart** both refer to the inward character and personality of a person. Alternate translation: “what you really are on the inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1PE 3 4 m2n3 figs-metonymy ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, **hidden man** and **heart** both refer to a person’s thoughts or emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n +1PE 3 4 l2yq figs-possession ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner person of the heart Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **hidden man** is the same thing as **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the hidden man, which is the heart” or “the hidden man, namely, the heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 3 4 gbw9 τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 of a gentle and quiet spirit Alternate translation: “of a gentle and peaceful attitude.” Here the word **quiet** means “peaceful” or “calm.” The word **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or temperament. 1PE 3 4 j5bu figs-metaphor ὅ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ πολυτελές 1 which is precious before God Peter speaks of God’s opinion of a person as if that person were standing directly in front of him. Alternate translation: “which God considers to be precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 6 j1tp κύριον, αὐτὸν καλοῦσα 1 called him lord saying that he was her lord, that is, her master From 1956c84b6a63d4bac06402cc44428c409d7f47a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 23:02:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 076/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 031a6c61bb..97cb312645 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -270,8 +270,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 4 oav8 = ἀλλ’ ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin this verse as a new sentence. If you do so, then you will need to repeat the subject and verb from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Rather, let your adornment be the inner man of the heart” 1PE 3 4 m2n3 figs-metonymy ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, **hidden man** and **heart** both refer to a person’s thoughts or emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n 1PE 3 4 l2yq figs-possession ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner person of the heart Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **hidden man** is the same thing as **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the hidden man, which is the heart” or “the hidden man, namely, the heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -1PE 3 4 gbw9 τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 of a gentle and quiet spirit Alternate translation: “of a gentle and peaceful attitude.” Here the word **quiet** means “peaceful” or “calm.” The word **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or temperament. -1PE 3 4 j5bu figs-metaphor ὅ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ πολυτελές 1 which is precious before God Peter speaks of God’s opinion of a person as if that person were standing directly in front of him. Alternate translation: “which God considers to be precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 3 4 spi6 figs-metonymy τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 Here,**quiet** means “peaceful” or “calm.” It does not mean to not be loud. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of a gentle and peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 3 4 gbw9 figs-metonymy τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 of a gentle and quiet spirit Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or temperament. Alternate translation: “of a gentle and quiet attitude.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 3 4 j5bu figs-metaphor ὅ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ πολυτελές 1 which is precious before God Peter refers to God’s opinion figuratively as if it were a person standing directly in front of him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which God considers to be very precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 6 j1tp κύριον, αὐτὸν καλοῦσα 1 called him lord saying that he was her lord, that is, her master 1PE 3 6 t3xl figs-metaphor ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα 1 whose children you have become Peter says that believing women who act as Sarah acted can be thought of as if they were her actual **children**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak specifically to men who are husbands. From 1af44ccc6d7d120e252c08197286023027605852 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 23:21:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 077/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 97cb312645..9661c4d288 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -270,6 +270,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 4 oav8 = ἀλλ’ ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin this verse as a new sentence. If you do so, then you will need to repeat the subject and verb from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Rather, let your adornment be the inner man of the heart” 1PE 3 4 m2n3 figs-metonymy ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, **hidden man** and **heart** both refer to a person’s thoughts or emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n 1PE 3 4 l2yq figs-possession ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner person of the heart Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **hidden man** is the same thing as **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the hidden man, which is the heart” or “the hidden man, namely, the heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +1PE 3 4 l1js figs-possession ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **imperishable thing** is the same thing as **a gentle and quiet spirit**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the imperishable thing, which a gentle and quiet spirit” or “in the imperishable thing, namely, a gentle and quiet spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 3 4 spi6 figs-metonymy τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 Here,**quiet** means “peaceful” or “calm.” It does not mean to not be loud. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of a gentle and peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 4 gbw9 figs-metonymy τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 of a gentle and quiet spirit Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or temperament. Alternate translation: “of a gentle and quiet attitude.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 4 j5bu figs-metaphor ὅ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ πολυτελές 1 which is precious before God Peter refers to God’s opinion figuratively as if it were a person standing directly in front of him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which God considers to be very precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From f6c7114ec16dca9f44de12666ef2aacf6a5644a7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 23:23:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 078/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 9661c4d288..c5790148f4 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 4 oav8 = ἀλλ’ ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin this verse as a new sentence. If you do so, then you will need to repeat the subject and verb from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Rather, let your adornment be the inner man of the heart” 1PE 3 4 m2n3 figs-metonymy ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, **hidden man** and **heart** both refer to a person’s thoughts or emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n 1PE 3 4 l2yq figs-possession ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner person of the heart Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **hidden man** is the same thing as **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the hidden man, which is the heart” or “the hidden man, namely, the heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -1PE 3 4 l1js figs-possession ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **imperishable thing** is the same thing as **a gentle and quiet spirit**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the imperishable thing, which a gentle and quiet spirit” or “in the imperishable thing, namely, a gentle and quiet spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +1PE 3 4 l1js figs-possession ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **imperishable thing** is the same thing as **a gentle and quiet spirit**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the imperishable thing, which is a gentle and quiet spirit” or “in the imperishable thing, namely, a gentle and quiet spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 3 4 spi6 figs-metonymy τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 Here,**quiet** means “peaceful” or “calm.” It does not mean to not be loud. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of a gentle and peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 4 gbw9 figs-metonymy τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 of a gentle and quiet spirit Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or temperament. Alternate translation: “of a gentle and quiet attitude.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 4 j5bu figs-metaphor ὅ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ πολυτελές 1 which is precious before God Peter refers to God’s opinion figuratively as if it were a person standing directly in front of him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which God considers to be very precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 8fbbc3415a30ad66699641fd60dd5b69e67980bd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 23:48:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 079/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index c5790148f4..9b7301ce4c 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -274,6 +274,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 4 spi6 figs-metonymy τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 Here,**quiet** means “peaceful” or “calm.” It does not mean to not be loud. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of a gentle and peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 4 gbw9 figs-metonymy τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 of a gentle and quiet spirit Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or temperament. Alternate translation: “of a gentle and quiet attitude.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 4 j5bu figs-metaphor ὅ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ πολυτελές 1 which is precious before God Peter refers to God’s opinion figuratively as if it were a person standing directly in front of him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which God considers to be very precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 3 5 dq60 figs-metaphor ἐκόσμουν ἑαυτάς 1 Peter speaks figuratively of the attitude of the holy women as if it were something they **adorned themselves** with. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “made themselves beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 3 5 jbuf ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 See how you translated the similar clause in [verse 1](../03/01.md). 1PE 3 6 j1tp κύριον, αὐτὸν καλοῦσα 1 called him lord saying that he was her lord, that is, her master 1PE 3 6 t3xl figs-metaphor ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα 1 whose children you have become Peter says that believing women who act as Sarah acted can be thought of as if they were her actual **children**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak specifically to men who are husbands. From 2de7922948a458f4d043f6d61fd4e48a850f0775 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 23:50:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 080/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 9b7301ce4c..eee154d3de 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 5 dq60 figs-metaphor ἐκόσμουν ἑαυτάς 1 Peter speaks figuratively of the attitude of the holy women as if it were something they **adorned themselves** with. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “made themselves beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 5 jbuf ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 See how you translated the similar clause in [verse 1](../03/01.md). 1PE 3 6 j1tp κύριον, αὐτὸν καλοῦσα 1 called him lord saying that he was her lord, that is, her master -1PE 3 6 t3xl figs-metaphor ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα 1 whose children you have become Peter says that believing women who act as Sarah acted can be thought of as if they were her actual **children**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 3 6 t3xl figs-metaphor ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα 1 whose children you have become Peter says that believing women who act like Sarah did can be thought of as if they were her actual **children**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “who resemble her as if you were her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak specifically to men who are husbands. 1PE 3 7 f5ay ὁμοίως 1 in the same way This refers back to how Sarah and other godly women obeyed their husbands in [1 Peter 3:5](../03/05.md) and [1 Peter 3:6](../03/06.md). 1PE 3 7 lulz figs-abstractnouns συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν, ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ 1 live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container The abstract noun **understanding** can also be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “live with your wife, understanding that she is the weaker partner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 1c8374b8c456894864c8ee542cbac8e0bb447b47 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 10 Jun 2022 23:52:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 081/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index eee154d3de..c05950cc39 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -276,8 +276,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 4 j5bu figs-metaphor ὅ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ πολυτελές 1 which is precious before God Peter refers to God’s opinion figuratively as if it were a person standing directly in front of him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which God considers to be very precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 5 dq60 figs-metaphor ἐκόσμουν ἑαυτάς 1 Peter speaks figuratively of the attitude of the holy women as if it were something they **adorned themselves** with. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “made themselves beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 5 jbuf ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 See how you translated the similar clause in [verse 1](../03/01.md). -1PE 3 6 j1tp κύριον, αὐτὸν καλοῦσα 1 called him lord saying that he was her lord, that is, her master -1PE 3 6 t3xl figs-metaphor ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα 1 whose children you have become Peter says that believing women who act like Sarah did can be thought of as if they were her actual **children**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “who resemble her as if you were her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 3 6 t3xl figs-metaphor ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα 1 whose children you have become Peter says that believing women who act like Sarah acted can be thought of as if they were her actual **children**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “who resemble her as if you were her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak specifically to men who are husbands. 1PE 3 7 f5ay ὁμοίως 1 in the same way This refers back to how Sarah and other godly women obeyed their husbands in [1 Peter 3:5](../03/05.md) and [1 Peter 3:6](../03/06.md). 1PE 3 7 lulz figs-abstractnouns συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν, ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ 1 live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container The abstract noun **understanding** can also be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “live with your wife, understanding that she is the weaker partner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 6c03c67d0e3770c1e979d80174ae4ffd24298e30 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Sat, 11 Jun 2022 00:03:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 082/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index c05950cc39..60eaa066a1 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -276,6 +276,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 4 j5bu figs-metaphor ὅ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ πολυτελές 1 which is precious before God Peter refers to God’s opinion figuratively as if it were a person standing directly in front of him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which God considers to be very precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 5 dq60 figs-metaphor ἐκόσμουν ἑαυτάς 1 Peter speaks figuratively of the attitude of the holy women as if it were something they **adorned themselves** with. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “made themselves beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 5 jbuf ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 See how you translated the similar clause in [verse 1](../03/01.md). +1PE 3 6 kpnl translate-names Σάρρα…τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 **Sarah** is the name of a woman and **Abraham** is the name of her husband. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1PE 3 6 t3xl figs-metaphor ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα 1 whose children you have become Peter says that believing women who act like Sarah acted can be thought of as if they were her actual **children**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “who resemble her as if you were her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak specifically to men who are husbands. 1PE 3 7 f5ay ὁμοίως 1 in the same way This refers back to how Sarah and other godly women obeyed their husbands in [1 Peter 3:5](../03/05.md) and [1 Peter 3:6](../03/06.md). From e1b2f1223daa3be8de85f6c59bbadf3f0509c9e6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Sat, 11 Jun 2022 00:13:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 083/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 60eaa066a1..189c2d3640 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -277,8 +277,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 5 dq60 figs-metaphor ἐκόσμουν ἑαυτάς 1 Peter speaks figuratively of the attitude of the holy women as if it were something they **adorned themselves** with. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “made themselves beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 5 jbuf ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 See how you translated the similar clause in [verse 1](../03/01.md). 1PE 3 6 kpnl translate-names Σάρρα…τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 **Sarah** is the name of a woman and **Abraham** is the name of her husband. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1PE 3 6 t3xl figs-metaphor ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα 1 whose children you have become Peter says that believing women who act like Sarah acted can be thought of as if they were her actual **children**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “who resemble her as if you were her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak specifically to men who are husbands. +1PE 3 6 t3xl figs-idiom ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα 1 whose children you have become Peter uses a Hebrew idiom here in which people are said to be the **children** of someone who has similar qualities as them. Believing women who act like Sarah acted are thought of as if they were her actual **children**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “who resemble her as if you were her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: In this verse Peter writes specifically to men who are husbands. 1PE 3 7 f5ay ὁμοίως 1 in the same way This refers back to how Sarah and other godly women obeyed their husbands in [1 Peter 3:5](../03/05.md) and [1 Peter 3:6](../03/06.md). 1PE 3 7 lulz figs-abstractnouns συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν, ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ 1 live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container The abstract noun **understanding** can also be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “live with your wife, understanding that she is the weaker partner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει 1 as with a weaker container Peter speaks of women as if they were containers, as men are sometimes also spoken of. Alternate translation: “knowing that she is not as strong as you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From deee382360bd28f590612bba3b611e6b17a610c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Sat, 11 Jun 2022 00:21:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 084/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 189c2d3640..f9d3e77048 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -278,6 +278,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 5 jbuf ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 See how you translated the similar clause in [verse 1](../03/01.md). 1PE 3 6 kpnl translate-names Σάρρα…τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 **Sarah** is the name of a woman and **Abraham** is the name of her husband. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1PE 3 6 t3xl figs-idiom ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα 1 whose children you have become Peter uses a Hebrew idiom here in which people are said to be the **children** of someone who has similar qualities as them. Believing women who act like Sarah acted are thought of as if they were her actual **children**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “who resemble her as if you were her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1PE 3 6 v2so figs-idiom μὴ φοβούμεναι μηδεμίαν πτόησιν 1 The phrase **not being afraid of any** translates two negative words in Greek. Peter uses them together to emphasize that believing women should not fear anything. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: In this verse Peter writes specifically to men who are husbands. 1PE 3 7 f5ay ὁμοίως 1 in the same way This refers back to how Sarah and other godly women obeyed their husbands in [1 Peter 3:5](../03/05.md) and [1 Peter 3:6](../03/06.md). 1PE 3 7 lulz figs-abstractnouns συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν, ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ 1 live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container The abstract noun **understanding** can also be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “live with your wife, understanding that she is the weaker partner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 4ff92958eb7462b4631bf850dfb84adcefdbace2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Sat, 11 Jun 2022 00:21:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 085/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index f9d3e77048..d4f43c867c 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 5 jbuf ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 See how you translated the similar clause in [verse 1](../03/01.md). 1PE 3 6 kpnl translate-names Σάρρα…τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 **Sarah** is the name of a woman and **Abraham** is the name of her husband. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1PE 3 6 t3xl figs-idiom ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα 1 whose children you have become Peter uses a Hebrew idiom here in which people are said to be the **children** of someone who has similar qualities as them. Believing women who act like Sarah acted are thought of as if they were her actual **children**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “who resemble her as if you were her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1PE 3 6 v2so figs-idiom μὴ φοβούμεναι μηδεμίαν πτόησιν 1 The phrase **not being afraid of any** translates two negative words in Greek. Peter uses them together to emphasize that believing women should not fear anything. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +1PE 3 6 v2so figs-idiom μὴ φοβούμεναι μηδεμίαν πτόησιν 1 The phrase **not being afraid of any** translates two negative words in Greek. Peter uses them together to emphasize that believing women should not fear anything at all. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: In this verse Peter writes specifically to men who are husbands. 1PE 3 7 f5ay ὁμοίως 1 in the same way This refers back to how Sarah and other godly women obeyed their husbands in [1 Peter 3:5](../03/05.md) and [1 Peter 3:6](../03/06.md). 1PE 3 7 lulz figs-abstractnouns συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν, ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ 1 live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container The abstract noun **understanding** can also be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “live with your wife, understanding that she is the weaker partner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From a8966263ba098f0ae2b6f57a89e0ed234766964f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Sat, 11 Jun 2022 00:24:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 086/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index d4f43c867c..0dd7ff4cfb 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 5 jbuf ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 See how you translated the similar clause in [verse 1](../03/01.md). 1PE 3 6 kpnl translate-names Σάρρα…τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 **Sarah** is the name of a woman and **Abraham** is the name of her husband. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1PE 3 6 t3xl figs-idiom ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα 1 whose children you have become Peter uses a Hebrew idiom here in which people are said to be the **children** of someone who has similar qualities as them. Believing women who act like Sarah acted are thought of as if they were her actual **children**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “who resemble her as if you were her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1PE 3 6 v2so figs-idiom μὴ φοβούμεναι μηδεμίαν πτόησιν 1 The phrase **not being afraid of any** translates two negative words in Greek. Peter uses them together to emphasize that believing women should not fear anything at all. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +1PE 3 6 v2so figs-doublenegatives μὴ φοβούμεναι μηδεμίαν πτόησιν 1 The phrase **not being afraid of any** translates two negative words in Greek. Peter uses them together to emphasize that believing women should not fear anything at all. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: In this verse Peter writes specifically to men who are husbands. 1PE 3 7 f5ay ὁμοίως 1 in the same way This refers back to how Sarah and other godly women obeyed their husbands in [1 Peter 3:5](../03/05.md) and [1 Peter 3:6](../03/06.md). 1PE 3 7 lulz figs-abstractnouns συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν, ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ 1 live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container The abstract noun **understanding** can also be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “live with your wife, understanding that she is the weaker partner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From ef8b3a8a362d71654faa3db15f7c3c5f1591da69 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 14:19:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 087/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index fbe0085646..f7eed93204 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1094,8 +1094,8 @@ MRK 13 8 hz6g figs-genericnoun βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 T MRK 13 8 wpd3 figs-metonymy βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 8 pcyi figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 **these things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus uses **birth pains** figuratively here for the sufferings he has just described. Jesus speaks of these things as **the beginning of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Jesus uses the metaphor of **birth pains** because in the same way that the pain a woman experiences when giving birth to a child is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually give way to joy in the future when Christ returns. Because giving birth is something that happens in all cultures you should retain this metaphor in your translation. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 13 9 c2cl figs-yousingular βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **watch yourselves** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “all of you watch yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 13 9 nuti figs-metaphor βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus figuratively uses a word for seeing to indicate a need for paying attention or being ready. If your readers would not understand what it means to **watch yourselves** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “pay attention to yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])  +MRK 13 9 c2cl figs-yousingular βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **watch yourselves** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “all of you watch yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 13 9 ulws figs-rpronouns βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus uses the word **yourselves** to draw the disciples’ attention to themselves because he now transitions from telling them about general signs and begins telling them about specific trials that they themselves will personally encounter. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But give heed to yourselves personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])  MRK 13 9 mbr5 writing-pronouns παραδώσουσιν 1 The pronoun **They** refers to people in general who will persecute Jesus’ followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “People will deliver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])  MRK 13 9 voih figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε  1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ MRK 13 9 gbb4 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be made t MRK 13 9 v23p figs-abstractnouns εἰς μαρτύριον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way as the UST does or use a verb form such as “testify.” Alternate translation: “to testify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])  MRK 13 9 qq6r εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 Alternate translation: “to testify about me to them” MRK 13 9 y6p6 writing-pronouns εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a testimony to them The pronoun **them** refers to **governers** and **kings** mentioned in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -MRK 13 10 ruk9 figs-explicit καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πρῶτον δεῖ κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations Jesus is still speaking about things that must happen before the end comes. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations before the end will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 13 10 ruk9 πρῶτον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit The words “will speak” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 py9u παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 brother will deliver brother to death “one brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him” or “brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them.” This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother. From 62e2d9736a633ad976e4311bb8f42af373f71748 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 14:27:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 088/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 6 +++++- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index f7eed93204..4392becf17 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1104,7 +1104,11 @@ MRK 13 9 gbb4 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε 1 you will be made t MRK 13 9 v23p figs-abstractnouns εἰς μαρτύριον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way as the UST does or use a verb form such as “testify.” Alternate translation: “to testify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])  MRK 13 9 qq6r εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 Alternate translation: “to testify about me to them” MRK 13 9 y6p6 writing-pronouns εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a testimony to them The pronoun **them** refers to **governers** and **kings** mentioned in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -MRK 13 10 ruk9 πρῶτον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations +MRK 13 10 ruk9 translate-ordinal πρῶτον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations Here, Jesus uses the ordinal number **first** in order to indicate position in an order of events. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can express this same idea in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before the end comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +MRK 13 10 sfjc 1 +MRK 13 10 e6ad 1 +MRK 13 10 m0xq 1 +MRK 13 10 nr2r 1 MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit The words “will speak” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 py9u παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 brother will deliver brother to death “one brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him” or “brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them.” This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother. From a5a8c1c335ce36b715dd5ab62cda7a65d888a9c5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 14:36:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 089/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 4392becf17..a0deb8f7f3 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ MRK 13 9 v23p figs-abstractnouns εἰς μαρτύριον 1 If your language MRK 13 9 qq6r εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 Alternate translation: “to testify about me to them” MRK 13 9 y6p6 writing-pronouns εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a testimony to them The pronoun **them** refers to **governers** and **kings** mentioned in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 13 10 ruk9 translate-ordinal πρῶτον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations Here, Jesus uses the ordinal number **first** in order to indicate position in an order of events. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can express this same idea in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before the end comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -MRK 13 10 sfjc 1 +MRK 13 10 sfjc figs-activepassive κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “people” will be the ones who proclaim the gospel. Alternate translation: “people to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])  MRK 13 10 e6ad 1 MRK 13 10 m0xq 1 MRK 13 10 nr2r 1 From 2f65f27fa7363dfea78341ced99b025ef18ffb9b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 14:43:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 090/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index a0deb8f7f3..c6811792e6 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@ MRK 13 9 qq6r εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 Alternate translatio MRK 13 9 y6p6 writing-pronouns εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a testimony to them The pronoun **them** refers to **governers** and **kings** mentioned in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 13 10 ruk9 translate-ordinal πρῶτον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations Here, Jesus uses the ordinal number **first** in order to indicate position in an order of events. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can express this same idea in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before the end comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) MRK 13 10 sfjc figs-activepassive κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “people” will be the ones who proclaim the gospel. Alternate translation: “people to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])  -MRK 13 10 e6ad 1 +MRK 13 10 e6ad figs-metonymy τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people who are in each nation. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])  MRK 13 10 m0xq 1 MRK 13 10 nr2r 1 MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 1ae4292a2b0e500c0588de207235fa33f9f1e67b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 14:45:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 091/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index c6811792e6..545e60d25f 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@ MRK 13 9 qq6r εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 Alternate translatio MRK 13 9 y6p6 writing-pronouns εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a testimony to them The pronoun **them** refers to **governers** and **kings** mentioned in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 13 10 ruk9 translate-ordinal πρῶτον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations Here, Jesus uses the ordinal number **first** in order to indicate position in an order of events. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can express this same idea in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before the end comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) MRK 13 10 sfjc figs-activepassive κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “people” will be the ones who proclaim the gospel. Alternate translation: “people to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])  -MRK 13 10 e6ad figs-metonymy τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people who are in each nation. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])  +MRK 13 10 e6ad figs-metonymy τὰ ἔθνη 1 The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people who comprise each nation. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The people nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])  MRK 13 10 m0xq 1 MRK 13 10 nr2r 1 MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 752a1ac8300a7a4be2503aa481b548bf9c1a7bcc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 14:47:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 092/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 545e60d25f..f1df5250c7 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@ MRK 13 9 qq6r εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 Alternate translatio MRK 13 9 y6p6 writing-pronouns εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a testimony to them The pronoun **them** refers to **governers** and **kings** mentioned in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 13 10 ruk9 translate-ordinal πρῶτον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations Here, Jesus uses the ordinal number **first** in order to indicate position in an order of events. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can express this same idea in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before the end comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) MRK 13 10 sfjc figs-activepassive κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “people” will be the ones who proclaim the gospel. Alternate translation: “people to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])  -MRK 13 10 e6ad figs-metonymy τὰ ἔθνη 1 The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people who comprise each nation. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The people nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])  +MRK 13 10 e6ad figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people within each nation. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from all nations” or “people within each nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])  MRK 13 10 m0xq 1 MRK 13 10 nr2r 1 MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 4bc8945d9b82d8d72ea10e4d699c401f2e5f5786 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 15:55:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 093/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index f1df5250c7..669731bc0e 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1107,8 +1107,8 @@ MRK 13 9 y6p6 writing-pronouns εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a MRK 13 10 ruk9 translate-ordinal πρῶτον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations Here, Jesus uses the ordinal number **first** in order to indicate position in an order of events. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can express this same idea in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before the end comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) MRK 13 10 sfjc figs-activepassive κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “people” will be the ones who proclaim the gospel. Alternate translation: “people to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])  MRK 13 10 e6ad figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people within each nation. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from all nations” or “people within each nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])  -MRK 13 10 m0xq 1 -MRK 13 10 nr2r 1 +MRK 13 11 m0xq figs-activepassive δοθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says later in this verse that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. Alternate translation: “people to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 13 11 nr2r 1 MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit The words “will speak” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 py9u παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 brother will deliver brother to death “one brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him” or “brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them.” This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother. From 2a9a5c26672e69d958b6373b9562f7b7405e2623 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 15:56:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 094/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 669731bc0e..3d9de6683f 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ MRK 13 9 y6p6 writing-pronouns εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a MRK 13 10 ruk9 translate-ordinal πρῶτον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations Here, Jesus uses the ordinal number **first** in order to indicate position in an order of events. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can express this same idea in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before the end comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) MRK 13 10 sfjc figs-activepassive κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “people” will be the ones who proclaim the gospel. Alternate translation: “people to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])  MRK 13 10 e6ad figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people within each nation. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from all nations” or “people within each nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])  -MRK 13 11 m0xq figs-activepassive δοθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says later in this verse that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. Alternate translation: “people to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 13 11 m0xq figs-activepassive δοθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says later in this verse that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. Alternate translation: “whatever the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 11 nr2r 1 MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit The words “will speak” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From 9c54965c03305a4a374fe31f4d25d167dc2ff9f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 15:56:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 095/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 0dd7ff4cfb..4d6956d06a 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -255,11 +255,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 2 25 jkfu figs-activepassive ἐπεστράφητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 25 z6q2 figs-synecdoche τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 3:10–12.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Outward ornaments”\n\nMost people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter says in [3:3–4](../03/04.md) that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than what she wears or how she looks.\n\n### Unity\n\nPeter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nIn [verse 7](../03/07.md) Peter refers to women figuratively as “weaker vessels.” \n\nIn [verse 12](../03/12.md) Peter quotes [Psalm 34:15–16](../../psa/34/15.md) that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. Nevertheless, he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The spirits in prison”\n\n\n\n### “Baptism now saves you” +1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [3:10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Outward ornaments”\n\nMost people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter says in [3:3–4](../03/04.md) that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than what she wears or how she looks.\n\n### Unity\n\nPeter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nIn [verse 7](../03/07.md) Peter refers to women figuratively as “weaker vessels.” \n\nIn [verse 12](../03/12.md) Peter quotes [Psalm 34:15–16](../../psa/34/15.md) that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. Nevertheless, he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The spirits in prison”\n\n\n\n### “Baptism now saves you” 1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter speaks specifically to women who are wives. 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won Here, **won** is an idiom that means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won Here, **won** is an idiom that means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers in Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “without you saying a word.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 3 1 b56u figs-metonymy ἄνευ λόγου 1 Here, **word** refers to the anything the wives might say to their husbands about the gospel message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without a word about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 2 rzrl grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποπτεύσαντες 1 This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\r\n\r From 2143942d9faa15cfd3161eb440b8635f8cdbd425 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 15:58:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 096/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 3d9de6683f..cee8602bbc 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@ MRK 13 10 ruk9 translate-ordinal πρῶτον 1 But first, it is necessary for MRK 13 10 sfjc figs-activepassive κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “people” will be the ones who proclaim the gospel. Alternate translation: “people to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])  MRK 13 10 e6ad figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people within each nation. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from all nations” or “people within each nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])  MRK 13 11 m0xq figs-activepassive δοθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says later in this verse that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. Alternate translation: “whatever the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 13 11 nr2r 1 +MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “when it was time for the meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit The words “will speak” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 py9u παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 brother will deliver brother to death “one brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him” or “brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them.” This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother. From 59093f9e4cde8d286cb2f78b17c4b22e360a149e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 15:58:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 097/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 4d6956d06a..c6353a5738 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won Here, **won** is an idiom that means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers in Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “without you saying a word.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -1PE 3 1 b56u figs-metonymy ἄνευ λόγου 1 Here, **word** refers to the anything the wives might say to their husbands about the gospel message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without a word about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 3 1 b56u figs-metonymy ἄνευ λόγου 1 Here, **word** refers to the anything the wives might say to their husbands about the gospel message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without a word about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 2 rzrl grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποπτεύσαντες 1 This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\r\n\r 1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you behave purely and with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 2 ng3s figs-explicit τὴν…ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect This could refer to: (1) the wives’ sincere and honest behavior. Alternate translation: “your sincere behavior” (2) the wives’ sexually chaste behavior. Alternate translation: “your sexually chaste behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From efde3639f3047c7b17c036073960f7a3428b1205 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 15:59:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 098/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index cee8602bbc..9e6a50b102 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@ MRK 13 10 ruk9 translate-ordinal πρῶτον 1 But first, it is necessary for MRK 13 10 sfjc figs-activepassive κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “people” will be the ones who proclaim the gospel. Alternate translation: “people to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])  MRK 13 10 e6ad figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people within each nation. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from all nations” or “people within each nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])  MRK 13 11 m0xq figs-activepassive δοθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says later in this verse that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. Alternate translation: “whatever the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “when it was time for the meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  +MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “when it was time for the meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit The words “will speak” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 py9u παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 brother will deliver brother to death “one brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him” or “brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them.” This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother. From fd20bbcfb6cfe7536fa08ec049db5e247d697dda Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 16:01:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 099/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 9e6a50b102..5411b36922 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@ MRK 13 10 ruk9 translate-ordinal πρῶτον 1 But first, it is necessary for MRK 13 10 sfjc figs-activepassive κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “people” will be the ones who proclaim the gospel. Alternate translation: “people to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])  MRK 13 10 e6ad figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people within each nation. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from all nations” or “people within each nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])  MRK 13 11 m0xq figs-activepassive δοθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says later in this verse that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. Alternate translation: “whatever the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “when it was time for the meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  +MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If this idiom would confuse your readers you can state the meaning in plain language as the the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit The words “will speak” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 py9u παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 brother will deliver brother to death “one brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him” or “brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them.” This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother. From a8942767bfb457be1983a50834d1480107cbedb9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 16:03:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 100/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index c6353a5738..df155827e1 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won Here, **won** is an idiom that means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers in Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “without you saying a word.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 3 1 b56u figs-metonymy ἄνευ λόγου 1 Here, **word** refers to the anything the wives might say to their husbands about the gospel message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without a word about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 3 2 rzrl grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποπτεύσαντες 1 This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\r\n\r +1PE 3 2 rzrl grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποπτεύσαντες 1 This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n 1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you behave purely and with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 2 ng3s figs-explicit τὴν…ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect This could refer to: (1) the wives’ sincere and honest behavior. Alternate translation: “your sincere behavior” (2) the wives’ sexually chaste behavior. Alternate translation: “your sexually chaste behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 3 p1bg writing-pronouns ὧν 1 Here, **whose** refers to the Christian wives to whom Peter is speaking. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 6 kpnl translate-names Σάρρα…τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 **Sarah** is the name of a woman and **Abraham** is the name of her husband. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1PE 3 6 t3xl figs-idiom ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα 1 whose children you have become Peter uses a Hebrew idiom here in which people are said to be the **children** of someone who has similar qualities as them. Believing women who act like Sarah acted are thought of as if they were her actual **children**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “who resemble her as if you were her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 3 6 v2so figs-doublenegatives μὴ φοβούμεναι μηδεμίαν πτόησιν 1 The phrase **not being afraid of any** translates two negative words in Greek. Peter uses them together to emphasize that believing women should not fear anything at all. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: In this verse Peter writes specifically to men who are husbands. +1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: In this verse Peter gives instructions specifically to men who are husbands. 1PE 3 7 f5ay ὁμοίως 1 in the same way This refers back to how Sarah and other godly women obeyed their husbands in [1 Peter 3:5](../03/05.md) and [1 Peter 3:6](../03/06.md). 1PE 3 7 lulz figs-abstractnouns συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν, ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ 1 live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container The abstract noun **understanding** can also be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “live with your wife, understanding that she is the weaker partner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει 1 as with a weaker container Peter speaks of women as if they were containers, as men are sometimes also spoken of. Alternate translation: “knowing that she is not as strong as you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 594b45deb6ff30c50100f24f3522ec73b03f8fcd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 16:04:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 101/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index df155827e1..816719398a 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 25 z6q2 figs-synecdoche τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [3:10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Outward ornaments”\n\nMost people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter says in [3:3–4](../03/04.md) that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than what she wears or how she looks.\n\n### Unity\n\nPeter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nIn [verse 7](../03/07.md) Peter refers to women figuratively as “weaker vessels.” \n\nIn [verse 12](../03/12.md) Peter quotes [Psalm 34:15–16](../../psa/34/15.md) that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. Nevertheless, he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The spirits in prison”\n\n\n\n### “Baptism now saves you” -1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter speaks specifically to women who are wives. +1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter gives instructions specifically to women who are wives. 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won Here, **won** is an idiom that means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers in Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 661b4661e3a74b1dae95ce2a2302330c3a0c1b72 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 16:08:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 102/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 5411b36922..5c6ae9f65c 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1111,6 +1111,7 @@ MRK 13 11 m0xq figs-activepassive δοθῇ 1 If your language does not use the MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If this idiom would confuse your readers you can state the meaning in plain language as the the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit The words “will speak” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 13 11 q2o3 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 The phrase **but the HS** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples when they are on trial. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 py9u παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 brother will deliver brother to death “one brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him” or “brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them.” This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother. MRK 13 12 g3jv figs-gendernotations ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν 1 brother … brother These refers to both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “people … their siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child The words “will deliver up to death” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “fathers will deliver up their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From ae3348ebed2eb398c925ec750255aac6aa6acada Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 16:10:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 103/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 5c6ae9f65c..aa63f0e7c3 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@ MRK 13 11 m0xq figs-activepassive δοθῇ 1 If your language does not use the MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If this idiom would confuse your readers you can state the meaning in plain language as the the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit The words “will speak” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 13 11 q2o3 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 The phrase **but the HS** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples when they are on trial. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 13 11 q2o3 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 The phrase **for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will give you the words to say” or “for the Holy Spirit will instruct you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 py9u παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 brother will deliver brother to death “one brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him” or “brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them.” This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother. MRK 13 12 g3jv figs-gendernotations ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν 1 brother … brother These refers to both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “people … their siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child The words “will deliver up to death” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “fathers will deliver up their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From 597fafccbdd9bad86dee8c7d5b06a362bf2f8b2b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 16:18:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 104/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index aa63f0e7c3..32ef3f9857 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1110,8 +1110,8 @@ MRK 13 10 e6ad figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 The term **nations** MRK 13 11 m0xq figs-activepassive δοθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says later in this verse that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. Alternate translation: “whatever the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If this idiom would confuse your readers you can state the meaning in plain language as the the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit The words “will speak” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 11 q2o3 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 The phrase **for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will give you the words to say” or “for the Holy Spirit will instruct you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 py9u παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 brother will deliver brother to death “one brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him” or “brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them.” This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother. MRK 13 12 g3jv figs-gendernotations ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν 1 brother … brother These refers to both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “people … their siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child The words “will deliver up to death” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “fathers will deliver up their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From e24a16cf41fe03a73985cff611ace5a3e2727421 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 16:29:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 105/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 32ef3f9857..3661cb71aa 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1108,8 +1108,8 @@ MRK 13 10 ruk9 translate-ordinal πρῶτον 1 But first, it is necessary for MRK 13 10 sfjc figs-activepassive κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “people” will be the ones who proclaim the gospel. Alternate translation: “people to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])  MRK 13 10 e6ad figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people within each nation. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from all nations” or “people within each nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])  MRK 13 11 m0xq figs-activepassive δοθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says later in this verse that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. Alternate translation: “whatever the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over **handing you over** means to deliver to the control of someone else. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If this idiom would confuse your readers you can state the meaning in plain language as the the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  -MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 11 q2o3 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 The phrase **for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will give you the words to say” or “for the Holy Spirit will instruct you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 py9u παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 brother will deliver brother to death “one brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him” or “brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them.” This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother. From d08994bf9a84c161e117461b4d8ce0ed7ef1100a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 16:52:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 106/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 3661cb71aa..e4071fc71a 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1107,9 +1107,9 @@ MRK 13 9 y6p6 writing-pronouns εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a MRK 13 10 ruk9 translate-ordinal πρῶτον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations Here, Jesus uses the ordinal number **first** in order to indicate position in an order of events. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can express this same idea in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before the end comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) MRK 13 10 sfjc figs-activepassive κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “people” will be the ones who proclaim the gospel. Alternate translation: “people to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])  MRK 13 10 e6ad figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people within each nation. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from all nations” or “people within each nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])  -MRK 13 11 m0xq figs-activepassive δοθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says later in this verse that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. Alternate translation: “whatever the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over **handing you over** means to deliver to the control of someone else. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If this idiom would confuse your readers you can state the meaning in plain language as the the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  +MRK 13 11 m0xq figs-activepassive δοθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says later in this verse that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. Alternate translation: “whatever the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If this idiom would confuse your readers you can state the meaning in plain language as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  MRK 13 11 q2o3 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 The phrase **for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will give you the words to say” or “for the Holy Spirit will instruct you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 py9u παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 brother will deliver brother to death “one brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him” or “brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them.” This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother. From 3f3b3f0b8dc2e9273fa533026ccd40f04b05e619 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 16:53:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 107/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index e4071fc71a..c54d55c3ec 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ MRK 13 9 y6p6 writing-pronouns εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a MRK 13 10 ruk9 translate-ordinal πρῶτον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations Here, Jesus uses the ordinal number **first** in order to indicate position in an order of events. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can express this same idea in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before the end comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) MRK 13 10 sfjc figs-activepassive κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “people” will be the ones who proclaim the gospel. Alternate translation: “people to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])  MRK 13 10 e6ad figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people within each nation. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from all nations” or “people within each nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])  -MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over **handing you over** means to deliver to the control of someone else. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over **handing … over** means to deliver to the control of someone else. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 11 m0xq figs-activepassive δοθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says later in this verse that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. Alternate translation: “whatever the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If this idiom would confuse your readers you can state the meaning in plain language as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  MRK 13 11 q2o3 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 The phrase **for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will give you the words to say” or “for the Holy Spirit will instruct you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 0c4d4db28199031db380883162b0bd610aca13cb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 17:01:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 108/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 816719398a..21dc71ab5f 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -280,8 +280,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 6 t3xl figs-idiom ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα 1 whose children you have become Peter uses a Hebrew idiom here in which people are said to be the **children** of someone who has similar qualities as them. Believing women who act like Sarah acted are thought of as if they were her actual **children**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “who resemble her as if you were her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 3 6 v2so figs-doublenegatives μὴ φοβούμεναι μηδεμίαν πτόησιν 1 The phrase **not being afraid of any** translates two negative words in Greek. Peter uses them together to emphasize that believing women should not fear anything at all. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: In this verse Peter gives instructions specifically to men who are husbands. -1PE 3 7 f5ay ὁμοίως 1 in the same way This refers back to how Sarah and other godly women obeyed their husbands in [1 Peter 3:5](../03/05.md) and [1 Peter 3:6](../03/06.md). -1PE 3 7 lulz figs-abstractnouns συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν, ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ 1 live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container The abstract noun **understanding** can also be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “live with your wife, understanding that she is the weaker partner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 3 7 uddn figs-genericnoun συνοικοῦντες…τῷ γυναικείῳ 1 Here, **the female** refers to the wives of the men to whom Peter is writing, not to one particular woman. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “live with the women whom you have married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +1PE 3 7 lulz figs-abstractnouns συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν 1 live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container The abstract noun **knowledge** can also be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “live with your wife, understanding that she is the weaker partner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει 1 as with a weaker container Peter speaks of women as if they were containers, as men are sometimes also spoken of. Alternate translation: “knowing that she is not as strong as you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 a88w figs-abstractnouns ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς καὶ συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 assigning her honor as also fellow heirs of the grace of life You can translate this using verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “honor her because she will also receive by grace the eternal life that God gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 7 n4rf figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 fellow heirs of the grace of life Eternal **life** is often spoken of as if it were something that people inherit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 3aaf31c53ac31b37c75b42a2f6be53702d17372e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 17:18:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 109/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 21dc71ab5f..d9bb0301d8 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 6 v2so figs-doublenegatives μὴ φοβούμεναι μηδεμίαν πτόησιν 1 The phrase **not being afraid of any** translates two negative words in Greek. Peter uses them together to emphasize that believing women should not fear anything at all. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: In this verse Peter gives instructions specifically to men who are husbands. 1PE 3 7 uddn figs-genericnoun συνοικοῦντες…τῷ γυναικείῳ 1 Here, **the female** refers to the wives of the men to whom Peter is writing, not to one particular woman. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “live with the women whom you have married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -1PE 3 7 lulz figs-abstractnouns συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν 1 live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container The abstract noun **knowledge** can also be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “live with your wife, understanding that she is the weaker partner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 3 7 lulz figs-abstractnouns κατὰ γνῶσιν 1 live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a knowledgeable way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει 1 as with a weaker container Peter speaks of women as if they were containers, as men are sometimes also spoken of. Alternate translation: “knowing that she is not as strong as you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 a88w figs-abstractnouns ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς καὶ συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 assigning her honor as also fellow heirs of the grace of life You can translate this using verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “honor her because she will also receive by grace the eternal life that God gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 7 n4rf figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 fellow heirs of the grace of life Eternal **life** is often spoken of as if it were something that people inherit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From a3d2a4d363175b068a8112b60af5ed1e7b71a3eb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 17:55:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 110/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index d9bb0301d8..39ee7a1992 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: In this verse Peter gives instructions specifically to men who are husbands. 1PE 3 7 uddn figs-genericnoun συνοικοῦντες…τῷ γυναικείῳ 1 Here, **the female** refers to the wives of the men to whom Peter is writing, not to one particular woman. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “live with the women whom you have married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 1PE 3 7 lulz figs-abstractnouns κατὰ γνῶσιν 1 live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a knowledgeable way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει 1 as with a weaker container Peter speaks of women as if they were containers, as men are sometimes also spoken of. Alternate translation: “knowing that she is not as strong as you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει 1 as with a weaker container Here Peter refers to women figuratively as if they were **weaker** containers. Although **container** is a term used to refer to both men and women in the New Testament ([Acts 9:15](../../act/09/15.md)), Peter specifically refers to women as **weaker** containers because in general woman are physically weaker than men. Just as clay pots can break easily, so too are human beings weak and woman are usually physically weaker than men. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as with someone who is not as strong as you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 a88w figs-abstractnouns ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς καὶ συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 assigning her honor as also fellow heirs of the grace of life You can translate this using verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “honor her because she will also receive by grace the eternal life that God gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 7 n4rf figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 fellow heirs of the grace of life Eternal **life** is often spoken of as if it were something that people inherit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 dv7t grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ 1 so that Here this phrase introduces the result that will happen if husbands treat their wives well. Alternate translation: “Live with your wives in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) From c6ecd11fc30b2826af4d8d23ac00c3ec5c4c4a2e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 17:56:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 111/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 39ee7a1992..2a657a4c25 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: In this verse Peter gives instructions specifically to men who are husbands. 1PE 3 7 uddn figs-genericnoun συνοικοῦντες…τῷ γυναικείῳ 1 Here, **the female** refers to the wives of the men to whom Peter is writing, not to one particular woman. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “live with the women whom you have married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 1PE 3 7 lulz figs-abstractnouns κατὰ γνῶσιν 1 live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a knowledgeable way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει 1 as with a weaker container Here Peter refers to women figuratively as if they were **weaker** containers. Although **container** is a term used to refer to both men and women in the New Testament ([Acts 9:15](../../act/09/15.md)), Peter specifically refers to women as **weaker** containers because in general woman are physically weaker than men. Just as clay pots can break easily, so too are human beings weak and woman are usually physically weaker than men. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as with someone who is not as strong as you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει 1 as with a weaker container Here Peter refers to women figuratively as if they were **weaker** containers. Although **container** is a term used to refer to both men and women in the New Testament ([Acts 9:15](../../act/09/15.md)), Peter specifically refers to women as **weaker** containers because woman are usually physically weaker than men. Just as clay pots can break easily, so are human beings weak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as with someone who is not as strong as you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 a88w figs-abstractnouns ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς καὶ συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 assigning her honor as also fellow heirs of the grace of life You can translate this using verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “honor her because she will also receive by grace the eternal life that God gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 7 n4rf figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 fellow heirs of the grace of life Eternal **life** is often spoken of as if it were something that people inherit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 dv7t grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ 1 so that Here this phrase introduces the result that will happen if husbands treat their wives well. Alternate translation: “Live with your wives in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) From b9746ed91b1fe250c669c9ea6fde7dcd1ab8be43 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 17:56:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 112/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 2a657a4c25..2161c09168 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: In this verse Peter gives instructions specifically to men who are husbands. 1PE 3 7 uddn figs-genericnoun συνοικοῦντες…τῷ γυναικείῳ 1 Here, **the female** refers to the wives of the men to whom Peter is writing, not to one particular woman. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “live with the women whom you have married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 1PE 3 7 lulz figs-abstractnouns κατὰ γνῶσιν 1 live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a knowledgeable way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει 1 as with a weaker container Here Peter refers to women figuratively as if they were **weaker** containers. Although **container** is a term used to refer to both men and women in the New Testament ([Acts 9:15](../../act/09/15.md)), Peter specifically refers to women as **weaker** containers because woman are usually physically weaker than men. Just as clay pots can break easily, so are human beings weak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as with someone who is not as strong as you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει 1 as with a weaker container Here Peter refers to women figuratively as if they were **weaker** containers. Although **container** is a term used to refer to both men and women in the New Testament ([Acts 9:15](../../act/09/15.md)), Peter specifically refers to women as **weaker** containers because woman are usually physically weaker than men. Just as clay pots can break easily, so are human beings weak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as with someone who is weaker than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 a88w figs-abstractnouns ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς καὶ συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 assigning her honor as also fellow heirs of the grace of life You can translate this using verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “honor her because she will also receive by grace the eternal life that God gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 7 n4rf figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 fellow heirs of the grace of life Eternal **life** is often spoken of as if it were something that people inherit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 dv7t grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ 1 so that Here this phrase introduces the result that will happen if husbands treat their wives well. Alternate translation: “Live with your wives in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) From bdbc98dbef65fa87dda2e179aa42597f4df220b0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 17:59:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 113/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 2161c09168..f8c972c5ba 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 7 uddn figs-genericnoun συνοικοῦντες…τῷ γυναικείῳ 1 Here, **the female** refers to the wives of the men to whom Peter is writing, not to one particular woman. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “live with the women whom you have married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 1PE 3 7 lulz figs-abstractnouns κατὰ γνῶσιν 1 live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a knowledgeable way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει 1 as with a weaker container Here Peter refers to women figuratively as if they were **weaker** containers. Although **container** is a term used to refer to both men and women in the New Testament ([Acts 9:15](../../act/09/15.md)), Peter specifically refers to women as **weaker** containers because woman are usually physically weaker than men. Just as clay pots can break easily, so are human beings weak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as with someone who is weaker than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 3 7 a88w figs-abstractnouns ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς καὶ συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 assigning her honor as also fellow heirs of the grace of life You can translate this using verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “honor her because she will also receive by grace the eternal life that God gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 3 7 a88w figs-abstractnouns ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς καὶ συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 assigning her honor as also fellow heirs of the grace of life If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **honor** and **heirs**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “honor them as also those who will inherit with you the grace of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 7 n4rf figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 fellow heirs of the grace of life Eternal **life** is often spoken of as if it were something that people inherit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 dv7t grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ 1 so that Here this phrase introduces the result that will happen if husbands treat their wives well. Alternate translation: “Live with your wives in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 1PE 3 7 dwm6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν 1 so that your prayers will not be hindered To “hinder” is to prevent something from happening. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that nothing will hinder your prayers” or “so that nothing will keep you from praying as you should” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 8cc76f23680222fc64df22e4f31d4996c3c8ab1c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 18:06:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 114/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index f8c972c5ba..4f416f34f5 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 7 lulz figs-abstractnouns κατὰ γνῶσιν 1 live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a knowledgeable way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει 1 as with a weaker container Here Peter refers to women figuratively as if they were **weaker** containers. Although **container** is a term used to refer to both men and women in the New Testament ([Acts 9:15](../../act/09/15.md)), Peter specifically refers to women as **weaker** containers because woman are usually physically weaker than men. Just as clay pots can break easily, so are human beings weak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as with someone who is weaker than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 a88w figs-abstractnouns ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς καὶ συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 assigning her honor as also fellow heirs of the grace of life If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **honor** and **heirs**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “honor them as also those who will inherit with you the grace of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 3 7 n4rf figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 fellow heirs of the grace of life Eternal **life** is often spoken of as if it were something that people inherit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 3 7 n4rf figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 fellow heirs of the grace of life Peter speaks of eternal **life** figuratively as if it were something that people inherit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those who will experience eternal life together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 dv7t grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ 1 so that Here this phrase introduces the result that will happen if husbands treat their wives well. Alternate translation: “Live with your wives in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 1PE 3 7 dwm6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν 1 so that your prayers will not be hindered To “hinder” is to prevent something from happening. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that nothing will hinder your prayers” or “so that nothing will keep you from praying as you should” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 8 nk97 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak again to all of the believers. From ef4dc38f4315b21d758a97179a29dbda57de921e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 18:06:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 115/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 4f416f34f5..ab94151edd 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 7 lulz figs-abstractnouns κατὰ γνῶσιν 1 live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a knowledgeable way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει 1 as with a weaker container Here Peter refers to women figuratively as if they were **weaker** containers. Although **container** is a term used to refer to both men and women in the New Testament ([Acts 9:15](../../act/09/15.md)), Peter specifically refers to women as **weaker** containers because woman are usually physically weaker than men. Just as clay pots can break easily, so are human beings weak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as with someone who is weaker than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 a88w figs-abstractnouns ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς καὶ συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 assigning her honor as also fellow heirs of the grace of life If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **honor** and **heirs**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “honor them as also those who will inherit with you the grace of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 3 7 n4rf figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 fellow heirs of the grace of life Peter speaks of eternal **life** figuratively as if it were something that people inherit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those who will experience eternal life together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 3 7 n4rf figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 fellow heirs of the grace of life Peter speaks of **the grace of life** figuratively as if it were something that people inherit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those who will experience the grace of life together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 dv7t grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ 1 so that Here this phrase introduces the result that will happen if husbands treat their wives well. Alternate translation: “Live with your wives in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 1PE 3 7 dwm6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν 1 so that your prayers will not be hindered To “hinder” is to prevent something from happening. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that nothing will hinder your prayers” or “so that nothing will keep you from praying as you should” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 8 nk97 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak again to all of the believers. From 9d956c40e77ced2aa185e31d5dea527993afabdd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 18:10:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 116/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index ab94151edd..f3ac6d7f2b 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -285,8 +285,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει 1 as with a weaker container Here Peter refers to women figuratively as if they were **weaker** containers. Although **container** is a term used to refer to both men and women in the New Testament ([Acts 9:15](../../act/09/15.md)), Peter specifically refers to women as **weaker** containers because woman are usually physically weaker than men. Just as clay pots can break easily, so are human beings weak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as with someone who is weaker than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 a88w figs-abstractnouns ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς καὶ συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 assigning her honor as also fellow heirs of the grace of life If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **honor** and **heirs**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “honor them as also those who will inherit with you the grace of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 7 n4rf figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 fellow heirs of the grace of life Peter speaks of **the grace of life** figuratively as if it were something that people inherit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those who will experience the grace of life together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 3 7 dv7t grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ 1 so that Here this phrase introduces the result that will happen if husbands treat their wives well. Alternate translation: “Live with your wives in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -1PE 3 7 dwm6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν 1 so that your prayers will not be hindered To “hinder” is to prevent something from happening. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that nothing will hinder your prayers” or “so that nothing will keep you from praying as you should” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 3 7 dwm6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν 1 so that your prayers will not be hindered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that nothing will hinder your prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 8 nk97 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak again to all of the believers. 1PE 3 8 f5y7 ὁμόφρονες 1 be likeminded Alternate translation: “have the same opinion and be” or “have the same attitude and be” 1PE 3 8 rut5 εὔσπλαγχνοι 1 tenderhearted being gentle and compassionate towards others From 536a45d1e535e8a5d422b54b267e441f104fa5d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 18:55:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 117/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index f3ac6d7f2b..35939157d4 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -282,9 +282,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: In this verse Peter gives instructions specifically to men who are husbands. 1PE 3 7 uddn figs-genericnoun συνοικοῦντες…τῷ γυναικείῳ 1 Here, **the female** refers to the wives of the men to whom Peter is writing, not to one particular woman. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “live with the women whom you have married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 1PE 3 7 lulz figs-abstractnouns κατὰ γνῶσιν 1 live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a knowledgeable way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει 1 as with a weaker container Here Peter refers to women figuratively as if they were **weaker** containers. Although **container** is a term used to refer to both men and women in the New Testament ([Acts 9:15](../../act/09/15.md)), Peter specifically refers to women as **weaker** containers because woman are usually physically weaker than men. Just as clay pots can break easily, so are human beings weak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as with someone who is weaker than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει 1 as with a weaker container Here Peter refers to women figuratively as if they were **weaker** containers. The word **container** is a term used to refer to both men and women in the Bible ([Acts 9:15](../../act/09/15.md)). Just as clay pots can break easily, so are human beings weak. Here Peter specifically refers to women as **weaker** containers because woman are usually physically weaker than men. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as with someone who is weaker than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 a88w figs-abstractnouns ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς καὶ συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 assigning her honor as also fellow heirs of the grace of life If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **honor** and **heirs**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “honor them as also those who will inherit with you the grace of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 7 n4rf figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 fellow heirs of the grace of life Peter speaks of **the grace of life** figuratively as if it were something that people inherit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those who will experience the grace of life together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 3 7 quba figs-possessive χάριτος ζωῆς 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is **life**. The word **grace** refers to a gracious gift and **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the gracious gift that is eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 3 7 dwm6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν 1 so that your prayers will not be hindered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that nothing will hinder your prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 8 nk97 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak again to all of the believers. 1PE 3 8 f5y7 ὁμόφρονες 1 be likeminded Alternate translation: “have the same opinion and be” or “have the same attitude and be” From 6429bba3c75e0f0135b6306e4cc5e0cf0811325b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 18:59:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 118/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 35939157d4..f158192701 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει 1 as with a weaker container Here Peter refers to women figuratively as if they were **weaker** containers. The word **container** is a term used to refer to both men and women in the Bible ([Acts 9:15](../../act/09/15.md)). Just as clay pots can break easily, so are human beings weak. Here Peter specifically refers to women as **weaker** containers because woman are usually physically weaker than men. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as with someone who is weaker than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 a88w figs-abstractnouns ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς καὶ συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 assigning her honor as also fellow heirs of the grace of life If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **honor** and **heirs**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “honor them as also those who will inherit with you the grace of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 7 n4rf figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 fellow heirs of the grace of life Peter speaks of **the grace of life** figuratively as if it were something that people inherit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those who will experience the grace of life together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 3 7 quba figs-possessive χάριτος ζωῆς 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is **life**. The word **grace** refers to a gracious gift and **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the gracious gift that is eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +1PE 3 7 quba figs-possessive χάριτος ζωῆς 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is **life**. The word **grace** refers to a gracious gift and **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the gracious gift, namely, eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 3 7 dwm6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν 1 so that your prayers will not be hindered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that nothing will hinder your prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 8 nk97 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak again to all of the believers. 1PE 3 8 f5y7 ὁμόφρονες 1 be likeminded Alternate translation: “have the same opinion and be” or “have the same attitude and be” From 98e3a256d9c8422022df0c271a5f5c4e8fa4f125 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 19:13:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 119/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index c54d55c3ec..f6225ed3b5 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ MRK 13 11 m0xq figs-activepassive δοθῇ 1 If your language does not use the MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If this idiom would confuse your readers you can state the meaning in plain language as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  MRK 13 11 q2o3 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 The phrase **for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will give you the words to say” or “for the Holy Spirit will instruct you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 13 12 py9u παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 brother will deliver brother to death “one brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him” or “brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them.” This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother. +MRK 13 12 py9u figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 brother will deliver brother to death Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 g3jv figs-gendernotations ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν 1 brother … brother These refers to both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “people … their siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child The words “will deliver up to death” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “fathers will deliver up their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 d0t9 figs-idiom πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child This means that some fathers will betray their children, and this betrayal will cause their children to be killed. Alternate translation: “fathers will betray their children, handing them over to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 6a58d32b36143b5509f7aa1f00becb89e255d6e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 19:15:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 120/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index f6225ed3b5..8fa3feafb0 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ MRK 13 11 m0xq figs-activepassive δοθῇ 1 If your language does not use the MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If this idiom would confuse your readers you can state the meaning in plain language as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  MRK 13 11 q2o3 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 The phrase **for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will give you the words to say” or “for the Holy Spirit will instruct you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 13 12 py9u figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 brother will deliver brother to death Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 13 12 py9u figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 brother will deliver brother to death Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. He is speaking in general terms and is not saying that all brothers or fathers or children will do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 g3jv figs-gendernotations ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν 1 brother … brother These refers to both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “people … their siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child The words “will deliver up to death” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “fathers will deliver up their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 d0t9 figs-idiom πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child This means that some fathers will betray their children, and this betrayal will cause their children to be killed. Alternate translation: “fathers will betray their children, handing them over to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 3d3cbfe72bc12504188086c0d5b4cd2d0d800bc7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 19:22:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 121/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 8fa3feafb0..844af4ab3a 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1113,8 +1113,7 @@ MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using MRK 13 11 q2o3 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 The phrase **for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will give you the words to say” or “for the Holy Spirit will instruct you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 py9u figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 brother will deliver brother to death Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. He is speaking in general terms and is not saying that all brothers or fathers or children will do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 13 12 g3jv figs-gendernotations ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν 1 brother … brother These refers to both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “people … their siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child The words “will deliver up to death” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “fathers will deliver up their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will deliver up his child to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 d0t9 figs-idiom πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child This means that some fathers will betray their children, and this betrayal will cause their children to be killed. Alternate translation: “fathers will betray their children, handing them over to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 12 r66s figs-idiom ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents This means that **children** will oppose their **parents** and betray them. Alternate translation: “children will oppose their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 12 si65 figs-activepassive θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 put them to death This means that the authorities will sentence the parents to be put to death. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “cause the authorities to sentence the parents to die” or “the authorities will kill the parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From ba39e1ef6b7814b883d1c8950bb1127e49bb27d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 19:34:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 122/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 844af4ab3a..131b6928dd 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1113,6 +1113,7 @@ MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using MRK 13 11 q2o3 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 The phrase **for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will give you the words to say” or “for the Holy Spirit will instruct you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 py9u figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 brother will deliver brother to death Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. He is speaking in general terms and is not saying that all brothers or fathers or children will do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 13 12 utyk figs-abstractnouns θάνατον…θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verb form as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “to be killed … have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will deliver up his child to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 d0t9 figs-idiom πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child This means that some fathers will betray their children, and this betrayal will cause their children to be killed. Alternate translation: “fathers will betray their children, handing them over to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 12 r66s figs-idiom ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents This means that **children** will oppose their **parents** and betray them. Alternate translation: “children will oppose their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 0fb8f3480c7ecbe5109eeba1288da1a948822e9e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 19:35:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 123/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 131b6928dd..1f3f30cd04 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using MRK 13 11 q2o3 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 The phrase **for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will give you the words to say” or “for the Holy Spirit will instruct you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 py9u figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 brother will deliver brother to death Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. He is speaking in general terms and is not saying that all brothers or fathers or children will do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 13 12 utyk figs-abstractnouns θάνατον…θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verb form as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “to be killed … have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 13 12 utyk figs-abstractnouns θάνατον…θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verb form as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “be killed … have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will deliver up his child to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 d0t9 figs-idiom πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child This means that some fathers will betray their children, and this betrayal will cause their children to be killed. Alternate translation: “fathers will betray their children, handing them over to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 12 r66s figs-idiom ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents This means that **children** will oppose their **parents** and betray them. Alternate translation: “children will oppose their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 35386192a46cf2403de9e5da4f7561593a49c381 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 19:50:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 124/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 1f3f30cd04..ca564a8359 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1113,11 +1113,11 @@ MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using MRK 13 11 q2o3 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 The phrase **for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will give you the words to say” or “for the Holy Spirit will instruct you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 py9u figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 brother will deliver brother to death Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. He is speaking in general terms and is not saying that all brothers or fathers or children will do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 13 12 toqp figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, the implication is that these people will do these bad things to their family members because they hate Jesus and the gospel and their family members believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because people hate me they will deliver their own family members who believe in me to the authorities in order to have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 utyk figs-abstractnouns θάνατον…θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verb form as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “be killed … have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will deliver up his child to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 13 12 d0t9 figs-idiom πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child This means that some fathers will betray their children, and this betrayal will cause their children to be killed. Alternate translation: “fathers will betray their children, handing them over to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 13 12 r66s figs-idiom ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents This means that **children** will oppose their **parents** and betray them. Alternate translation: “children will oppose their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 13 12 si65 figs-activepassive θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 put them to death This means that the authorities will sentence the parents to be put to death. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “cause the authorities to sentence the parents to die” or “the authorities will kill the parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 13 12 si65 θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 put them to death Here, the phrase **put them to death** means that the authorities will sentence the parents to be put to death. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “cause the authorities to sentence the parents to die” or “the authorities will kill the parents” MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Jesus uses the metonym **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 60f2b3e5ab41d07386fbaeb953f48af3a99bf5a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 19:52:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 125/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index ca564a8359..c0072c4077 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1112,8 +1112,8 @@ MRK 13 11 m0xq figs-activepassive δοθῇ 1 If your language does not use the MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If this idiom would confuse your readers you can state the meaning in plain language as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  MRK 13 11 q2o3 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 The phrase **for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will give you the words to say” or “for the Holy Spirit will instruct you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 13 12 toqp figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, the implication is that these people will do these bad things to their family members because these people hate Jesus and their family members believe in and follow Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because people hate me they will deliver their own family members who believe in me to the authorities in order to have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 py9u figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 brother will deliver brother to death Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. He is speaking in general terms and is not saying that all brothers or fathers or children will do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 13 12 toqp figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, the implication is that these people will do these bad things to their family members because they hate Jesus and the gospel and their family members believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because people hate me they will deliver their own family members who believe in me to the authorities in order to have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 utyk figs-abstractnouns θάνατον…θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verb form as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “be killed … have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will deliver up his child to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 r66s figs-idiom ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents This means that **children** will oppose their **parents** and betray them. Alternate translation: “children will oppose their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 3315367ce51c45907a2f0e0815328eddb4be747b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 19:57:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 126/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index c0072c4077..02ab2c6b1f 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ MRK 13 12 toqp figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸ MRK 13 12 py9u figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 brother will deliver brother to death Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. He is speaking in general terms and is not saying that all brothers or fathers or children will do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 utyk figs-abstractnouns θάνατον…θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verb form as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “be killed … have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will deliver up his child to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 13 12 r66s figs-idiom ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents This means that **children** will oppose their **parents** and betray them. Alternate translation: “children will oppose their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 13 12 r66s translate-symaction ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “children will stand up to testify against their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) MRK 13 12 si65 θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 put them to death Here, the phrase **put them to death** means that the authorities will sentence the parents to be put to death. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “cause the authorities to sentence the parents to die” or “the authorities will kill the parents” MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Jesus uses the metonym **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From c945cdf8d670f26396548bbdf899cea4cac0294b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 20:35:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 127/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index f158192701..c35b6364d8 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 7 n4rf figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 fellow heirs of the grace of life Peter speaks of **the grace of life** figuratively as if it were something that people inherit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those who will experience the grace of life together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 quba figs-possessive χάριτος ζωῆς 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is **life**. The word **grace** refers to a gracious gift and **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the gracious gift, namely, eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 3 7 dwm6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν 1 so that your prayers will not be hindered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that nothing will hinder your prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 3 8 nk97 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak again to all of the believers. +1PE 3 8 nk97 0 General Information: In [verses 8–12](../03/08.md) Peter writes instructions to all believers. 1PE 3 8 f5y7 ὁμόφρονες 1 be likeminded Alternate translation: “have the same opinion and be” or “have the same attitude and be” 1PE 3 8 rut5 εὔσπλαγχνοι 1 tenderhearted being gentle and compassionate towards others 1PE 3 9 z5u3 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποδιδόντες κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ, ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας 1 Do not pay back evil in exchange for evil or insult in exchange for insult Peter speaks of responding to the actions of another person as remitting payment for those actions. Alternate translation: “Do not do evil to someone who does evil to you or insult someone who insults you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 4cf1513d4b98378567733e2017f1d5a645658e49 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 20:57:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 128/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 02ab2c6b1f..34f3eab643 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1116,6 +1116,7 @@ MRK 13 12 toqp figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸ MRK 13 12 py9u figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 brother will deliver brother to death Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. He is speaking in general terms and is not saying that all brothers or fathers or children will do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 utyk figs-abstractnouns θάνατον…θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verb form as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “be killed … have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will deliver up his child to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 13 12 vjcw figs-explicit ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, **children will rise up against parents and put them to death** probably does not mean that children will directly murder their parents themselves. Rather, this probably means that children will deliver their parents to people in positions of authority and these people will kill their parents. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 r66s translate-symaction ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “children will stand up to testify against their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) MRK 13 12 si65 θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 put them to death Here, the phrase **put them to death** means that the authorities will sentence the parents to be put to death. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “cause the authorities to sentence the parents to die” or “the authorities will kill the parents” MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From e9a2ab6b9161e6a7eb0ae1b4fb7e2426de9c306c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 20:59:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 129/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 34f3eab643..fcbbb09383 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ MRK 13 11 m0xq figs-activepassive δοθῇ 1 If your language does not use the MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If this idiom would confuse your readers you can state the meaning in plain language as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  MRK 13 11 q2o3 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 The phrase **for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will give you the words to say” or “for the Holy Spirit will instruct you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 13 12 toqp figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, the implication is that these people will do these bad things to their family members because these people hate Jesus and their family members believe in and follow Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because people hate me they will deliver their own family members who believe in me to the authorities in order to have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 13 12 toqp figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, the implication is that these people will do these bad things to their family members because they hate Jesus and because their family members believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because people hate me they will deliver their own family members who believe in me to the authorities in order to have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 py9u figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 brother will deliver brother to death Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. He is speaking in general terms and is not saying that all brothers or fathers or children will do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 utyk figs-abstractnouns θάνατον…θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verb form as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “be killed … have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will deliver up his child to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From 44b2f4b835dc77a49c2587207bf1092809937f77 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 21:00:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 130/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index fcbbb09383..b1829a37d1 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using MRK 13 11 q2o3 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 The phrase **for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will give you the words to say” or “for the Holy Spirit will instruct you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 toqp figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, the implication is that these people will do these bad things to their family members because they hate Jesus and because their family members believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because people hate me they will deliver their own family members who believe in me to the authorities in order to have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 13 12 py9u figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 brother will deliver brother to death Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. He is speaking in general terms and is not saying that all brothers or fathers or children will do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 13 12 py9u figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 brother will deliver brother to death Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. He is speaking in general terms and is not saying that “all” brothers or fathers or children will do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 utyk figs-abstractnouns θάνατον…θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verb form as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “be killed … have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will deliver up his child to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 vjcw figs-explicit ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, **children will rise up against parents and put them to death** probably does not mean that children will directly murder their parents themselves. Rather, this probably means that children will deliver their parents to people in positions of authority and these people will kill their parents. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From d12009c3d6f055fd75e2e834a4bdac2f6cc171a8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 21:00:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 131/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index b1829a37d1..e3c74a7a3a 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ MRK 13 12 toqp figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸ MRK 13 12 py9u figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 brother will deliver brother to death Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. He is speaking in general terms and is not saying that “all” brothers or fathers or children will do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 utyk figs-abstractnouns θάνατον…θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verb form as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “be killed … have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will deliver up his child to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 13 12 vjcw figs-explicit ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, **children will rise up against parents and put them to death** probably does not mean that children will directly murder their parents themselves. Rather, this probably means that children will deliver their parents to people in positions of authority and these people will kill their parents. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 13 12 vjcw figs-explicit ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, **children will rise up against parents and put them to death** probably does not mean that children will directly murder their parents. Rather, this probably means that children will deliver their parents to people in positions of authority and then these people will kill their parents. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 r66s translate-symaction ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “children will stand up to testify against their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) MRK 13 12 si65 θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 put them to death Here, the phrase **put them to death** means that the authorities will sentence the parents to be put to death. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “cause the authorities to sentence the parents to die” or “the authorities will kill the parents” MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From bbc49df048e64f638abc14578a31236af689f69a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 21:01:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 132/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index e3c74a7a3a..e4e2f28a2f 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ MRK 13 12 toqp figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸ MRK 13 12 py9u figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 brother will deliver brother to death Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. He is speaking in general terms and is not saying that “all” brothers or fathers or children will do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 utyk figs-abstractnouns θάνατον…θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verb form as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “be killed … have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will deliver up his child to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 13 12 vjcw figs-explicit ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, **children will rise up against parents and put them to death** probably does not mean that children will directly murder their parents. Rather, this probably means that children will deliver their parents to people in positions of authority and then these people will kill their parents. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 13 12 vjcw figs-explicit ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, **children will rise up against parents and put them to death** probably does not mean that children will directly murder their parents. Rather, this probably means that children will deliver their parents to people in positions of authority and then these people will have their parents killed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 r66s translate-symaction ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “children will stand up to testify against their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) MRK 13 12 si65 θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 put them to death Here, the phrase **put them to death** means that the authorities will sentence the parents to be put to death. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “cause the authorities to sentence the parents to die” or “the authorities will kill the parents” MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 5d9376ca0f11a0a9908ba5d8b91c59d9f82af1ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 21:02:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 133/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index c35b6364d8..8f8b400ab0 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 7 dwm6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν 1 so that your prayers will not be hindered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that nothing will hinder your prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 8 nk97 0 General Information: In [verses 8–12](../03/08.md) Peter writes instructions to all believers. 1PE 3 8 f5y7 ὁμόφρονες 1 be likeminded Alternate translation: “have the same opinion and be” or “have the same attitude and be” -1PE 3 8 rut5 εὔσπλαγχνοι 1 tenderhearted being gentle and compassionate towards others +1PE 3 8 tzgc figs-gendernotations φιλάδελφοι 1 Although **brothers** is masculine, Peter is using the phrase **loving as brothers** in a generic sense to refer to the kind of love that all believers should have for other believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “loving as fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1PE 3 9 z5u3 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποδιδόντες κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ, ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας 1 Do not pay back evil in exchange for evil or insult in exchange for insult Peter speaks of responding to the actions of another person as remitting payment for those actions. Alternate translation: “Do not do evil to someone who does evil to you or insult someone who insults you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 9 t6il figs-explicit εὐλογοῦντες 1 blessing You can clarify the object of **blessing**. Alternate translation: “continue to bless those who do evil to you or insult you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 9 w5df figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε 1 to this you were called If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God called you for this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From f08fe3912e965e85a4bc32aae83b7871cf5dba2a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 21:11:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 134/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 8f8b400ab0..215195076c 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 8 nk97 0 General Information: In [verses 8–12](../03/08.md) Peter writes instructions to all believers. 1PE 3 8 f5y7 ὁμόφρονες 1 be likeminded Alternate translation: “have the same opinion and be” or “have the same attitude and be” 1PE 3 8 tzgc figs-gendernotations φιλάδελφοι 1 Although **brothers** is masculine, Peter is using the phrase **loving as brothers** in a generic sense to refer to the kind of love that all believers should have for other believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “loving as fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -1PE 3 9 z5u3 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποδιδόντες κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ, ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας 1 Do not pay back evil in exchange for evil or insult in exchange for insult Peter speaks of responding to the actions of another person as remitting payment for those actions. Alternate translation: “Do not do evil to someone who does evil to you or insult someone who insults you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 3 9 z5u3 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποδιδόντες κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ, ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας 1 Do not pay back evil in exchange for evil or insult in exchange for insult Peter uses **paying back** figuratively to refer to responding to the actions of another person as if one was returning money to that person for those actions. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not doing evil to someone who does evil to you or insult someone who insults you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 9 t6il figs-explicit εὐλογοῦντες 1 blessing You can clarify the object of **blessing**. Alternate translation: “continue to bless those who do evil to you or insult you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 9 w5df figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε 1 to this you were called If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God called you for this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 9 n3xc figs-metaphor ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσητε 1 so that you might inherit a blessing Peter speaks of receiving God’s **blessing** as receiving an inheritance. Alternate translation: “that you might receive God’s blessing as your permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 14bc99f9ed88a1a7fa76e9d2bd86b5af1bfba891 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 21:15:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 135/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 215195076c..a9bf9e5510 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 8 f5y7 ὁμόφρονες 1 be likeminded Alternate translation: “have the same opinion and be” or “have the same attitude and be” 1PE 3 8 tzgc figs-gendernotations φιλάδελφοι 1 Although **brothers** is masculine, Peter is using the phrase **loving as brothers** in a generic sense to refer to the kind of love that all believers should have for other believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “loving as fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1PE 3 9 z5u3 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποδιδόντες κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ, ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας 1 Do not pay back evil in exchange for evil or insult in exchange for insult Peter uses **paying back** figuratively to refer to responding to the actions of another person as if one was returning money to that person for those actions. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not doing evil to someone who does evil to you or insult someone who insults you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 3 9 t6il figs-explicit εὐλογοῦντες 1 blessing You can clarify the object of **blessing**. Alternate translation: “continue to bless those who do evil to you or insult you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 3 9 t6il figs-explicit εὐλογοῦντες 1 blessing Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “blessing those who do evil to you or insult you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 9 w5df figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε 1 to this you were called If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God called you for this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 9 n3xc figs-metaphor ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσητε 1 so that you might inherit a blessing Peter speaks of receiving God’s **blessing** as receiving an inheritance. Alternate translation: “that you might receive God’s blessing as your permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 10 dpf2 figs-explicit 0 General Information: In these verses Peter quotes from the Psalms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 560eb9f129c7d8fe4de5f65f0aa8069aa66c3458 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 21:39:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 136/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index a9bf9e5510..54ea79f6ba 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -292,8 +292,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 8 tzgc figs-gendernotations φιλάδελφοι 1 Although **brothers** is masculine, Peter is using the phrase **loving as brothers** in a generic sense to refer to the kind of love that all believers should have for other believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “loving as fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1PE 3 9 z5u3 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποδιδόντες κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ, ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας 1 Do not pay back evil in exchange for evil or insult in exchange for insult Peter uses **paying back** figuratively to refer to responding to the actions of another person as if one was returning money to that person for those actions. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not doing evil to someone who does evil to you or insult someone who insults you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 9 t6il figs-explicit εὐλογοῦντες 1 blessing Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “blessing those who do evil to you or insult you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 3 9 w5df figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε 1 to this you were called If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God called you for this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 3 9 n3xc figs-metaphor ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσητε 1 so that you might inherit a blessing Peter speaks of receiving God’s **blessing** as receiving an inheritance. Alternate translation: “that you might receive God’s blessing as your permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 3 9 w5df figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε 1 to this you were called If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God called you to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 3 9 wx2r figs-explicit εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε, ἵνα 1 Here, **this** could refer to: (1) **blessing** earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “you were called to bless, so that” (2) **inherit a blessing** later in the verse “to this you were called: so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 3 9 n3xc figs-metaphor ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσητε 1 so that you might inherit a blessing Peter speaks of experiencing God’s **blessing** figuratively as if one is receiving an inheritance. If this might confuse your readers, you could express it plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you might experience God’s blessing as your permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 10 dpf2 figs-explicit 0 General Information: In these verses Peter quotes from the Psalms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 10 p9bl figs-parallelism ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to love life and to see good days These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1PE 3 10 btkp figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to see good days Here experiencing good things is spoken of as seeing good things. Alternate translation: “experience good things during life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From f42946eede75f20ca9d9ae741cdf469e3e9960a6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 21:48:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 137/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index e4e2f28a2f..da28e9f134 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1114,11 +1114,11 @@ MRK 13 11 q2o3 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλο MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 toqp figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, the implication is that these people will do these bad things to their family members because they hate Jesus and because their family members believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because people hate me they will deliver their own family members who believe in me to the authorities in order to have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 py9u figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 brother will deliver brother to death Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. He is speaking in general terms and is not saying that “all” brothers or fathers or children will do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 13 12 m6iq figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers you can say this. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters will deliver their siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])  MRK 13 12 utyk figs-abstractnouns θάνατον…θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verb form as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “be killed … have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will deliver up his child to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 12 vjcw figs-explicit ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, **children will rise up against parents and put them to death** probably does not mean that children will directly murder their parents. Rather, this probably means that children will deliver their parents to people in positions of authority and then these people will have their parents killed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 r66s translate-symaction ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “children will stand up to testify against their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -MRK 13 12 si65 θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 put them to death Here, the phrase **put them to death** means that the authorities will sentence the parents to be put to death. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “cause the authorities to sentence the parents to die” or “the authorities will kill the parents” MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Jesus uses the metonym **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 2f58f08f40262ce9b739aa5be9bb0480b692ed4d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 22:23:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 138/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 54ea79f6ba..8dbc2fdb2a 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -295,7 +295,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 9 w5df figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε 1 to this you were called If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God called you to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 9 wx2r figs-explicit εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε, ἵνα 1 Here, **this** could refer to: (1) **blessing** earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “you were called to bless, so that” (2) **inherit a blessing** later in the verse “to this you were called: so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 9 n3xc figs-metaphor ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσητε 1 so that you might inherit a blessing Peter speaks of experiencing God’s **blessing** figuratively as if one is receiving an inheritance. If this might confuse your readers, you could express it plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you might experience God’s blessing as your permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 3 10 dpf2 figs-explicit 0 General Information: In these verses Peter quotes from the Psalms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 3 10 dpf2 figs-explicit writing-quotations 1 **For** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament ([Psalm 34:12–16](../../psa/34/12.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “It is as David wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +1PE 3 10 tce3 figs-quotemarks ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς, παυσάτω 1 From this clause through to the end of [verse 12](../03/12.md), Peter quotes from [Psalm 34:12–16](../../psa/34/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) 1PE 3 10 p9bl figs-parallelism ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to love life and to see good days These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1PE 3 10 btkp figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to see good days Here experiencing good things is spoken of as seeing good things. Alternate translation: “experience good things during life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 10 t5en figs-metonymy ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 good days The word **days** refers to one’s lifetime. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 5f7b97d36788b64fe300737f5355ac9f3aa71a1c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 22:25:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 139/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 8dbc2fdb2a..a5a0f94b86 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -309,6 +309,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 12 tytz figs-explicit ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears are upon their requests That the Lord hears their requests implies that he also responds to them. Alternate translation: “he grants their requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 12 t22b figs-metaphor πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ 1 But the face of the Lord is against Opposing someone is spoken of as setting one’s face against that person. Alternate translation: “the Lord opposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 12 es9n figs-synecdoche πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ 1 But the face of the Lord is against The word **face** refers to the Lord’s will to oppose his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +1PE 3 12 gw7w figs-quotemarks ποιοῦντας κακά 1 After this phrase, Peter also ends his quotation from the book of Psalms. If you decided in [verse 10](../03/10.md) to mark this as a quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n\n\n 1PE 3 13 wkw4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues teaching the believers how to live Christian lives. 1PE 3 13 e1ma figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κακώσων ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ γένησθε? 1 who is the one who will harm you if you are a zealot of what is good? Peter asks this question to emphasize that it is unlikely that someone would harm them if they do good things. Alternate translation: “no one will harm you if you do good things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 3 14 f6ch figs-abstractnouns πάσχοιτε διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 you suffer because of righteousness You can translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “you suffer because you do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From b198d70b543854417a4a51cd702ca8d5eef3448c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 22:35:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 140/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index a5a0f94b86..b9957bc122 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -296,8 +296,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 9 wx2r figs-explicit εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε, ἵνα 1 Here, **this** could refer to: (1) **blessing** earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “you were called to bless, so that” (2) **inherit a blessing** later in the verse “to this you were called: so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 9 n3xc figs-metaphor ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσητε 1 so that you might inherit a blessing Peter speaks of experiencing God’s **blessing** figuratively as if one is receiving an inheritance. If this might confuse your readers, you could express it plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you might experience God’s blessing as your permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 10 dpf2 figs-explicit writing-quotations 1 **For** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament ([Psalm 34:12–16](../../psa/34/12.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “It is as David wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -1PE 3 10 tce3 figs-quotemarks ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς, παυσάτω 1 From this clause through to the end of [verse 12](../03/12.md), Peter quotes from [Psalm 34:12–16](../../psa/34/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -1PE 3 10 p9bl figs-parallelism ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to love life and to see good days These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +1PE 3 10 tce3 figs-quotemarks ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς, παυσάτω 1 From this clause through to the end of [verse 12](../03/12.md), Peter quotes from [Psalm 34:12–16](../../psa/34/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +1PE 3 10 p9bl figs-parallelism ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to love life and to see good days These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the one truly wanting to have a good life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1PE 3 10 btkp figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to see good days Here experiencing good things is spoken of as seeing good things. Alternate translation: “experience good things during life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 10 t5en figs-metonymy ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 good days The word **days** refers to one’s lifetime. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 10 wq2b figs-parallelism παυσάτω τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 Let … stop his tongue from evil and his lips from speaking deceit These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the command not to lie. Alternate translation: “stop saying evil and deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From e2b2138082da38614fc69a1ead278a41830c68c6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 23:01:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 141/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index b9957bc122..008cf2a084 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -298,9 +298,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 10 dpf2 figs-explicit writing-quotations 1 **For** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament ([Psalm 34:12–16](../../psa/34/12.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “It is as David wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 1PE 3 10 tce3 figs-quotemarks ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς, παυσάτω 1 From this clause through to the end of [verse 12](../03/12.md), Peter quotes from [Psalm 34:12–16](../../psa/34/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) 1PE 3 10 p9bl figs-parallelism ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to love life and to see good days These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the one truly wanting to have a good life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -1PE 3 10 btkp figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to see good days Here experiencing good things is spoken of as seeing good things. Alternate translation: “experience good things during life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 3 10 t5en figs-metonymy ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 good days The word **days** refers to one’s lifetime. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 3 10 wq2b figs-parallelism παυσάτω τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 Let … stop his tongue from evil and his lips from speaking deceit These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the command not to lie. Alternate translation: “stop saying evil and deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +1PE 3 10 btkp figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to see good days Peter quotes David speaking figuratively of experiencing a good lifetime as **seeing good days**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience a good lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 3 10 wq2b figs-parallelism παυσάτω τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 Let … stop his tongue from evil and his lips from speaking deceit These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the command not to lie. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Let … stop saying evil and deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1PE 3 10 rqa9 figs-synecdoche τὴν γλῶσσαν…χείλη 1 his tongue … his lips The words **tongue** and **lips** refer to the person who is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 let him turn away from evil Here, **turn away** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “let him stop doing what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-synecdoche ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The word **eyes** refers to the Lord’s ability to know things. Alternate translation: “The Lord knows the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From d20251fb22ecff5a74bab0afb0cafbb39485ad0b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 23:05:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 142/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 008cf2a084..986abec64a 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 10 p9bl figs-parallelism ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to love life and to see good days These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the one truly wanting to have a good life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1PE 3 10 btkp figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to see good days Peter quotes David speaking figuratively of experiencing a good lifetime as **seeing good days**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience a good lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 10 wq2b figs-parallelism παυσάτω τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 Let … stop his tongue from evil and his lips from speaking deceit These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the command not to lie. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Let … stop saying evil and deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -1PE 3 10 rqa9 figs-synecdoche τὴν γλῶσσαν…χείλη 1 his tongue … his lips The words **tongue** and **lips** refer to the person who is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +1PE 3 10 rqa9 figs-synecdoche τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 his tongue … his lips Peter quotes David using the words **tongue** and **lips** figuratively refer to the person who is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “himself from speaking evil and from speaking deceit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 let him turn away from evil Here, **turn away** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “let him stop doing what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-synecdoche ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The word **eyes** refers to the Lord’s ability to know things. Alternate translation: “The Lord knows the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 12 m2a0 figs-metaphor ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The Lord’s approval of the righteous is spoken of as his seeing them. Alternate translation: “The Lord approves of the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From a2f5f1462bd5f387c4061863ee00766c5b36c8f7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 23:24:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 143/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 986abec64a..393e5b3a76 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -299,8 +299,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 10 tce3 figs-quotemarks ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς, παυσάτω 1 From this clause through to the end of [verse 12](../03/12.md), Peter quotes from [Psalm 34:12–16](../../psa/34/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) 1PE 3 10 p9bl figs-parallelism ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to love life and to see good days These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the one truly wanting to have a good life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1PE 3 10 btkp figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to see good days Peter quotes David speaking figuratively of experiencing a good lifetime as **seeing good days**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience a good lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 3 10 wq2b figs-parallelism παυσάτω τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 Let … stop his tongue from evil and his lips from speaking deceit These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the command not to lie. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Let … stop saying evil and deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1PE 3 10 rqa9 figs-synecdoche τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 his tongue … his lips Peter quotes David using the words **tongue** and **lips** figuratively refer to the person who is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “himself from speaking evil and from speaking deceit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +1PE 3 10 y4kd figs-abstractnouns τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **deceit**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “his tongue from evil things and his lips from speaking deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 let him turn away from evil Here, **turn away** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “let him stop doing what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-synecdoche ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The word **eyes** refers to the Lord’s ability to know things. Alternate translation: “The Lord knows the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 12 m2a0 figs-metaphor ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The Lord’s approval of the righteous is spoken of as his seeing them. Alternate translation: “The Lord approves of the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 9067589079e25e1c19b9f093dff33315f1052f9c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 23:25:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 144/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 393e5b3a76..5a87af807e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 10 btkp figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to see good days Peter quotes David speaking figuratively of experiencing a good lifetime as **seeing good days**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience a good lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 10 rqa9 figs-synecdoche τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 his tongue … his lips Peter quotes David using the words **tongue** and **lips** figuratively refer to the person who is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “himself from speaking evil and from speaking deceit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 10 y4kd figs-abstractnouns τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **deceit**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “his tongue from evil things and his lips from speaking deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 let him turn away from evil Here, **turn away** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “let him stop doing what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 let him turn away from evil Here, **turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him stop doing evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-synecdoche ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The word **eyes** refers to the Lord’s ability to know things. Alternate translation: “The Lord knows the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 12 m2a0 figs-metaphor ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The Lord’s approval of the righteous is spoken of as his seeing them. Alternate translation: “The Lord approves of the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 12 r5xf figs-synecdoche ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears are upon their requests The word “ears” refers to the Lord’s awareness of what people say. Alternate translation: “he hears their requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From d14f6c323651963809262f3370891bb31c157baa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 23:36:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 145/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 5a87af807e..493011f53a 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -301,7 +301,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 10 btkp figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to see good days Peter quotes David speaking figuratively of experiencing a good lifetime as **seeing good days**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience a good lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 10 rqa9 figs-synecdoche τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 his tongue … his lips Peter quotes David using the words **tongue** and **lips** figuratively refer to the person who is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “himself from speaking evil and from speaking deceit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 10 y4kd figs-abstractnouns τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **deceit**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “his tongue from evil things and his lips from speaking deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 let him turn away from evil Here, **turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him stop doing evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 let him turn away from evil Here, **turn away from** is a metaphor that means to avoid doing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him avoid doing evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 3 11 fu8e figs-doublet ζητησάτω εἰρήνην καὶ διωξάτω αὐτήν 1 The phrases **seek peace** and **pursue it** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of living peacefully with other people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Let him diligently pursue peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-synecdoche ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The word **eyes** refers to the Lord’s ability to know things. Alternate translation: “The Lord knows the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 12 m2a0 figs-metaphor ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The Lord’s approval of the righteous is spoken of as his seeing them. Alternate translation: “The Lord approves of the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 12 r5xf figs-synecdoche ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears are upon their requests The word “ears” refers to the Lord’s awareness of what people say. Alternate translation: “he hears their requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From fee08922a1abfbc49de485d159679c35e1312d84 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 23:42:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 146/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 493011f53a..1dd3563bc5 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -303,6 +303,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 10 y4kd figs-abstractnouns τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **deceit**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “his tongue from evil things and his lips from speaking deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 let him turn away from evil Here, **turn away from** is a metaphor that means to avoid doing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him avoid doing evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 11 fu8e figs-doublet ζητησάτω εἰρήνην καὶ διωξάτω αὐτήν 1 The phrases **seek peace** and **pursue it** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of living peacefully with other people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Let him diligently pursue peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1PE 3 11 qhyg figs-explicit ζητησάτω εἰρήνην 1 Here, **peace** refers to the peaceful relationships between people. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let him seek to live peacefully with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-synecdoche ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The word **eyes** refers to the Lord’s ability to know things. Alternate translation: “The Lord knows the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 12 m2a0 figs-metaphor ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The Lord’s approval of the righteous is spoken of as his seeing them. Alternate translation: “The Lord approves of the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 12 r5xf figs-synecdoche ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears are upon their requests The word “ears” refers to the Lord’s awareness of what people say. Alternate translation: “he hears their requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 73998d0885fafb888a2505d8fc6daccd8f29dfd0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 23:45:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 147/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 1dd3563bc5..6d596d33f9 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 10 rqa9 figs-synecdoche τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 his tongue … his lips Peter quotes David using the words **tongue** and **lips** figuratively refer to the person who is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “himself from speaking evil and from speaking deceit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 10 y4kd figs-abstractnouns τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **deceit**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “his tongue from evil things and his lips from speaking deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 let him turn away from evil Here, **turn away from** is a metaphor that means to avoid doing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him avoid doing evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 3 11 fu8e figs-doublet ζητησάτω εἰρήνην καὶ διωξάτω αὐτήν 1 The phrases **seek peace** and **pursue it** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of living peacefully with other people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Let him diligently pursue peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1PE 3 11 fu8e figs-doublet ζητησάτω εἰρήνην καὶ διωξάτω αὐτήν 1 The phrases **seek peace** and **pursue it** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of living peacefully with other people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Let him earnestly pursue peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 11 qhyg figs-explicit ζητησάτω εἰρήνην 1 Here, **peace** refers to the peaceful relationships between people. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let him seek to live peacefully with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-synecdoche ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The word **eyes** refers to the Lord’s ability to know things. Alternate translation: “The Lord knows the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 12 m2a0 figs-metaphor ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The Lord’s approval of the righteous is spoken of as his seeing them. Alternate translation: “The Lord approves of the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 5bb4f677897223120cbf548042d2135f5b92458b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 13 Jun 2022 23:47:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 148/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 6d596d33f9..2d2c119064 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 let him turn away from evil Here, **turn away from** is a metaphor that means to avoid doing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him avoid doing evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 11 fu8e figs-doublet ζητησάτω εἰρήνην καὶ διωξάτω αὐτήν 1 The phrases **seek peace** and **pursue it** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of living peacefully with other people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Let him earnestly pursue peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 11 qhyg figs-explicit ζητησάτω εἰρήνην 1 Here, **peace** refers to the peaceful relationships between people. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let him seek to live peacefully with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-synecdoche ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The word **eyes** refers to the Lord’s ability to know things. Alternate translation: “The Lord knows the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-synecdoche ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous Here, **eyes** refers figuratively to the Lord’s ability to know things. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Lord knows the righteous ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 12 m2a0 figs-metaphor ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The Lord’s approval of the righteous is spoken of as his seeing them. Alternate translation: “The Lord approves of the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 12 r5xf figs-synecdoche ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears are upon their requests The word “ears” refers to the Lord’s awareness of what people say. Alternate translation: “he hears their requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 12 tytz figs-explicit ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears are upon their requests That the Lord hears their requests implies that he also responds to them. Alternate translation: “he grants their requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 9dfd94aff5af57c575da1505592c228747b01489 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 00:01:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 149/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 2d2c119064..e0be46425e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 let him turn away from evil Here, **turn away from** is a metaphor that means to avoid doing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him avoid doing evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 11 fu8e figs-doublet ζητησάτω εἰρήνην καὶ διωξάτω αὐτήν 1 The phrases **seek peace** and **pursue it** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of living peacefully with other people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Let him earnestly pursue peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 11 qhyg figs-explicit ζητησάτω εἰρήνην 1 Here, **peace** refers to the peaceful relationships between people. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let him seek to live peacefully with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-synecdoche ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous Here, **eyes** refers figuratively to the Lord’s ability to know things. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Lord knows the righteous ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-idiom ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous Here, **eyes** being **on** someone is an idiom that refers to God acting favorably toward someone by taking care of that person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord favorably takes care of the righteous ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 3 12 m2a0 figs-metaphor ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The Lord’s approval of the righteous is spoken of as his seeing them. Alternate translation: “The Lord approves of the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 12 r5xf figs-synecdoche ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears are upon their requests The word “ears” refers to the Lord’s awareness of what people say. Alternate translation: “he hears their requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 12 tytz figs-explicit ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears are upon their requests That the Lord hears their requests implies that he also responds to them. Alternate translation: “he grants their requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 3dea55461c26f84d9ed1f0f9d3b1053a419e06b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 00:07:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 150/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index e0be46425e..97b9f08d41 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -305,9 +305,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 11 fu8e figs-doublet ζητησάτω εἰρήνην καὶ διωξάτω αὐτήν 1 The phrases **seek peace** and **pursue it** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of living peacefully with other people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Let him earnestly pursue peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 11 qhyg figs-explicit ζητησάτω εἰρήνην 1 Here, **peace** refers to the peaceful relationships between people. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let him seek to live peacefully with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-idiom ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous Here, **eyes** being **on** someone is an idiom that refers to God acting favorably toward someone by taking care of that person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord favorably takes care of the righteous ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1PE 3 12 m2a0 figs-metaphor ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The Lord’s approval of the righteous is spoken of as his seeing them. Alternate translation: “The Lord approves of the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 3 12 r5xf figs-synecdoche ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears are upon their requests The word “ears” refers to the Lord’s awareness of what people say. Alternate translation: “he hears their requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1PE 3 12 tytz figs-explicit ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears are upon their requests That the Lord hears their requests implies that he also responds to them. Alternate translation: “he grants their requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 3 12 r5xf figs-idiom ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears are upon their requests Here, **ears** being **toward** someone’s **request** is an idiom that refers to God listening to that person’s request. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “the Lord listens to their request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1PE 3 12 tytz figs-explicit ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears are upon their requests The idea that the Lord hears listens to the request of righteous people also implies that he responds to them. If this might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he listen to and grants their requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 12 t22b figs-metaphor πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ 1 But the face of the Lord is against Opposing someone is spoken of as setting one’s face against that person. Alternate translation: “the Lord opposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 12 es9n figs-synecdoche πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ 1 But the face of the Lord is against The word **face** refers to the Lord’s will to oppose his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 12 gw7w figs-quotemarks ποιοῦντας κακά 1 After this phrase, Peter also ends his quotation from the book of Psalms. If you decided in [verse 10](../03/10.md) to mark this as a quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n\n\n From dc59e6d2562f1cbea167d1aa21ae4789031f5a36 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 15:52:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 151/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 97b9f08d41..0256310ee5 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -306,10 +306,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 11 qhyg figs-explicit ζητησάτω εἰρήνην 1 Here, **peace** refers to the peaceful relationships between people. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let him seek to live peacefully with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-idiom ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous Here, **eyes** being **on** someone is an idiom that refers to God acting favorably toward someone by taking care of that person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord favorably takes care of the righteous ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 3 12 r5xf figs-idiom ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears are upon their requests Here, **ears** being **toward** someone’s **request** is an idiom that refers to God listening to that person’s request. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “the Lord listens to their request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1PE 3 12 tytz figs-explicit ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears are upon their requests The idea that the Lord hears listens to the request of righteous people also implies that he responds to them. If this might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he listen to and grants their requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 3 12 t22b figs-metaphor πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ 1 But the face of the Lord is against Opposing someone is spoken of as setting one’s face against that person. Alternate translation: “the Lord opposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 3 12 es9n figs-synecdoche πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ 1 But the face of the Lord is against The word **face** refers to the Lord’s will to oppose his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1PE 3 12 gw7w figs-quotemarks ποιοῦντας κακά 1 After this phrase, Peter also ends his quotation from the book of Psalms. If you decided in [verse 10](../03/10.md) to mark this as a quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n\n\n +1PE 3 12 tytz figs-explicit ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears are upon their requests The idea that the Lord hears listens to the request of righteous people also implies that he responds to those requests. If this might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he listen to and grants their requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 3 12 es9n figs-synecdoche πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ 1 But the face of the Lord is against Here, **face** refers figuratively to the Lord himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But the Lord is against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +1PE 3 12 t22b figs-idiom πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ 1 But the face of the Lord is against Here, **the face** being **against** someone is an idiom that refers to one person opposing another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “But the Lord opposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1PE 3 12 gw7w figs-quotemarks ποιοῦντας κακά 1 After this phrase, Peter also ends his quotation from the book of Psalms. If you decided in [verse 10](../03/10.md) to mark this as a quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n 1PE 3 13 wkw4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues teaching the believers how to live Christian lives. 1PE 3 13 e1ma figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κακώσων ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ γένησθε? 1 who is the one who will harm you if you are a zealot of what is good? Peter asks this question to emphasize that it is unlikely that someone would harm them if they do good things. Alternate translation: “no one will harm you if you do good things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 3 14 f6ch figs-abstractnouns πάσχοιτε διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 you suffer because of righteousness You can translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “you suffer because you do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From f2171d3fa1870f65a0b38aeea611593e28c70d99 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 16:09:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 152/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 0256310ee5..e2d7c6e2e1 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -310,8 +310,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 12 es9n figs-synecdoche πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ 1 But the face of the Lord is against Here, **face** refers figuratively to the Lord himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But the Lord is against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 12 t22b figs-idiom πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ 1 But the face of the Lord is against Here, **the face** being **against** someone is an idiom that refers to one person opposing another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “But the Lord opposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 3 12 gw7w figs-quotemarks ποιοῦντας κακά 1 After this phrase, Peter also ends his quotation from the book of Psalms. If you decided in [verse 10](../03/10.md) to mark this as a quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n -1PE 3 13 wkw4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues teaching the believers how to live Christian lives. -1PE 3 13 e1ma figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κακώσων ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ γένησθε? 1 who is the one who will harm you if you are a zealot of what is good? Peter asks this question to emphasize that it is unlikely that someone would harm them if they do good things. Alternate translation: “no one will harm you if you do good things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1PE 3 13 wkw4 0 Connecting Statement: In [verses 13–22](../03/13.md) Peter teaches the believers how to behave when they unbelievers persecute them. +1PE 3 13 e1ma figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κακώσων ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ γένησθε? 1 who is the one who will harm you if you are a zealot of what is good? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that it is unlikely that someone would harm them if they did good things. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one will harm you if you become zealous ones of the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 3 14 f6ch figs-abstractnouns πάσχοιτε διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 you suffer because of righteousness You can translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “you suffer because you do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 14 xg3m figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 you are blessed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 14 f9u8 figs-parallelism τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε 1 But do not fear their fear, nor be troubled These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that believers should not be afraid of those who persecute them. Alternate translation: “But do not be afraid of what people might do to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From d16658d2b33b807a495dd17705993c8af736a98d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 16:28:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 153/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index da28e9f134..9df1c404f2 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1117,6 +1117,7 @@ MRK 13 12 py9u figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸ MRK 13 12 m6iq figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers you can say this. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters will deliver their siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])  MRK 13 12 utyk figs-abstractnouns θάνατον…θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verb form as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “be killed … have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will deliver up his child to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 13 12 hrhw figs-gendernotations πατὴρ τέκνον 1 Although the term **father** is masculine, Jesus is probably using the word here in a generic sense that includes both fathers and mothers. If it would be helpful to your readers you can say this. Alternate translation: “parents their children” or “fathers and mothers will deliver their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 13 12 vjcw figs-explicit ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, **children will rise up against parents and put them to death** probably does not mean that children will directly murder their parents. Rather, this probably means that children will deliver their parents to people in positions of authority and then these people will have their parents killed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 r66s translate-symaction ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “children will stand up to testify against their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 7f01ac8f46dc32f26f0d57b444f16d6abbbc387b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 16:33:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 154/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 9df1c404f2..8fae03814f 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1120,8 +1120,9 @@ MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child Jesu MRK 13 12 hrhw figs-gendernotations πατὴρ τέκνον 1 Although the term **father** is masculine, Jesus is probably using the word here in a generic sense that includes both fathers and mothers. If it would be helpful to your readers you can say this. Alternate translation: “parents their children” or “fathers and mothers will deliver their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 13 12 vjcw figs-explicit ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, **children will rise up against parents and put them to death** probably does not mean that children will directly murder their parents. Rather, this probably means that children will deliver their parents to people in positions of authority and then these people will have their parents killed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 r66s translate-symaction ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “children will stand up to testify against their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 13 13 w8pz figs-metonymy ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων  MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Jesus uses the metonym **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 the one who endures to the end Here, **endures** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 13 vcz4 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end This could refer to: (1) the end of his life. (2) the end of that time of trouble. From 637b2232296702ec8bcb2e862d697621742dd273 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 16:37:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 155/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index e2d7c6e2e1..1f6edc4446 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -312,7 +312,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 12 gw7w figs-quotemarks ποιοῦντας κακά 1 After this phrase, Peter also ends his quotation from the book of Psalms. If you decided in [verse 10](../03/10.md) to mark this as a quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n 1PE 3 13 wkw4 0 Connecting Statement: In [verses 13–22](../03/13.md) Peter teaches the believers how to behave when they unbelievers persecute them. 1PE 3 13 e1ma figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κακώσων ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ γένησθε? 1 who is the one who will harm you if you are a zealot of what is good? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that it is unlikely that someone would harm them if they did good things. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one will harm you if you become zealous ones of the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1PE 3 14 f6ch figs-abstractnouns πάσχοιτε διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 you suffer because of righteousness You can translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “you suffer because you do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 3 13 e8li figs-possession τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe people who are **zealous** about doing **good** deeds. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “ones zealous to do good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +1PE 3 14 f6ch figs-abstractnouns πάσχοιτε διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 you suffer because of righteousness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you might suffer because you do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 14 xg3m figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 you are blessed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 14 f9u8 figs-parallelism τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε 1 But do not fear their fear, nor be troubled These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that believers should not be afraid of those who persecute them. Alternate translation: “But do not be afraid of what people might do to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1PE 3 14 yz6y τὸν…φόβον αὐτῶν 1 their fear Here the word **their** refers to anyone who might try to harm those to whom Peter is writing. From 2013fae6b27d07eab746e6d7d7b5c8dd2b18d485 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 16:43:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 156/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 8fae03814f..9fca6a2e32 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ MRK 13 12 hrhw figs-gendernotations πατὴρ τέκνον 1 Although the ter MRK 13 12 vjcw figs-explicit ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, **children will rise up against parents and put them to death** probably does not mean that children will directly murder their parents. Rather, this probably means that children will deliver their parents to people in positions of authority and then these people will have their parents killed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 r66s translate-symaction ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “children will stand up to testify against their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) MRK 13 13 w8pz figs-metonymy ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων  -MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Jesus uses the metonym **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Jesus uses **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 the one who endures to the end Here, **endures** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 290cc9a1b6a6eb9092c0501c21a5a377f6b7d28d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 16:51:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 157/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 9fca6a2e32..3fbce56efd 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child Jesu MRK 13 12 hrhw figs-gendernotations πατὴρ τέκνον 1 Although the term **father** is masculine, Jesus is probably using the word here in a generic sense that includes both fathers and mothers. If it would be helpful to your readers you can say this. Alternate translation: “parents their children” or “fathers and mothers will deliver their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 13 12 vjcw figs-explicit ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, **children will rise up against parents and put them to death** probably does not mean that children will directly murder their parents. Rather, this probably means that children will deliver their parents to people in positions of authority and then these people will have their parents killed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 r66s translate-symaction ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “children will stand up to testify against their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -MRK 13 13 w8pz figs-metonymy ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων  +MRK 13 13 w8pz figs-hyperbole ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize to his disciples that many people will hate them because of they believe in him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Jesus uses **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From c94c34c5c01870eebefdde2de1da6918ebed68ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 16:59:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 158/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 3fbce56efd..d4c72ccdbb 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child Jesu MRK 13 12 hrhw figs-gendernotations πατὴρ τέκνον 1 Although the term **father** is masculine, Jesus is probably using the word here in a generic sense that includes both fathers and mothers. If it would be helpful to your readers you can say this. Alternate translation: “parents their children” or “fathers and mothers will deliver their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 13 12 vjcw figs-explicit ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, **children will rise up against parents and put them to death** probably does not mean that children will directly murder their parents. Rather, this probably means that children will deliver their parents to people in positions of authority and then these people will have their parents killed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 r66s translate-symaction ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “children will stand up to testify against their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -MRK 13 13 w8pz figs-hyperbole ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize to his disciples that many people will hate them because of they believe in him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +MRK 13 13 w8pz figs-hyperbole ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize to his disciples the fact that many people will hate them because they believe in him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or use plain language. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Jesus uses **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From ac46156dc301a11f3718f6c4331ddb97230a90d7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 17:02:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 159/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index d4c72ccdbb..4ae24a172a 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1120,9 +1120,9 @@ MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child Jesu MRK 13 12 hrhw figs-gendernotations πατὴρ τέκνον 1 Although the term **father** is masculine, Jesus is probably using the word here in a generic sense that includes both fathers and mothers. If it would be helpful to your readers you can say this. Alternate translation: “parents their children” or “fathers and mothers will deliver their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 13 12 vjcw figs-explicit ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, **children will rise up against parents and put them to death** probably does not mean that children will directly murder their parents. Rather, this probably means that children will deliver their parents to people in positions of authority and then these people will have their parents killed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 r66s translate-symaction ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “children will stand up to testify against their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 13 w8pz figs-hyperbole ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize to his disciples the fact that many people will hate them because they believe in him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or use plain language. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Jesus uses **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Jesus is using the phrase **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 the one who endures to the end Here, **endures** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 13 vcz4 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end This could refer to: (1) the end of his life. (2) the end of that time of trouble. From 35771e946bf4a4227b886099c5baa369618eca2e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 17:06:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 160/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 4ae24a172a..e645b2203e 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ MRK 13 12 r66s translate-symaction ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 13 w8pz figs-hyperbole ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize to his disciples the fact that many people will hate them because they believe in him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or use plain language. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Jesus is using the phrase **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 the one who endures to the end Here, **endures** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 13 vcz4 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end This could refer to: (1) the end of his life. (2) the end of that time of trouble. MRK 13 14 d4nw figs-metaphor τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 the abomination of desolation This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 5782aa82e771e374532b07323cff725ac64d6bca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 17:08:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 161/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index e645b2203e..7f7f9c6913 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ π MRK 13 13 w8pz figs-hyperbole ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize to his disciples the fact that many people will hate them because they believe in him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or use plain language. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Jesus is using the phrase **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 the one who endures to the end Here, **endures** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 the one who endures to the end Here, **endures** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 13 vcz4 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end This could refer to: (1) the end of his life. (2) the end of that time of trouble. MRK 13 14 d4nw figs-metaphor τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 the abomination of desolation This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 13 14 vx3c figs-explicit ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ 1 standing where it should not be Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 7a076b1f5d180f53f409a34b5d7801fa3de53daa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 17:09:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 162/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 7f7f9c6913..e568a89441 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ MRK 13 12 hrhw figs-gendernotations πατὴρ τέκνον 1 Although the ter MRK 13 12 vjcw figs-explicit ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, **children will rise up against parents and put them to death** probably does not mean that children will directly murder their parents. Rather, this probably means that children will deliver their parents to people in positions of authority and then these people will have their parents killed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 12 r66s translate-symaction ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “children will stand up to testify against their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 13 13 w8pz figs-hyperbole ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize to his disciples the fact that many people will hate them because they believe in him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or use plain language. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +MRK 13 13 w8pz figs-hyperbole ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize to his disciples the fact that many people will hate them because they believe in him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or use plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Jesus is using the phrase **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 the one who endures to the end Here, **endures** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 2c08ef5dceea02b197a8edfdaf881f250a953cb8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 17:22:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 163/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index e568a89441..5b34aba515 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1125,7 +1125,7 @@ MRK 13 13 w8pz figs-hyperbole ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάν MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Jesus is using the phrase **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 the one who endures to the end Here, **endures** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 13 13 vcz4 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end This could refer to: (1) the end of his life. (2) the end of that time of trouble. +MRK 13 13 vcz4 ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 to the end The phrase **to the end** could mean: (1) to the end of one’s life. Alternate translation: “to death” (2) until the end of time. This meaning implies that believers must endure everything they encounter and keep on enduring until Christ returns. Alternate translation: See the UST. Alternate translation: “because of me” (3) to the end of that time of hardship and persecution. Alternate translation: “because of me” MRK 13 14 d4nw figs-metaphor τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 the abomination of desolation This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 13 14 vx3c figs-explicit ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ 1 standing where it should not be Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 14 ck7a figs-explicit ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get the readers’ attention, so that they would listen to this warning. Alternate translation: “may everyone who is reading this pay attention to this warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 89a5eb8f4ab3cdcc905c7195f846212f6343f1e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 17:28:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 164/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 5b34aba515..07d2af8fce 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1125,7 +1125,7 @@ MRK 13 13 w8pz figs-hyperbole ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάν MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Jesus is using the phrase **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 the one who endures to the end Here, **endures** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 13 13 vcz4 ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 to the end The phrase **to the end** could mean: (1) to the end of one’s life. Alternate translation: “to death” (2) until the end of time. This meaning implies that believers must endure everything they encounter and keep on enduring until Christ returns. Alternate translation: See the UST. Alternate translation: “because of me” (3) to the end of that time of hardship and persecution. Alternate translation: “because of me” +MRK 13 13 vcz4 ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 to the end The phrase **to the end** could mean: (1) to the end of one’s life. Alternate translation: “who endures to the point of death” or “who endures till death” (2) until the end of time. This meaning means that believers must endure and keep on enduring until the time when Christ returns. Alternate translation: “who keeps on enduring to the very end” (3) to the end of that time of hardship and persecution. Alternate translation: “who endures until the time of testing is over” MRK 13 14 d4nw figs-metaphor τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 the abomination of desolation This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 13 14 vx3c figs-explicit ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ 1 standing where it should not be Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 14 ck7a figs-explicit ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get the readers’ attention, so that they would listen to this warning. Alternate translation: “may everyone who is reading this pay attention to this warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 9c56259fecf7fb4853a98e0aaab64834b2c93a84 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 17:34:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 165/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 1f6edc4446..307d2c8fc4 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -314,9 +314,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 13 e1ma figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κακώσων ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ γένησθε? 1 who is the one who will harm you if you are a zealot of what is good? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that it is unlikely that someone would harm them if they did good things. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one will harm you if you become zealous ones of the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 3 13 e8li figs-possession τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe people who are **zealous** about doing **good** deeds. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “ones zealous to do good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 3 14 f6ch figs-abstractnouns πάσχοιτε διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 you suffer because of righteousness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you might suffer because you do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 3 14 xg3m figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 you are blessed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 3 14 f9u8 figs-parallelism τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε 1 But do not fear their fear, nor be troubled These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that believers should not be afraid of those who persecute them. Alternate translation: “But do not be afraid of what people might do to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -1PE 3 14 yz6y τὸν…φόβον αὐτῶν 1 their fear Here the word **their** refers to anyone who might try to harm those to whom Peter is writing. +1PE 3 14 xg3m figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 you are blessed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will make you blessed ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 3 14 j8ds figs-quotemarks τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 8:12](../../isa/08/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +1PE 3 14 f9u8 figs-parallelism τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε 1 But do not fear their fear, nor be troubled These two phrases mean the same thing. Peter states the same idea twice in order to emphasize that believers should not be afraid of people who persecute them. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “But you should not fear at all what people might do to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +1PE 3 14 yz6y figs-possession τὸν…φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε 1 their fear This could refer to: (1) the fear that unbelievers have. Alternate translation: “you should not fear what they fear” or “you should not fear the same things that they fear” (2) the fear that righteous people have for unbelievers. Alternate translation: “you should not fear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 3 15 ju58 δὲ…ἁγιάσατε 1 Instead, sanctify Alternate translation: “Instead of being troubled, set apart” 1PE 3 15 vgv7 figs-metaphor Κύριον…τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 sanctify the Lord Christ in your hearts The phrase “sanctify the Lord Christ” is a metaphor for acknowledging Christ’s holiness. Alternate translation: “acknowledge in your hearts that the Lord Christ is holy” or “honor the Lord Christ as holy within yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 15 qjg3 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the “inner person.” Alternate translation: “within yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 76f0a88cd1d66725d024cb265196b853d72753f0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 17:36:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 166/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 07d2af8fce..c827336f0a 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ π MRK 13 13 w8pz figs-hyperbole ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize to his disciples the fact that many people will hate them because they believe in him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or use plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Jesus is using the phrase **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 the one who endures to the end Here, **endures** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 the one who endures to the end Here, **endured** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 13 vcz4 ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 to the end The phrase **to the end** could mean: (1) to the end of one’s life. Alternate translation: “who endures to the point of death” or “who endures till death” (2) until the end of time. This meaning means that believers must endure and keep on enduring until the time when Christ returns. Alternate translation: “who keeps on enduring to the very end” (3) to the end of that time of hardship and persecution. Alternate translation: “who endures until the time of testing is over” MRK 13 14 d4nw figs-metaphor τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 the abomination of desolation This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 13 14 vx3c figs-explicit ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ 1 standing where it should not be Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From b0009ecf4c0a2ee6e14dd6a97229d5874944091d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 18:33:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 167/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 307d2c8fc4..a512ba3492 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -318,9 +318,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 14 j8ds figs-quotemarks τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 8:12](../../isa/08/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) 1PE 3 14 f9u8 figs-parallelism τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε 1 But do not fear their fear, nor be troubled These two phrases mean the same thing. Peter states the same idea twice in order to emphasize that believers should not be afraid of people who persecute them. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “But you should not fear at all what people might do to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1PE 3 14 yz6y figs-possession τὸν…φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε 1 their fear This could refer to: (1) the fear that unbelievers have. Alternate translation: “you should not fear what they fear” or “you should not fear the same things that they fear” (2) the fear that righteous people have for unbelievers. Alternate translation: “you should not fear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -1PE 3 15 ju58 δὲ…ἁγιάσατε 1 Instead, sanctify Alternate translation: “Instead of being troubled, set apart” -1PE 3 15 vgv7 figs-metaphor Κύριον…τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 sanctify the Lord Christ in your hearts The phrase “sanctify the Lord Christ” is a metaphor for acknowledging Christ’s holiness. Alternate translation: “acknowledge in your hearts that the Lord Christ is holy” or “honor the Lord Christ as holy within yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 3 15 qjg3 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the “inner person.” Alternate translation: “within yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 3 15 vgv7 figs-metaphor Κύριον…τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 sanctify the Lord Christ in your hearts Peter uses **sanctify the Lord Christ** figuratively to refer to acknowledging Christ’s holiness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “acknowledge in your hearts that the Lord Christ is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 3 15 qjg3 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here, **hearts** refers to the thoughts or emotions of Peter’s readers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 18 me4u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter explains how Christ suffered and what Christ accomplished by suffering. 1PE 3 18 g1xd figs-metaphor ἵνα ὑμᾶς προσαγάγῃ τῷ Θεῷ 1 so that he might bring us to God Peter probably means here that Christ died in order to create a close relationship between us and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metaphor θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body; Christ was physically put to death. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 501b27f7975a2e91c457c5a2afccba307af78a4a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 18:34:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 168/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index a512ba3492..af11806c4b 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 14 f9u8 figs-parallelism τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε 1 But do not fear their fear, nor be troubled These two phrases mean the same thing. Peter states the same idea twice in order to emphasize that believers should not be afraid of people who persecute them. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “But you should not fear at all what people might do to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1PE 3 14 yz6y figs-possession τὸν…φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε 1 their fear This could refer to: (1) the fear that unbelievers have. Alternate translation: “you should not fear what they fear” or “you should not fear the same things that they fear” (2) the fear that righteous people have for unbelievers. Alternate translation: “you should not fear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 3 15 vgv7 figs-metaphor Κύριον…τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 sanctify the Lord Christ in your hearts Peter uses **sanctify the Lord Christ** figuratively to refer to acknowledging Christ’s holiness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “acknowledge in your hearts that the Lord Christ is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 3 15 qjg3 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here, **hearts** refers to the thoughts or emotions of Peter’s readers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 3 15 qjg3 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here, **hearts** refers to the thoughts or emotions of Peter’s readers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “within yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 18 me4u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter explains how Christ suffered and what Christ accomplished by suffering. 1PE 3 18 g1xd figs-metaphor ἵνα ὑμᾶς προσαγάγῃ τῷ Θεῷ 1 so that he might bring us to God Peter probably means here that Christ died in order to create a close relationship between us and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metaphor θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body; Christ was physically put to death. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 76dbb05371ebd03a56b36669c247af15a574c720 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:16:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 169/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index af11806c4b..abf2073a8e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -320,6 +320,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 14 yz6y figs-possession τὸν…φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε 1 their fear This could refer to: (1) the fear that unbelievers have. Alternate translation: “you should not fear what they fear” or “you should not fear the same things that they fear” (2) the fear that righteous people have for unbelievers. Alternate translation: “you should not fear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 3 15 vgv7 figs-metaphor Κύριον…τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 sanctify the Lord Christ in your hearts Peter uses **sanctify the Lord Christ** figuratively to refer to acknowledging Christ’s holiness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “acknowledge in your hearts that the Lord Christ is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 15 qjg3 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here, **hearts** refers to the thoughts or emotions of Peter’s readers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “within yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 3 15 d69e figs-abstractnouns πρὸς ἀπολογίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **defense**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to defend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 3 15 q8i1 figs-abstractnouns τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς λόγον 1 Peter uses **word** figuratively to an answer or explanation spoken by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who asks you for a statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 3 15 w3xw figs-abstractnouns περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “concerning your hope” or “concerning the hope you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 18 me4u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter explains how Christ suffered and what Christ accomplished by suffering. 1PE 3 18 g1xd figs-metaphor ἵνα ὑμᾶς προσαγάγῃ τῷ Θεῷ 1 so that he might bring us to God Peter probably means here that Christ died in order to create a close relationship between us and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metaphor θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body; Christ was physically put to death. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 573cf56c61f48d4d2fcce664a1773c7b70cf1a7d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:23:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 170/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index abf2073a8e..91fa3d9c06 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 15 qjg3 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here, **hearts** refers to the thoughts or emotions of Peter’s readers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “within yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 15 d69e figs-abstractnouns πρὸς ἀπολογίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **defense**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to defend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 15 q8i1 figs-abstractnouns τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς λόγον 1 Peter uses **word** figuratively to an answer or explanation spoken by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who asks you for a statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 3 15 w3xw figs-abstractnouns περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “concerning your hope” or “concerning the hope you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 3 15 w3xw figs-abstractnouns περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “concerning your hope” or “concerning the hope that you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 18 me4u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter explains how Christ suffered and what Christ accomplished by suffering. 1PE 3 18 g1xd figs-metaphor ἵνα ὑμᾶς προσαγάγῃ τῷ Θεῷ 1 so that he might bring us to God Peter probably means here that Christ died in order to create a close relationship between us and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metaphor θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body; Christ was physically put to death. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From a19fac26f698c89beab62ce4f5a79e63386a9c17 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:29:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 171/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 91fa3d9c06..fe08da32b6 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -323,6 +323,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 15 d69e figs-abstractnouns πρὸς ἀπολογίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **defense**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to defend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 15 q8i1 figs-abstractnouns τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς λόγον 1 Peter uses **word** figuratively to an answer or explanation spoken by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who asks you for a statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 15 w3xw figs-abstractnouns περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “concerning your hope” or “concerning the hope that you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 3 16 hzya figs-abstractnouns μετὰ πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **meekness** and **fear**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by being meek and fearful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n 1PE 3 18 me4u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter explains how Christ suffered and what Christ accomplished by suffering. 1PE 3 18 g1xd figs-metaphor ἵνα ὑμᾶς προσαγάγῃ τῷ Θεῷ 1 so that he might bring us to God Peter probably means here that Christ died in order to create a close relationship between us and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metaphor θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body; Christ was physically put to death. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 5d1e10134feefc8a51a754ae25e66f52b6889464 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:37:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 172/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index fe08da32b6..3e291eb096 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -324,6 +324,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 15 q8i1 figs-abstractnouns τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς λόγον 1 Peter uses **word** figuratively to an answer or explanation spoken by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who asks you for a statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 15 w3xw figs-abstractnouns περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “concerning your hope” or “concerning the hope that you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 16 hzya figs-abstractnouns μετὰ πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **meekness** and **fear**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by being meek and fearful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +1PE 3 16 s7mb figs-activepassive καταλαλεῖσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people are slandering you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 3 16 dvwr figs-activepassive καταισχυνθῶσιν, οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may shame the ones who are reviling your good behavior in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 18 me4u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter explains how Christ suffered and what Christ accomplished by suffering. 1PE 3 18 g1xd figs-metaphor ἵνα ὑμᾶς προσαγάγῃ τῷ Θεῷ 1 so that he might bring us to God Peter probably means here that Christ died in order to create a close relationship between us and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metaphor θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body; Christ was physically put to death. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From eaf0e980ef0bad4629e7d4365317a603c26bf4db Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 20:53:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 173/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 3e291eb096..3c6331802e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -325,6 +325,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 15 w3xw figs-abstractnouns περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “concerning your hope” or “concerning the hope that you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 16 hzya figs-abstractnouns μετὰ πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **meekness** and **fear**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by being meek and fearful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n 1PE 3 16 s7mb figs-activepassive καταλαλεῖσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people are slandering you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 3 16 qflw figs-explicit ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν 1 Here, **in Christ** refers to being a Christian. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your good behavior as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 16 dvwr figs-activepassive καταισχυνθῶσιν, οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may shame the ones who are reviling your good behavior in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 18 me4u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter explains how Christ suffered and what Christ accomplished by suffering. 1PE 3 18 g1xd figs-metaphor ἵνα ὑμᾶς προσαγάγῃ τῷ Θεῷ 1 so that he might bring us to God Peter probably means here that Christ died in order to create a close relationship between us and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 8cef9ff93b8447cba9202b1354d47220daa6c38f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 21:08:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 174/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index c827336f0a..6b3872d700 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ MRK 13 13 vcz4 ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 to the end The phrase * MRK 13 14 d4nw figs-metaphor τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 the abomination of desolation This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 13 14 vx3c figs-explicit ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ 1 standing where it should not be Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 14 ck7a figs-explicit ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get the readers’ attention, so that they would listen to this warning. Alternate translation: “may everyone who is reading this pay attention to this warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 13 15 m1hq ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος 1 on the housetop Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat, and people could stand on them. +MRK 13 15 m1hq figs-explicit ὁ…ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω ἆραί τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ 1 on the housetop Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat, and people would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his readers will know this and that they will know that the roofs were separate from the rest of the house and in order to access the inside of a house a person would have to go down the stairs in the back of the house and then enter their house from the front if they wanted to get their possessions. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is on top of their roof should escape immediately and not enter their house to get anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 16 y1e9 figs-ellipsis ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 let the one in the field not turn back to the things behind This refers to returning to his house. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the one who is in the field should not return to his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 17 bi8n figs-euphemism ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 to those having in the womb This is a polite way to say that someone is pregnant. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 13 18 w47v προσεύχεσθε…ἵνα 1 pray that “pray that these times” or “pray that these things” From 215046b16e4fd325386b79089060a472b70d47f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 21:10:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 175/229] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 6b3872d700..c40eedd6ae 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ MRK 13 13 vcz4 ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 to the end The phrase * MRK 13 14 d4nw figs-metaphor τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 the abomination of desolation This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 13 14 vx3c figs-explicit ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ 1 standing where it should not be Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 14 ck7a figs-explicit ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get the readers’ attention, so that they would listen to this warning. Alternate translation: “may everyone who is reading this pay attention to this warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 13 15 m1hq figs-explicit ὁ…ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω ἆραί τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ 1 on the housetop Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat, and people would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his readers will know this and that they will know that the roofs were separate from the rest of the house and in order to access the inside of a house a person would have to go down the stairs in the back of the house and then enter their house from the front if they wanted to get their possessions. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is on top of their roof should escape immediately and not enter their house to get anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 13 15 m1hq figs-explicit ὁ…ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω ἆραί τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ 1 on the housetop Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat. People would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his readers will know this and that they will know that the roofs were separate from the rest of the house and in order to access the inside of a house a person would have to go down the stairs on the back of the house and then enter their house from the front. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is on top of their roof should escape immediately and not enter their house to get anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 13 16 y1e9 figs-ellipsis ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 let the one in the field not turn back to the things behind This refers to returning to his house. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the one who is in the field should not return to his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 13 17 bi8n figs-euphemism ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 to those having in the womb This is a polite way to say that someone is pregnant. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 13 18 w47v προσεύχεσθε…ἵνα 1 pray that “pray that these times” or “pray that these things” From 12e5ba57ab498a419fef307b02c807e9c74b9855 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 21:53:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 176/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 3c6331802e..3cda174b11 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -324,9 +324,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 15 q8i1 figs-abstractnouns τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς λόγον 1 Peter uses **word** figuratively to an answer or explanation spoken by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who asks you for a statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 15 w3xw figs-abstractnouns περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “concerning your hope” or “concerning the hope that you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 16 hzya figs-abstractnouns μετὰ πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **meekness** and **fear**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by being meek and fearful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +1PE 3 16 ctk3 figs-abstractnouns συνείδησιν ἔχοντες ἀγαθήν 1 This phrase implies not doing anything sinful that would cause a person to not have a **good conscience**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “doing nothing wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 3 16 wrk5 figs-infostructure ἵνα ἐν ᾧ καταλαλεῖσθε, καταισχυνθῶσιν, οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “so that the ones who are reviling your good behavior in Christ may be ashamed with respect to what you are being slandered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1PE 3 16 s7mb figs-activepassive καταλαλεῖσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people are slandering you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 16 qflw figs-explicit ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν 1 Here, **in Christ** refers to being a Christian. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your good behavior as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 16 dvwr figs-activepassive καταισχυνθῶσιν, οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may shame the ones who are reviling your good behavior in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 3 17 bt09 figs-activepassive 1 1PE 3 18 me4u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter explains how Christ suffered and what Christ accomplished by suffering. 1PE 3 18 g1xd figs-metaphor ἵνα ὑμᾶς προσαγάγῃ τῷ Θεῷ 1 so that he might bring us to God Peter probably means here that Christ died in order to create a close relationship between us and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metaphor θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body; Christ was physically put to death. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 87c1b4126481b17eaef68256f8c0174c85a875d3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 22:22:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 177/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 3cda174b11..b80bc271a8 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -329,7 +329,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 16 s7mb figs-activepassive καταλαλεῖσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people are slandering you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 16 qflw figs-explicit ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν 1 Here, **in Christ** refers to being a Christian. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your good behavior as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 16 dvwr figs-activepassive καταισχυνθῶσιν, οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may shame the ones who are reviling your good behavior in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 3 17 bt09 figs-activepassive 1 +1PE 3 17 bt09 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀγαθοποιοῦντας…κακοποιοῦντας 1 These two phrases indicate two different reasons for suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of doing good … because of doing evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +1PE 3 17 x8qu grammar-connect-logic-result 1 1PE 3 18 me4u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter explains how Christ suffered and what Christ accomplished by suffering. 1PE 3 18 g1xd figs-metaphor ἵνα ὑμᾶς προσαγάγῃ τῷ Θεῷ 1 so that he might bring us to God Peter probably means here that Christ died in order to create a close relationship between us and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metaphor θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body; Christ was physically put to death. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 545c80c472a0e5beda2ff52e9c70c1622cd170a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 22:59:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 178/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index b80bc271a8..9cf74699a6 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -330,8 +330,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 16 qflw figs-explicit ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν 1 Here, **in Christ** refers to being a Christian. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your good behavior as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 16 dvwr figs-activepassive καταισχυνθῶσιν, οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may shame the ones who are reviling your good behavior in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 17 bt09 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀγαθοποιοῦντας…κακοποιοῦντας 1 These two phrases indicate two different reasons for suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of doing good … because of doing evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -1PE 3 17 x8qu grammar-connect-logic-result 1 -1PE 3 18 me4u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter explains how Christ suffered and what Christ accomplished by suffering. +1PE 3 17 x8qu figs-metonymy εἰ θέλοι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Peter uses **the will of God** figuratively to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 3 18 me4u figs-explicit περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν 1 Here, **sins** implies the sins of people other than Jesus because Jesus never sinned. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sake of the sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 18 g1xd figs-metaphor ἵνα ὑμᾶς προσαγάγῃ τῷ Θεῷ 1 so that he might bring us to God Peter probably means here that Christ died in order to create a close relationship between us and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metaphor θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body; Christ was physically put to death. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 18 q9fa figs-activepassive θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “since people put Christ to death physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From a938725b7c9242f9652f07a78308074bd996b5e2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 23:02:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 179/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 9cf74699a6..43089309e7 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -332,9 +332,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 17 bt09 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀγαθοποιοῦντας…κακοποιοῦντας 1 These two phrases indicate two different reasons for suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of doing good … because of doing evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 1PE 3 17 x8qu figs-metonymy εἰ θέλοι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Peter uses **the will of God** figuratively to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 18 me4u figs-explicit περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν 1 Here, **sins** implies the sins of people other than Jesus because Jesus never sinned. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sake of the sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 3 18 g1xd figs-metaphor ἵνα ὑμᾶς προσαγάγῃ τῷ Θεῷ 1 so that he might bring us to God Peter probably means here that Christ died in order to create a close relationship between us and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metaphor θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body; Christ was physically put to death. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 3 18 q9fa figs-activepassive θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “since people put Christ to death physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 3 18 q9fa figs-activepassive θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people having killed him in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metonymy θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body, which was made of **flesh**. Peter is saying that the body of Christ was killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 18 h6v4 figs-activepassive ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 having been made alive in the spirit If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God made him alive spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 18 n7nh πνεύματι 1 in the spirit This could mean: (1) This refers to a spiritual existence. (2) This refers to the Holy Spirit’s power. 1PE 3 19 hp82 ἐν ᾧ 1 in which This could mean: (1) This refers to his spiritual existence. (2) This refers to the Holy Spirit’s power. From aeaf9c10308573767e1ec8fd31e1e9ba3e1f5127 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 23:11:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 180/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 43089309e7..28633307b8 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -334,8 +334,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 18 me4u figs-explicit περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν 1 Here, **sins** implies the sins of people other than Jesus because Jesus never sinned. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sake of the sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 18 q9fa figs-activepassive θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people having killed him in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metonymy θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body, which was made of **flesh**. Peter is saying that the body of Christ was killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 3 18 h6v4 figs-activepassive ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 having been made alive in the spirit If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God made him alive spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 3 18 n7nh πνεύματι 1 in the spirit This could mean: (1) This refers to a spiritual existence. (2) This refers to the Holy Spirit’s power. +1PE 3 18 h6v4 figs-activepassive ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 having been made alive in the spirit If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God’s spirit having made him alive” or “God having made him alive in the spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 3 18 n7nh ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 in the spirit This could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which Jesus was made alive. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive by the spirit” (2) Jesus spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive spiritually” or “having been made him alive in the spiritual realm” 1PE 3 19 hp82 ἐν ᾧ 1 in which This could mean: (1) This refers to his spiritual existence. (2) This refers to the Holy Spirit’s power. 1PE 3 19 ez3d τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 to the spirits in prison Here, **spirits** could mean: (1) This refers to evil spirits. (2) This refers to spirits of the dead people. 1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-metonymy ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the patience of God The word **patience** is a metonym for God himself. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 674012d6b6899fb4e2ef5c6a23624f562fbf6f82 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 14 Jun 2022 23:59:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 181/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 28633307b8..2394963811 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -335,8 +335,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 18 q9fa figs-activepassive θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people having killed him in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metonymy θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body, which was made of **flesh**. Peter is saying that the body of Christ was killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 18 h6v4 figs-activepassive ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 having been made alive in the spirit If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God’s spirit having made him alive” or “God having made him alive in the spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 3 18 n7nh ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 in the spirit This could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which Jesus was made alive. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive by the spirit” (2) Jesus spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive spiritually” or “having been made him alive in the spiritual realm” -1PE 3 19 hp82 ἐν ᾧ 1 in which This could mean: (1) This refers to his spiritual existence. (2) This refers to the Holy Spirit’s power. +1PE 3 18 n7nh ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 in the spirit This could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which Jesus was made alive. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive by the Spirit” (2) Jesus spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive spiritually” or “having been made him alive in the spiritual realm” +1PE 3 19 hp82 ἐν ᾧ 1 in which This could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit” (2) Jesus spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual realm” 1PE 3 19 ez3d τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 to the spirits in prison Here, **spirits** could mean: (1) This refers to evil spirits. (2) This refers to spirits of the dead people. 1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-metonymy ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the patience of God The word **patience** is a metonym for God himself. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 20 qxah figs-personification ὅτε ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία 1 when the patience of God was waiting Peter writes of God’s patience as if it is a person. Alternate translation: “when God was waiting patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 9dd025c3229f53a711ab41d5a11e2ef5d0a29bcc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 15:45:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 182/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 2394963811..c2bc7947a5 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -335,8 +335,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 18 q9fa figs-activepassive θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people having killed him in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metonymy θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body, which was made of **flesh**. Peter is saying that the body of Christ was killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 18 h6v4 figs-activepassive ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 having been made alive in the spirit If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God’s spirit having made him alive” or “God having made him alive in the spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 3 18 n7nh ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 in the spirit This could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which Jesus was made alive. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive by the Spirit” (2) Jesus spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive spiritually” or “having been made him alive in the spiritual realm” -1PE 3 19 hp82 ἐν ᾧ 1 in which This could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit” (2) Jesus spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual realm” +1PE 3 18 n7nh figs-explicit ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 in the spirit Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which Jesus was made alive. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive by the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to as “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “having been made him alive spiritually” or “having been made him alive in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 3 19 hp82 ἐν ᾧ 1 in which This could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual realm” 1PE 3 19 ez3d τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 to the spirits in prison Here, **spirits** could mean: (1) This refers to evil spirits. (2) This refers to spirits of the dead people. 1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-metonymy ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the patience of God The word **patience** is a metonym for God himself. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 20 qxah figs-personification ὅτε ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία 1 when the patience of God was waiting Peter writes of God’s patience as if it is a person. Alternate translation: “when God was waiting patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From eb4050833077e7b27512f47535f4d554ace9a03e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 11:58:28 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 183/229] Fixed format of 2 Thessalonians --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 50 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 25 insertions(+), 25 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index e9f9d1eda0..7027ced266 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -9,42 +9,42 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 1 3 m6z5 0 General Information: Paul gives thanks for the believers in Thessalonica. 2TH 1 3 ea59 figs-hyperbole εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε 1 We ought always to give thanks to God Paul uses **always** as a generalization meaning “often” or “regularly.” The sentence emphasizes the greatness of what God is doing in the lives of the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: “We should often give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 2TH 1 3 h6t9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -2TH 1 3 u3m8 καθὼς ἄξιόν ἐστιν 1 just as it is fitting “for it is the right thing to do” -2TH 1 3 xy7k πλεονάζει ἡ ἀγάπη ἑνὸς ἑκάστου, πάντων ὑμῶν, εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 the love of each one of you all for one another is increasing “you sincerely love one another more and more” +2TH 1 3 u3m8 καθὼς ἄξιόν ἐστιν 1 just as it is fitting Alternate translation: “for it is the right thing to do” +2TH 1 3 xy7k πλεονάζει ἡ ἀγάπη ἑνὸς ἑκάστου, πάντων ὑμῶν, εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 the love of each one of you all for one another is increasing Alternate translation: “you sincerely love one another more and more” 2TH 1 3 bmn6 ἀλλήλους 1 one another Here, **one another** means fellow Christians. 2TH 1 4 kx1n figs-rpronouns αὐτοὺς ἡμᾶς 1 we ourselves Here, **ourselves** is used to emphasize Paul’s boasting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) 2TH 1 5 dad9 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ καταξιωθῆναι ὑμᾶς τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for you to be considered worthy of the kingdom of God You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God will consider you worthy to be part of his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 1 6 wrg2 0 Connecting Statement: As Paul continues, he talks about God being just. -2TH 1 6 cxx1 εἴπερ δίκαιον παρὰ Θεῷ 1 if indeed it is righteous for God “for God is certainly right” or “because God is just” +2TH 1 6 cxx1 εἴπερ δίκαιον παρὰ Θεῷ 1 if indeed it is righteous for God Alternate translation: “for God is certainly right” or “because God is just” 2TH 1 6 id3i figs-metaphor παρὰ Θεῷ, ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν 1 for God to return affliction to those who are afflicting you Here, **to return** is a metaphor that means to cause someone to experience the same thing they did to someone else. Alternate translation: “for God to afflict those who are afflicting you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2TH 1 7 hxy2 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμῖν…ἄνεσιν 1 and relief to you These words continue the description of what God is right “to return” to people (verse 6). This is a metaphor that means to cause someone to experience the same thing they did to someone else. Alternate translation: “and to relieve you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2TH 1 7 lu43 figs-ellipsis ὑμῖν…ἄνεσιν 1 relief to you You can make it explicit that God is the one who provides relief. Alternate translation: “for God to provide relief to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -2TH 1 7 yix7 ἀγγέλων δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 his mighty angels “his powerful angels” -2TH 1 8 y3uv ἐν πυρὶ φλογός διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσι Θεὸν 1 in flaming fire taking vengeance on those who have not known God “he will punish with blazing fire those who do not know God” or “then with blazing fire he will punish those who do not know God” +2TH 1 7 yix7 ἀγγέλων δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 his mighty angels Alternate translation: “his powerful angels” +2TH 1 8 y3uv ἐν πυρὶ φλογός διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσι Θεὸν 1 in flaming fire taking vengeance on those who have not known God Alternate translation: “he will punish with blazing fire those who do not know God” or “then with blazing fire he will punish those who do not know God” 2TH 1 9 plw5 figs-activepassive οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν ὄλεθρον αἰώνιον 1 who will pay the penalty—eternal destruction Here, **who** refers to the people who do not obey the gospel. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish them with eternal destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 1 10 ugk9 ὅταν ἔλθῃ…ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 when he comes on that day Here, **that day** is the day when Jesus will return to the world. 2TH 1 10 bi2u figs-activepassive ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύσασιν 1 to be glorified by his saints and to be marveled at by all those who have believed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when his people will glorify him and all those who believed will stand in awe of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 1 11 ik19 figs-hyperbole καὶ προσευχόμεθα πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν 1 we also pray always for you Paul is using **always** as an exaggeration in order to emphasize how often he prays for them. Alternate translation: “we also pray regularly for you” or “we continue to pray for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 2TH 1 11 hiv9 τῆς κλήσεως 1 of your calling Here, **calling** refers to God appointing or choosing people to be his children and servants, and to proclaim his message of salvation through Jesus. -2TH 1 11 r8gk πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν ἀγαθωσύνης 1 he may fulfill every desire of goodness “he would make you able to do good in every way that you desire” +2TH 1 11 r8gk πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν ἀγαθωσύνης 1 he may fulfill every desire of goodness Alternate translation: “he would make you able to do good in every way that you desire” 2TH 1 12 q994 figs-activepassive ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, ἐν ὑμῖν 1 so that the name of our Lord Jesus might be glorified in you You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that you would glorify the name of our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 1 12 pg2i figs-activepassive καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 and you in him You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and Jesus will glorify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2TH 1 12 z8k9 κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 according to the grace of our God “because of God’s grace” +2TH 1 12 z8k9 κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 according to the grace of our God Alternate translation: “because of God’s grace” 2TH 2 intro jq9r 0 # 2 Thessalonians 2 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Being gathered together to be with him”

This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ’s final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

### Man of lawlessness

This is the same as “son of destruction” and “lawless one” in this chapter. Paul associates him with Satan actively working in the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])

### Sits in the temple of God

Paul could be referring to the Jerusalem temple that the Romans destroyed several years after he wrote this letter. Or he could be referring to a future physical temple, or to the church as the spiritual temple of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 2 1 r36t 0 General Information: Paul exhorts believers not to be deceived about the day Jesus will come back. 2TH 2 1 q1uq δὲ 1 Now The word **Now** marks a change of topic in Paul’s instructions. 2TH 2 1 cvg5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -2TH 2 2 b8b2 εἰς τὸ μὴ ταχέως σαλευθῆναι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ νοὸς, μηδὲ θροεῖσθαι 1 for you not to be quickly shaken in your mind nor to be troubled “so that you do not easily let yourselves be disturbed in your thinking” -2TH 2 2 d334 διὰ πνεύματος, μήτε διὰ λόγου, μήτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς, ὡς δι’ ἡμῶν 1 by a spirit, nor by a word, nor by a letter as if from us “by a spirit or a spoken word or by written letter that pretends to be coming from us” -2TH 2 2 k4dk ὡς ὅτι 1 as if that “saying that” +2TH 2 2 b8b2 εἰς τὸ μὴ ταχέως σαλευθῆναι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ νοὸς, μηδὲ θροεῖσθαι 1 for you not to be quickly shaken in your mind nor to be troubled Alternate translation: “so that you do not easily let yourselves be disturbed in your thinking” +2TH 2 2 d334 διὰ πνεύματος, μήτε διὰ λόγου, μήτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς, ὡς δι’ ἡμῶν 1 by a spirit, nor by a word, nor by a letter as if from us Alternate translation: “by a spirit or a spoken word or by written letter that pretends to be coming from us” +2TH 2 2 k4dk ὡς ὅτι 1 as if that Alternate translation: “saying that” 2TH 2 2 ib6m ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the day of the Lord Here, **the day of the Lord** refers to the time when Jesus will come back to the earth for all believers. 2TH 2 3 l9c5 0 General Information: Paul teaches about the man of lawlessness. -2TH 2 3 ej66 μὴ ἔλθῃ 1 it may not come “the day of the Lord will not come” +2TH 2 3 ej66 μὴ ἔλθῃ 1 it may not come Alternate translation: “the day of the Lord will not come” 2TH 2 3 y7ch ἡ ἀποστασία 1 the apostacy Here, **the apostacy** refers to a future time when many people will turn away from God. 2TH 2 3 e86v figs-activepassive ἀποκαλυφθῇ ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἀνομίας 1 the man of lawlessness may be revealed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God reveals the man of lawlessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 2 3 tkg9 figs-metaphor ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 the son of destruction Paul speaks of **destruction** as a person who bore a **son** whose goal is to totally destroy everything. Alternate translation: “the one who destroys everything he can” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2TH 2 4 t485 figs-activepassive πάντα λεγόμενον θεὸν ἢ σέβασμα 1 everything being called god or an object of worship You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everything that people consider to be God or everything that people worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2TH 2 4 wj33 ἀποδεικνύντα ἑαυτὸν ὅτι ἔστιν Θεός 1 showing that he himself is God “showing himself as God” +2TH 2 4 wj33 ἀποδεικνύντα ἑαυτὸν ὅτι ἔστιν Θεός 1 showing that he himself is God Alternate translation: “showing himself as God” 2TH 2 5 rsz1 figs-rquestion οὐ μνημονεύετε…ταῦτα 1 Do you not remember … these things? Paul uses a rhetorical question to remind them of his teaching when he was with them previously. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am sure you remember … these things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2TH 2 5 lkk7 ταῦτα 1 these things Here, **these things** refers to the return of Jesus, the day of the Lord, and the man of lawlessness. 2TH 2 6 ask4 figs-activepassive τὸ ἀποκαλυφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ καιρῷ 1 he is revealed in his time You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will reveal the man of lawlessness when the time is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -53,25 +53,25 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 2 8 hn67 figs-activepassive καὶ τότε ἀποκαλυφθήσεται ὁ ἄνομος 1 and then the lawless one will be revealed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and then God will allow the lawless one to show himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 2 8 vay9 figs-metonymy τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 with the breath of his mouth Here, **breath** represents the power of God. Alternate translation: “by the power of his spoken word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2TH 2 8 hy3y καὶ καταργήσει τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 and will bring to nothing by the appearance of his coming When Jesus returns to earth and shows himself, he will defeat the **lawless one**. -2TH 2 9 bd5m ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει, καὶ σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους 1 with all power, and signs, and false wonders “with all kinds of power, and signs, and false wonders” +2TH 2 9 bd5m ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει, καὶ σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους 1 with all power, and signs, and false wonders Alternate translation: “with all kinds of power, and signs, and false wonders” 2TH 2 10 tf75 ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ ἀδικίας 1 in all deceit of unrighteousness This person will use every sort of evil to deceive people to believe in him instead of God. 2TH 2 10 v366 τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις 1 to those who are perishing This man who is given power by Satan will deceive everyone who did not believe in Jesus. 2TH 2 10 pf48 ἀπολλυμένοις 1 who are perishing Here, **perishing** has the concept of everlasting or eternal destruction. -2TH 2 11 sj1v διὰ τοῦτο 1 because of this “because the people do not love the truth” +2TH 2 11 sj1v διὰ τοῦτο 1 because of this Alternate translation: “because the people do not love the truth” 2TH 2 11 en8e figs-metaphor πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ ψεύδει 1 God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie Paul is speaking of **God** allowing something to happen to people as if he is **sending them** something. Alternate translation: “God is allowing the man of lawlessness to deceive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2TH 2 12 d63e figs-activepassive κριθῶσιν πάντες 1 they might all be judged You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will judge all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2TH 2 12 pkw8 οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλὰ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 those who have not believed the truth, but have taken pleasure in unrighteousness “those who took pleasure in unrighteousness because they did not believe the truth” -2TH 2 13 w83a 0 General Information: If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 13. Suggested heading: “Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]]) +2TH 2 12 pkw8 οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλὰ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 those who have not believed the truth, but have taken pleasure in unrighteousness Alternate translation: “those who took pleasure in unrighteousness because they did not believe the truth” +2TH 2 13 w83a 0 General Information: If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 13. Suggested heading: “Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]]) 2TH 2 13 bcd5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul now changes topics. 2TH 2 13 b3hh δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to indicate/show that this is a new section. -2TH 2 13 dze5 figs-hyperbole ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε 1 we ought always to give thanks The word **always** is a generalization. This is used to emphasize or to exaggerate the action. If this is not natural in your language, you can use the alternative renderings given. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” OR "we must thank God at all times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +2TH 2 13 dze5 figs-hyperbole ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε 1 we ought always to give thanks The word **always** is a generalization. This is used to emphasize or to exaggerate the action. If this is not natural in your language, you can use the alternative renderings given. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” OR “"”we must thank God at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 2TH 2 13 m418 ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν 1 we ought Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] 2TH 2 13 ia4x figs-activepassive ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου 1 brothers having been loved by the Lord If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 2 13 v15j figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed.Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -2TH 2 13 l7a8 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**.  Alternate Translation: "to be among the first people who believe" or "among the first people whom God was saving" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] +2TH 2 13 l7a8 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**.  Alternate Translation: “to be among the first people who believe” or “among the first people whom God was saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] 2TH 2 13 bpqn figs-abstractnouns ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth You can change the abstract nouns **salvation**, **sanctification**, **belief**, and **truth** into verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -2TH 2 14 e0gy figs-ellipsis 1 Here, the phrase “through our gospel” does not mean that it is Paul's gospel. It refers to the gospel that Paul and his companions preached. Alternate translation: “by means of the gospel preached to you” OR “through the gospel that we preached to you”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -2TH 2 14 thmh figs-explicit 1 The phrase “to the acquiring of the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ” does not mean that we will take over or dividing up the glory of Jesus Christ. It means that the believers will share in Christ's glory. Alternate translation: “you might share in the glory” or “you might receive glory like our Lord Jesus Christ“ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +2TH 2 14 e0gy figs-ellipsis 1 Here, the phrase “through our gospel” does not mean that it is Paul’s gospel. It refers to the gospel that Paul and his companions preached. Alternate translation: “by means of the gospel preached to you” OR “through the gospel that we preached to you”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +2TH 2 14 thmh figs-explicit 1 The phrase “to the acquiring of the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ” does not mean that we will take over or dividing up the glory of Jesus Christ. It means that the believers will share in Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “you might share in the glory” or “you might receive glory like our Lord Jesus Christ“ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 2 15 u9ss ἄρα οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε 1 So then, brothers, stand firm Paul exhorts the believers to hold fast to their faith in Jesus. 2TH 2 15 l4vr figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις 1 hold tight to the traditions Here, **teachings** refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “do not give up believing those truths” or “continue to believe the true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2TH 2 15 whp8 figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθητε 1 you were taught If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -88,14 +88,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 3 1 jy75 τὸ λοιπὸν 1 Finally Paul uses the word **Finally** to mark a change in topic. This is not the final instructions that were given by Paul but it means that he is now saying about the remaining matters that were not discussed before. This can also be translated as “one more thing” or “So, continuing on.” 2TH 3 1 m1s5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 2TH 3 1 v8k2 figs-exclusive 1 The pronoun **us** refers to Paul and his companions. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -2TH 3 1 r54v figs-metaphor ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 so that the word of the Lord might run and might be glorified, just as also with you Paul speaks of God’s **word** spreading as if it were running from place to place. He is comparing the rapid spread of God's word to a person who takes good news to others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2TH 3 1 r54v figs-metaphor ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 so that the word of the Lord might run and might be glorified, just as also with you Paul speaks of God’s **word** spreading as if it were running from place to place. He is comparing the rapid spread of God’s word to a person who takes good news to others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2TH 3 1 yvkm figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 so that the word of the Lord might run and might be glorified, just as also with you You can state this in active form, if passive construction is not natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that more and more people will soon hear our message about our Lord Jesus and honor it, as happened with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 3 2 xg2h figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶμεν 1 we might be rescued You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may save us” or “God may rescue us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 3 2 h11p figs-doublet 1 These two terms mean basically the same thing. If your language does not use repetition to do this or if you do not have two words for these attributes, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. A qualifier like “very” can be used as an equivalent. Alternate translation: “very wicked men.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 2TH 3 2 p1ct figs-litotes οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἡ πίστις 1 for not everyone has faith **not everyone** is not negative but it means “some people.” If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “for only some people believe in the Lord” or “for many people do not believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 2TH 3 3 yx9g figs-explicit ὃς στηρίξει 1 who will strengthen strengthen here does not mean the physical strength but spiritual. This can be made clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “he will strengthen you inwardly” or “he can make you strong spiritually”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2TH 3 3 p91k τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the evil one “Satan” -2TH 3 4 xk85 figs-nominaladj πεποίθαμεν 1 we are confident Here, the phrase “we are confident” may be confusing in some languages. If that is the case in your language, you could translate this as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “we have faith” or “we trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +2TH 3 3 p91k τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the evil one Alternate translation: “Satan” +2TH 3 4 xk85 figs-nominaladj πεποίθαμεν 1 we are confident Here, the phrase “we are confident” may be confusing in some languages. If that is the case in your language, you could translate this as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “we have faith” or “we trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 2TH 3 5 giz4 figs-metonymy ὁ…Κύριος κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 may the Lord direct your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or mind.  If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may the Lord cause you to understand” or “may the Lord help you to know”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2TH 3 5 wre3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 to the love of God and to the endurance of Christ Paul speaks of God’s **love** and Christ’s **endurance** as if they were destinations on a path.  If your readers would not understand, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to know how much God loves you and how much Christ has endured for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2TH 3 6 mst3 0 General Information: Paul gives the believers some final instructions about working and not being idle. @@ -115,11 +115,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 3 13 jx8t δέ 1 But Paul here uses the word **But** to contrast the lazy believers with the hardworking believers. 2TH 3 13 e59v figs-youplural ὑμεῖς 1 you The word **you** refers to all the Thessalonian believers. So, it should be in plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 2TH 3 13 usu9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -2TH 3 14 mzs4 εἰ…τις οὐχ ὑπακούει τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν 1 if anyone does not obey our word “if anyone does not obey our instructions” +2TH 3 14 mzs4 εἰ…τις οὐχ ὑπακούει τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν 1 if anyone does not obey our word Alternate translation: “if anyone does not obey our instructions” 2TH 3 14 nv3v figs-idiom τοῦτον σημειοῦσθε 1 note this one Paul wants the Thessalonians to notice who this person is. Alternate translation: “publicly identify that person” or “make sure everyone knows who he is.”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2TH 3 14 y552 figs-explicit ἵνα ἐντραπῇ 1 so that he may be put to shame Paul instructs believers to avoid lazy believers as a disciplinary action. Sometimes, it is necessary to make this explicit to make the meaning clear. Alternate translation: “in order that he will know that his laziness is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 3 16 nef4 0 General Information: Paul makes closing remarks to the believers at Thessalonica. 2TH 3 16 whb9 figs-explicit αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης, δῴη ὑμῖν 1 may the Lord of peace himself give you You can make explicit that this is Paul’s prayer for the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 3 16 zl1s figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης 1 the Lord of peace himself Here, **himself** emphasizes that the Lord will personally give peace to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -2TH 3 17 c2cb ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ, Παύλου, ὅ ἐστιν σημεῖον ἐν πάσῃ ἐπιστολῇ, οὕτως γράφω 1 This greeting is in my own hand—Paul—which is a sign in every letter. In this manner I write “I, Paul, write this greeting with my own hand, which I do in every letter, as a sign that this letter is truly from me” +2TH 3 17 c2cb ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ, Παύλου, ὅ ἐστιν σημεῖον ἐν πάσῃ ἐπιστολῇ, οὕτως γράφω 1 This greeting is in my own hand—Paul—which is a sign in every letter. In this manner I write Alternate translation: “I, Paul, write this greeting with my own hand, which I do in every letter, as a sign that this letter is truly from me” 2TH 3 17 wg3f οὕτως γράφω 1 In this manner I write Paul makes it clear that this letter is from him and is not a forgery. From 38f8bbe1dc002687f92298c0f2581b80fc3826b2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 17:05:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 184/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index c2bc7947a5..3df8912095 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -336,8 +336,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metonymy θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body, which was made of **flesh**. Peter is saying that the body of Christ was killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 18 h6v4 figs-activepassive ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 having been made alive in the spirit If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God’s spirit having made him alive” or “God having made him alive in the spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 18 n7nh figs-explicit ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 in the spirit Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which Jesus was made alive. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive by the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to as “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “having been made him alive spiritually” or “having been made him alive in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 3 19 hp82 ἐν ᾧ 1 in which This could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual realm” -1PE 3 19 ez3d τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 to the spirits in prison Here, **spirits** could mean: (1) This refers to evil spirits. (2) This refers to spirits of the dead people. +1PE 3 19 hp82 figs-explicit ἐν ᾧ 1 in which Here, **which** refers to “the spirit” in the previous verse. As in the previous verse, this could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 3 19 ewuu ἐκήρυξεν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus proclaimed God’s victory over sin and death that he accomplished by his death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “he proclaimed God’s victory” (2) Jesus preached the gospel to wicked people indirectly through the preaching of Noah during the time before the great flood. Alternate translation: “he preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1PE 3 19 ez3d τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 to the spirits in prison Here, **spirits** could refer to: (1) evil spirits. (2) the spirits of dead people. 1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-metonymy ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the patience of God The word **patience** is a metonym for God himself. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 20 qxah figs-personification ὅτε ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία 1 when the patience of God was waiting Peter writes of God’s patience as if it is a person. Alternate translation: “when God was waiting patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε, κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “during the time of Noah, when he was building an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 107bf722bc5bd0743f29007f62a70d5c08a36998 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 17:33:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 185/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 3df8912095..f1da2c7a1d 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -337,8 +337,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 18 h6v4 figs-activepassive ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 having been made alive in the spirit If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God’s spirit having made him alive” or “God having made him alive in the spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 18 n7nh figs-explicit ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 in the spirit Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which Jesus was made alive. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive by the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to as “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “having been made him alive spiritually” or “having been made him alive in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 19 hp82 figs-explicit ἐν ᾧ 1 in which Here, **which** refers to “the spirit” in the previous verse. As in the previous verse, this could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 3 19 ewuu ἐκήρυξεν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus proclaimed God’s victory over sin and death that he accomplished by his death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “he proclaimed God’s victory” (2) Jesus preached the gospel to wicked people indirectly through the preaching of Noah during the time before the great flood. Alternate translation: “he preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -1PE 3 19 ez3d τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 to the spirits in prison Here, **spirits** could refer to: (1) evil spirits. (2) the spirits of dead people. +1PE 3 19 ewuu ἐκήρυξεν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus proclaimed God’s victory over sin and death that he accomplished by his death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “he proclaimed God’s victory” (2) Jesus preached the gospel to wicked people indirectly through the preaching of Noah during the time before the great flood. Alternate translation: “he preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1PE 3 19 ez3d τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 to the spirits in prison Here, **spirits** could refer to: (1) evil spirits whom God imprisoned because of what they did before the flood in Noah’s time, as in the UST. (2) the spirits of people who died during the flood in Noah’s time. Alternate translation: “to those people who had died and were in prison” 1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-metonymy ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the patience of God The word **patience** is a metonym for God himself. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 20 qxah figs-personification ὅτε ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία 1 when the patience of God was waiting Peter writes of God’s patience as if it is a person. Alternate translation: “when God was waiting patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε, κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “during the time of Noah, when he was building an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From da13179a2a85a4e40cbe9a772a25a351b75f1819 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 17:56:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 186/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index f1da2c7a1d..3342ac0be6 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -339,6 +339,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 19 hp82 figs-explicit ἐν ᾧ 1 in which Here, **which** refers to “the spirit” in the previous verse. As in the previous verse, this could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 19 ewuu ἐκήρυξεν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus proclaimed God’s victory over sin and death that he accomplished by his death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “he proclaimed God’s victory” (2) Jesus preached the gospel to wicked people indirectly through the preaching of Noah during the time before the great flood. Alternate translation: “he preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 3 19 ez3d τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 to the spirits in prison Here, **spirits** could refer to: (1) evil spirits whom God imprisoned because of what they did before the flood in Noah’s time, as in the UST. (2) the spirits of people who died during the flood in Noah’s time. Alternate translation: “to those people who had died and were in prison” +1PE 3 19 zpyr ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Here Peter uses **prison** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) a place where God imprisoned certain evil spirits whom he will judge when he judges the whole world (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md)). Alternate translation: “whom God had put imprisoned to await judgment” (2) the place where sinful people go when they die. Alternate translation: “in hell” 1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-metonymy ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the patience of God The word **patience** is a metonym for God himself. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 20 qxah figs-personification ὅτε ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία 1 when the patience of God was waiting Peter writes of God’s patience as if it is a person. Alternate translation: “when God was waiting patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε, κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “during the time of Noah, when he was building an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From ac2b6745fd13930eb86c6ed5958953fab95e6293 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 17:56:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 187/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 3342ac0be6..de36465e1b 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 19 hp82 figs-explicit ἐν ᾧ 1 in which Here, **which** refers to “the spirit” in the previous verse. As in the previous verse, this could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 19 ewuu ἐκήρυξεν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus proclaimed God’s victory over sin and death that he accomplished by his death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “he proclaimed God’s victory” (2) Jesus preached the gospel to wicked people indirectly through the preaching of Noah during the time before the great flood. Alternate translation: “he preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 3 19 ez3d τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 to the spirits in prison Here, **spirits** could refer to: (1) evil spirits whom God imprisoned because of what they did before the flood in Noah’s time, as in the UST. (2) the spirits of people who died during the flood in Noah’s time. Alternate translation: “to those people who had died and were in prison” -1PE 3 19 zpyr ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Here Peter uses **prison** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) a place where God imprisoned certain evil spirits whom he will judge when he judges the whole world (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md)). Alternate translation: “whom God had put imprisoned to await judgment” (2) the place where sinful people go when they die. Alternate translation: “in hell” +1PE 3 19 zpyr figs-metaphor ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Here Peter uses **prison** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) a place where God imprisoned certain evil spirits whom he will judge when he judges the whole world (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md)). Alternate translation: “whom God had put imprisoned to await judgment” (2) the place where sinful people go when they die. Alternate translation: “in hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-metonymy ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the patience of God The word **patience** is a metonym for God himself. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 20 qxah figs-personification ὅτε ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία 1 when the patience of God was waiting Peter writes of God’s patience as if it is a person. Alternate translation: “when God was waiting patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε, κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “during the time of Noah, when he was building an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 5dd942e1270df3741f4c0a0954786acded675314 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 18:30:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 188/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index de36465e1b..bc44c8713a 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -338,10 +338,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 18 n7nh figs-explicit ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 in the spirit Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which Jesus was made alive. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive by the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to as “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “having been made him alive spiritually” or “having been made him alive in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 19 hp82 figs-explicit ἐν ᾧ 1 in which Here, **which** refers to “the spirit” in the previous verse. As in the previous verse, this could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 19 ewuu ἐκήρυξεν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus proclaimed God’s victory over sin and death that he accomplished by his death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “he proclaimed God’s victory” (2) Jesus preached the gospel to wicked people indirectly through the preaching of Noah during the time before the great flood. Alternate translation: “he preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -1PE 3 19 ez3d τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 to the spirits in prison Here, **spirits** could refer to: (1) evil spirits whom God imprisoned because of what they did before the flood in Noah’s time, as in the UST. (2) the spirits of people who died during the flood in Noah’s time. Alternate translation: “to those people who had died and were in prison” -1PE 3 19 zpyr figs-metaphor ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Here Peter uses **prison** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) a place where God imprisoned certain evil spirits whom he will judge when he judges the whole world (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md)). Alternate translation: “whom God had put imprisoned to await judgment” (2) the place where sinful people go when they die. Alternate translation: “in hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-metonymy ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the patience of God The word **patience** is a metonym for God himself. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 3 20 qxah figs-personification ὅτε ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία 1 when the patience of God was waiting Peter writes of God’s patience as if it is a person. Alternate translation: “when God was waiting patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +1PE 3 19 ez3d figs-explicit τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 to the spirits in prison Here, **spirits** could refer to: (1) evil spirits whom God imprisoned because of what they did before the flood that occurred in Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)), as in the UST. (2) the spirits of people who died during the flood that occurred in Noah’s time. This interpretation is a less likely to be correct because Peter never refers to people as **spirits**, but rather “souls” in the next verse. Alternate translation: “to those people who had died and were in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 3 19 zpyr figs-metaphor ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Here Peter uses **prison** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) a place where God imprisoned certain evil spirits whom he will judge when he judges the whole world (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md)). Alternate translation: “whom God had imprisoned to await judgment” (2) the place where sinful people go when they die. Alternate translation: “in hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 3 20 qxah figs-ellipsis ἀπειθήσασίν 1 when the patience of God was waiting Peter is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “having disobeyed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-metonymy ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία 1 the patience of God Peter uses **patience of God** figuratively to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε, κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “during the time of Noah, when he was building an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 21 jti3 δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ Alternate translation: “because of the resurrection of Jesus Christ.” This phrase completes the thought, “This is a symbol of the baptism that saves you now” 1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God To be at the **right hand of God** is a symbol that God has given Jesus greatest honor and authority over all others. Alternate translation: “who is beside God in the place of honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From c87f46b4fb13a1a91bd9820118347ca7dce34e77 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 18:32:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 189/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index bc44c8713a..cd7288fef5 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 19 zpyr figs-metaphor ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Here Peter uses **prison** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) a place where God imprisoned certain evil spirits whom he will judge when he judges the whole world (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md)). Alternate translation: “whom God had imprisoned to await judgment” (2) the place where sinful people go when they die. Alternate translation: “in hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 20 qxah figs-ellipsis ἀπειθήσασίν 1 when the patience of God was waiting Peter is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “having disobeyed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-metonymy ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία 1 the patience of God Peter uses **patience of God** figuratively to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε, κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “during the time of Noah, when he was building an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when Noah was constructing an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 21 jti3 δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ Alternate translation: “because of the resurrection of Jesus Christ.” This phrase completes the thought, “This is a symbol of the baptism that saves you now” 1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God To be at the **right hand of God** is a symbol that God has given Jesus greatest honor and authority over all others. Alternate translation: “who is beside God in the place of honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ 1 after … had been subjected to him Alternate translation: “when … had submitted to Jesus Christ” From b75eb8c2a235d39f85206e80adccad68ffb4692f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 18:37:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 190/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index cd7288fef5..ce9535918c 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -342,6 +342,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 19 zpyr figs-metaphor ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Here Peter uses **prison** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) a place where God imprisoned certain evil spirits whom he will judge when he judges the whole world (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md)). Alternate translation: “whom God had imprisoned to await judgment” (2) the place where sinful people go when they die. Alternate translation: “in hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 20 qxah figs-ellipsis ἀπειθήσασίν 1 when the patience of God was waiting Peter is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “having disobeyed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-metonymy ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία 1 the patience of God Peter uses **patience of God** figuratively to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 3 20 yyth figs-metonymy ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε 1 Here Peter uses **days** figuratively to refer to the time period when Noah was alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time of Noah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when Noah was constructing an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 21 jti3 δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ Alternate translation: “because of the resurrection of Jesus Christ.” This phrase completes the thought, “This is a symbol of the baptism that saves you now” 1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God To be at the **right hand of God** is a symbol that God has given Jesus greatest honor and authority over all others. Alternate translation: “who is beside God in the place of honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 59f5377f71ac1ed848bff5082628026a40cd436d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 15:12:56 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 191/229] Added "Alternate translation:" labels to Romans notes, and one stray Jeremiah note --- en_tn_24-JER.tsv | 2 +- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 246 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 2 files changed, 124 insertions(+), 124 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_24-JER.tsv b/en_tn_24-JER.tsv index 3c5830f245..a5803ebfd6 100644 --- a/en_tn_24-JER.tsv +++ b/en_tn_24-JER.tsv @@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ JER 8 11 a894 0 General Information: The words “they,” “their” and “ JER 8 11 f7ex 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues giving Jeremiah his message to the people of Judah. JER 8 11 t6ta figs-metaphor 0 They healed the wounds of my people lightly This could mean: (1) the wounds represent the problems the people have as a result of their sin. Alternate translation: “They act as though my people’s problems are not serious, like small wounds” or (2) the wounds represent the people’s sin. Alternate translation: “They act as though my people’s sins are not serious, like small wounds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 8 11 t1ge figs-metaphor 0 They healed the wounds … lightly Here “lightly” represents treating the wounds as if they were not serious, as if they were not difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JER 8 11 mjy3 0 Alternate translation: “Peace, Peace,” when there was no peace “‘All is well, All is well,’ but it was not well” +JER 8 11 mjy3 0 “Peace, Peace,” when there was no peace Alternate translation: “‘All is well, All is well,’ but it was not well” JER 8 12 j556 figs-rquestion 0 Were they ashamed when they practiced abominations? God uses this question to show his anger that the people were not ashamed of their sins. Alternate translation: “They committed terrible sins, and they were not ashamed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JER 8 12 a8qy 0 they did not know how to blush “their faces did not even turn red.” When a person is ashamed, his face normally turns red. JER 8 12 m1ix figs-metaphor 0 they will fall among the fallen Here “fall” represents being killed. Alternate translation: “they will be killed along with the others who are killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0829b10062..bc0f6d0707 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1153,86 +1153,86 @@ ROM 7 7 k1jj figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? 1 What will we say th ROM 7 7 erx6 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “Of course that is not true!” This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md). ROM 7 7 zl8m figs-personification τὴν ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔγνων, εἰ μὴ διὰ νόμου 1 I would never have known sin, if it were not through the law Paul is speaking of **sin** as if it were a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 8 mz77 figs-personification ἀφορμὴν δὲ λαβοῦσα ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, κατειργάσατο ἐν ἐμοὶ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν; 1 But sin took the opportunity … brought about every lust Paul continues comparing sin to a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 8 r5i2 χωρὶς…νόμου, ἁμαρτία νεκρά 1 without the law, sin is dead “if there were no law, there would be no breaking of the law, so there would be no sin” +ROM 7 8 r5i2 χωρὶς…νόμου, ἁμαρτία νεκρά 1 without the law, sin is dead Alternate translation: “if there were no law, there would be no breaking of the law, so there would be no sin” ROM 7 9 q9le figs-personification ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησεν 1 sin regained life This could mean: (1) Paul realized that he was sinning. (2) Paul strongly desired to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 10 yu1u figs-metaphor εὑρέθη μοι ἡ ἐντολὴ, ἡ εἰς ζωὴν, αὕτη εἰς θάνατον. 1 The commandment that was to bring life turned out to be death for me Paul speaks of God’s **commandment** as if it resulted primarily in physical death. Alternate translation: “God gave me the commandment so I would live, but it killed me instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 11 r582 figs-personification ἡ γὰρ ἁμαρτία ἀφορμὴν λαβοῦσα διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, ἐξηπάτησέν με καὶ δι’ αὐτῆς ἀπέκτεινεν 1 For sin took the opportunity through the commandment and deceived me. Through the commandment it killed me As in [Romans 7:7-8](./07.md), Paul is describing **sin** as a person who can do three things: take the opportunity, deceive, and kill. Alternate translation: “Because I wanted to sin, I deceived myself into thinking that I could sin and obey the commandment at the same time, but God punished me for disobeying the commandment by separating me from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 11 qi99 ἡ…ἁμαρτία 1 sin “my desire to sin” +ROM 7 11 qi99 ἡ…ἁμαρτία 1 sin Alternate translation: “my desire to sin” ROM 7 11 f6sx figs-metaphor ἀπέκτεινεν 1 it killed me Paul speaks of sin as if it resulted primarily in physical death. Alternate translation: “it separated me from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 13 cz5k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about the struggle inside his inner man between sin in his inner man and his mind with the law of God—between sin and good. ROM 7 13 us69 οὖν 1 So Paul is introducing a new topic. ROM 7 13 e1bx figs-rquestion τὸ…ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος? 1 did what is good become death to me? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 7 13 g451 τὸ…ἀγαθὸν 1 what is good This refers to God’s law. -ROM 7 13 qwe9 ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος 1 become death to me “did … cause me to die” +ROM 7 13 qwe9 ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος 1 become death to me Alternate translation: “did … cause me to die” ROM 7 13 hgm6 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο! 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “Of course that is not true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 7 13 m4l5 figs-personification ἡ ἁμαρτία…μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον; 1 sin … brought about death in me Paul is viewing **sin** as though it were a person who could act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 13 pnq6 μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον 1 brought about death in me “separated me from God” -ROM 7 13 a6zb διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 through the commandment “because I disobeyed the commandment” +ROM 7 13 pnq6 μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον 1 brought about death in me Alternate translation: “separated me from God” +ROM 7 13 a6zb διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 through the commandment Alternate translation: “because I disobeyed the commandment” ROM 7 15 udc8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about the struggle inside his inner man between his flesh and the law of God—between sin and good. -ROM 7 15 u3av ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι, οὐ γινώσκω 1 For what I do, I do not really understand “I am not sure why I do some of the things that I do” -ROM 7 15 hv9g ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι 1 For what I do “Because what I do” +ROM 7 15 u3av ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι, οὐ γινώσκω 1 For what I do, I do not really understand Alternate translation: “I am not sure why I do some of the things that I do” +ROM 7 15 hv9g ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι 1 For what I do Alternate translation: “Because what I do” ROM 7 15 az2z figs-hyperbole οὐ…ὃ θέλω, τοῦτο πράσσω 2 what I want to do, this I do not do The words **I do not do** are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does not do what he wants to do as often as he would like or that he does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: “I do not always do what I want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 7 15 zv5l figs-hyperbole ὃ μισῶ, τοῦτο ποιῶ. 1 what I hate, this I do The words **I do**, which implies that he always does what he hates to do, are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: “the things that I know are not good are the things that I sometimes do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ROM 7 16 y26s εἰ δὲ ὃ οὐ θέλω, τοῦτο ποιῶ 1 But if I do “However, if I do what I do not want to do” -ROM 7 16 q3b5 σύνφημι τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι καλός 1 I agree with the law “I know God’s law is good” +ROM 7 16 y26s εἰ δὲ ὃ οὐ θέλω, τοῦτο ποιῶ 1 But if I do Alternate translation: “However, if I do what I do not want to do” +ROM 7 16 q3b5 σύνφημι τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι καλός 1 I agree with the law Alternate translation: “I know God’s law is good” ROM 7 17 f6n8 figs-personification ἡ ἐνοικοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία 1 the sin that lives in me Paul describes **sin** as a living being that has the power to influence him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 18 p1c1 figs-metonymy τῇ σαρκί μου 1 my flesh Here, **flesh** is a metonym for the sinful nature. Alternate translation: “my sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 7 19 ri3b ἀγαθόν 1 the good “the good deeds” or “the good actions” -ROM 7 19 j69g κακὸν 1 the evil “the evil deeds” or “the evil actions” +ROM 7 19 ri3b ἀγαθόν 1 the good Alternate translation: “the good deeds” or “the good actions” +ROM 7 19 j69g κακὸν 1 the evil Alternate translation: “the evil deeds” or “the evil actions” ROM 7 20 afw6 figs-personification ἀλλὰ ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία 1 rather sin that lives in me Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 21 fbr9 figs-personification ὅτι ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται 1 that evil is actually present in me Paul speaks of **evil** here as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 22 m13q figs-metaphor τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 1 the inner man This refers to the newly-revived spirit of a person who trusts in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 23 clu4 βλέπω δὲ ἕτερον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου, ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου, καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζοντά με 1 But I see a different principle in my body parts. It fights against that new principle in my mind. It takes me captive “But I am able only to do what my old nature tells me to do, not to live the new way the Spirit shows me” +ROM 7 23 clu4 βλέπω δὲ ἕτερον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου, ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου, καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζοντά με 1 But I see a different principle in my body parts. It fights against that new principle in my mind. It takes me captive Alternate translation: “But I am able only to do what my old nature tells me to do, not to live the new way the Spirit shows me” ROM 7 23 t7yh τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου 1 new principle This refers to the new spiritually-alive nature. ROM 7 23 fct8 ἕτερον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου 1 a different principle in my body parts This refers to the old nature, the way people are when they are born. -ROM 7 23 u4ny τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου 1 the principle of sin that is in my body parts “my sinful nature” +ROM 7 23 u4ny τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου 1 the principle of sin that is in my body parts Alternate translation: “my sinful nature” ROM 7 24 h8l8 figs-rquestion τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου? 1 Who will deliver me from this body of death? Paul uses this question to express great emotion. If your language has a way of showing great emotion through an exclamation or a question, use it here. Alternate translation: “I want someone to set me free from the control of what my body desires!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 7 24 nu6u με ῥύσεται 1 deliver me “will rescue me” +ROM 7 24 nu6u με ῥύσεται 1 deliver me Alternate translation: “will rescue me” ROM 7 24 md8e figs-metaphor τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου 1 this body of death This is a metaphor that means a **body** that will experience physical **death**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 25 w9ui χάρις τῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord This is the answer to the question in 7:24. ROM 7 25 adx1 figs-metaphor ἄρα οὖν αὐτὸς ἐγὼ, τῷ μὲν νοῒ δουλεύω νόμῳ Θεοῦ; τῇ δὲ σαρκὶ, νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας 1 So then, I myself serve the law of God with my mind. However, with the flesh I serve the principle of sin The mind and flesh are used here to show how they compare to serve either the **law of God** or the principle of **sin**. With the mind or intellect one can choose to please and obey God and with the flesh or physical nature to serve sin. Alternate translation: “My mind chooses to please God, but my flesh chooses to obey sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 intro ev4r 0 # Romans 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The first verse of this chapter is a transitional sentence. Paul concludes his teaching of Chapter 7 and leads into the words of Chapter 8.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 36. Paul quotes these words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Indwelling of the Spirit

The Holy Spirit is said to live inside a person or inside their heart. If the Spirit is present, this signifies that a person is saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### “These are sons of God”

Jesus is the Son of God in a unique way. God also adopts Christians to be his children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]])

### Predestination

Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches on a subject known as “predestination.” This is related to the biblical concept of “predestine.” Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some to be eternally saved. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter, especially with regards to elements of causation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Paul poetically presents his teaching in verses 38 and 39 in the form of an extended metaphor. He explains that nothing can separate a person from the love of God in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### No condemnation

This phrase must be translated carefully to avoid doctrinal confusion. People are still guilty of their sin. God disapproves of acting sinfully, even after believing in Jesus. God still punishes the sins of believers, but Jesus has paid the punishment for their sin. This is what Paul expresses here. The word “condemn” has several possible meanings. Here Paul emphasizes that people who believe in Jesus are no longer punished eternally for their sin by being “condemned to hell.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])

### Flesh

This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]]) ROM 8 1 xq2y 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives the answer to the struggle he has with sin and good. ROM 8 1 xw65 figs-explicit οὐδὲν ἄρα νῦν κατάκριμα τοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 There is therefore now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus Here, **condemnation** refers to punishing people. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn and punish those who are joined to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 1 i12t ἄρα 1 therefore “for that reason” or “because what I have just told you is true” +ROM 8 1 i12t ἄρα 1 therefore Alternate translation: “for that reason” or “because what I have just told you is true” ROM 8 2 x8uu figs-explicit ὁ…νόμος τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus Here, **the Spirit of life** refers to God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “the working of the Holy Spirit in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 2 th4n figs-metaphor ἠλευθέρωσέν σε ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 has set you free from the law of sin and death Being **set free** from **the law of sin and death** is a metaphor for not being controlled by the law of sin and death. Alternate translation: “has caused the law of sin and death to no longer control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 2 u82e τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 the law of sin and death This could mean: (1) the **law** of Moses, which provokes people to sin, and their sin causes them to die. Alternate translation: “the law which causes sin and death” (2) Paul is stating the principle that people **sin** and die. ROM 8 3 j98t figs-personification τὸ γὰρ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου, ἐν ᾧ ἠσθένει διὰ τῆς σαρκός, ὁ Θεὸς 1 For what the law was unable to do because it was weak through the flesh, God did Here the **law** is described as a person who could not break the power of sin. Alternate translation: “For the law did not have the power to stop us from sinning, because the power of sin within us was too strong. But God did stop us from sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 8 3 etf2 διὰ τῆς σαρκός 1 through the flesh “because of people’s sinful nature” +ROM 8 3 etf2 διὰ τῆς σαρκός 1 through the flesh Alternate translation: “because of people’s sinful nature” ROM 8 3 p4qq τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Υἱὸν πέμψας, ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας, κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 He … sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh … an offering for sin … he condemned sin The **Son** of God forever satisfied God’s holy anger against our sin by giving his own body and human life as the eternal sacrifice for sin. ROM 8 3 csl8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν 1 Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ROM 8 3 uf94 ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας 1 in the likeness of sinful flesh “who looked like any other sinful human being” -ROM 8 3 hfr2 καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 to be an offering for sin “so that he could die as a sacrifice for our sins” -ROM 8 3 es29 κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐν τῇ σαρκί 1 he condemned sin in the flesh “God broke the power of sin through the body of his Son” +ROM 8 3 uf94 ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας 1 in the likeness of sinful flesh Alternate translation: “who looked like any other sinful human being” +ROM 8 3 hfr2 καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 to be an offering for sin Alternate translation: “so that he could die as a sacrifice for our sins” +ROM 8 3 es29 κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐν τῇ σαρκί 1 he condemned sin in the flesh Alternate translation: “God broke the power of sin through the body of his Son” ROM 8 4 j9ff figs-activepassive τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου πληρωθῇ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “we might fulfill what the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 4 acc4 figs-metaphor τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν 1 we who walk not according to the flesh Here, **walking** on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Alternate translation: “we who do not obey our sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 4 bgg7 figs-idiom τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν 1 Here, **flesh** is an idiom for sinful human nature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 8 4 a5t4 ἀλλὰ κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 but according to the Spirit “but who obey the Holy Spirit” +ROM 8 4 a5t4 ἀλλὰ κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 but according to the Spirit Alternate translation: “but who obey the Holy Spirit” ROM 8 6 y6p7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to contrast the flesh with the Spirit we now have. ROM 8 6 vyw4 figs-personification τὸ…φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς…τὸ δὲ φρόνημα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the mind set on the flesh … the mind set on the Spirit Here Paul speaks of both the **mind of the flesh** and the **mind of the Spirit** as if they were living persons. Alternate translation: “the way sinful people think … the way people who listen to the Holy Spirit think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 8 8 me7u οἱ…ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες 1 Those who are in the flesh This refers to people who do what their sinful nature tells them to do. ROM 8 9 czm9 ἐν σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh “acting according to your sinful natures.” See how **the flesh** was translated in [Romans 8:5](../08/05.md). -ROM 8 9 e54u ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit “acting according to the Holy Spirit” +ROM 8 9 e54u ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit Alternate translation: “acting according to the Holy Spirit” ROM 8 9 p55f Πνεύματι,…Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ…Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ 1 Spirit … God’s Spirit … Spirit of Christ These all refer to the Holy **Spirit**. ROM 8 9 bei3 εἴπερ 1 if it is true that This phrase does not mean Paul doubts that some of them have God’s Spirit. Paul wants them to realize that they all have God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” ROM 8 10 q8be figs-explicit εἰ…Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If Christ is in you How **Christ** lives in a person could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “If Christ lives in you through the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 10 e6g9 figs-idiom τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διὰ ἁμαρτίαν 1 the body is dead with respect to sin This could mean: (1) a person is spiritually **dead** to the power of sin. (2) the physical **body** will still die because of sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 8 10 yb1b figs-idiom τὸ δὲ Πνεῦμα ζωὴ διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 the spirit is alive with respect to righteousness This could mean: (1) a person is spiritually **alive** because God has given him power to do what is right. (2) God will bring the person back to life after he dies because God is righteous and gives believers eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 8 11 jlc9 εἰ δὲ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If the Spirit … lives in you Paul assumes that the Holy Spirit lives in his readers. Alternate translation: “Since the Spirit of the one who raised Jesus from the dead lives in you” -ROM 8 11 b9pu τοῦ ἐγείραντος 1 of him who raised “of God, who raised” +ROM 8 11 b9pu τοῦ ἐγείραντος 1 of him who raised Alternate translation: “of God, who raised” ROM 8 11 jr6p figs-idiom ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 raised Jesus Here “to raise” is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “who caused Jesus to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 8 11 t27d τὰ θνητὰ σώματα ὑμῶν 1 mortal bodies “your physical bodies” or “your bodies, which will die someday” -ROM 8 12 mv1r ἄρα οὖν 1 So then “Because what I have just told you is true” +ROM 8 11 t27d τὰ θνητὰ σώματα ὑμῶν 1 mortal bodies Alternate translation: “your physical bodies” or “your bodies, which will die someday” +ROM 8 12 mv1r ἄρα οὖν 1 So then Alternate translation: “Because what I have just told you is true” ROM 8 12 qw5b ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. ROM 8 12 e3j8 figs-metaphor ὀφειλέται ἐσμέν 1 we are debtors Paul is speaking of obedience as if it were paying back a debt. Alternate translation: “we need to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 12 fb3m figs-ellipsis οὐ τῇ σαρκὶ, τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν 1 but not to the flesh to live according to the flesh You can include the implied word “debtors.” Alternate translation: “but we are not debtors to the flesh, and we do not have to obey our sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 8 13 ri75 εἰ γὰρ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆτε 1 For if you live according to the flesh “Because if you live only to please your sinful desires” -ROM 8 13 b9n5 μέλλετε ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 you are about to die “you will certainly be separated from God” +ROM 8 13 ri75 εἰ γὰρ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆτε 1 For if you live according to the flesh Alternate translation: “Because if you live only to please your sinful desires” +ROM 8 13 b9n5 μέλλετε ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 you are about to die Alternate translation: “you will certainly be separated from God” ROM 8 13 ld2h figs-metaphor εἰ δὲ Πνεύματι τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος θανατοῦτε 1 but if by the Spirit you put to death the body’s actions Paul speaks of not doing sinful **deeds** as putting them to death. Alternate translation: “but if by the power of the Holy Spirit you stop obeying your sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 14 u8pv figs-activepassive ὅσοι γὰρ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἄγονται 1 For as many as are led by the Spirit of God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For all the people whom the Spirit of God leads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 14 gd1i υἱοί Θεοῦ 1 sons of God Here, **sons of God** refers to all believers in Jesus. -ROM 8 15 ecq3 ἐν ᾧ κράζομεν 1 by which we cry “who causes us to cry out” +ROM 8 15 ecq3 ἐν ᾧ κράζομεν 1 by which we cry Alternate translation: “who causes us to cry out” ROM 8 15 vxs9 translate-unknown Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 Abba, Father **Abba** is the word for **Father** in the Aramaic language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ROM 8 17 fj7w figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι μὲν Θεοῦ 1 heirs of God Paul speaks of the Christian believers as if they will inherit property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “we also will one day receive what God has promised us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 17 q751 figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοι…Χριστοῦ 1 we are joint heirs with Christ Paul speaks of the Christian believers as if they will inherit property and wealth from a family member. God will give to us what he gives to Christ. Alternate translation: “we will also receive what God has promised us and Christ together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1255,26 +1255,26 @@ ROM 8 23 qsb9 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ σώματο ROM 8 24 x4gi figs-activepassive τῇ γὰρ ἐλπίδι ἐσώθημεν 1 For in this certain hope we were saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For God saved us because we hoped in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 24 tks9 figs-rquestion ἐλπὶς δὲ βλεπομένη, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐλπίς; ὃ γὰρ βλέπει τις, ἐλπίζει? 1 Now hope that is seen is not hope. For who hopes for what he can see? Paul uses a question to help his audience understand what **hope** is. Alternate translation: “But if we are confidently waiting, that means we do not yet have what we want. No one can confidently wait if he already has what he wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 8 26 h8jy 0 Connecting Statement: Though Paul has been emphasizing that there is a struggle in believers between the flesh and the Spirit, he affirms that the Spirit is aiding us. -ROM 8 26 jmp8 στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις 1 inexpressible groans “with groanings that we cannot express in words” +ROM 8 26 jmp8 στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις 1 inexpressible groans Alternate translation: “with groanings that we cannot express in words” ROM 8 27 tq4n ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 He who searches the hearts Here, **the one** refers to God. ROM 8 27 tz5h figs-metonymy ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “God, who searches all our thoughts and feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 8 27 v184 figs-metaphor ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 The phrase **searches the hearts** is a metaphor for examining thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “God, who knows all our thoughts and feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 28 w4rz 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers that nothing can separate them from God’s love. ROM 8 28 q3ce figs-activepassive τοῖς…κλητοῖς οὖσιν 2 for those who are called You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for those whom God chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 29 m3vv οὓς προέγνω 1 those whom he foreknew “those whom he knew before he even created them” -ROM 8 29 rg4t καὶ προώρισεν 1 he also predestined “he also made it their destiny” or “he also planned in advance for them” +ROM 8 29 m3vv οὓς προέγνω 1 those whom he foreknew Alternate translation: “those whom he knew before he even created them” +ROM 8 29 rg4t καὶ προώρισεν 1 he also predestined Alternate translation: “he also made it their destiny” or “he also planned in advance for them” ROM 8 29 xhn2 figs-activepassive συμμόρφους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 to be conformed to the image of his Son God planned from before the beginning of creation to grow those who believe in Jesus, the **Son** of God, into persons who are like Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that he would change them to be like his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 29 yuw2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ROM 8 29 lf49 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν πρωτότοκον 1 that he might be the firstborn “so that his Son would be the firstborn” +ROM 8 29 lf49 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν πρωτότοκον 1 that he might be the firstborn Alternate translation: “so that his Son would be the firstborn” ROM 8 29 s552 figs-explicit ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 among many brothers Here, **brothers** refers to all believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “among many brothers and sisters who belong to the family of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 30 hg3f οὓς…προώρισεν 1 Those whom he predestined “those whom God made plans for in advance” +ROM 8 30 hg3f οὓς…προώρισεν 1 Those whom he predestined Alternate translation: “those whom God made plans for in advance” ROM 8 30 g1y3 figs-explicit τούτους καὶ ἐδικαίωσεν 1 these he also justified Here, **justified** is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “these he also put right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 30 g29g figs-explicit τούτους καὶ ἐδόξασεν 1 these he also glorified The word **glorified** is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “these he will also glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 31 xpu3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν πρὸς ταῦτα? εἰ ὁ Θεὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, τίς καθ’ ἡμῶν? 1 What then shall we say about these things? If God is for us, who is against us? Paul uses questions to emphasize the main point of what he said previously. Alternate translation: “This is what we should know from all of this: since God is helping us, no one can defeat us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 8 32 l73i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὅς γε τοῦ ἰδίου Υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 He who did not spare his own Son God the Father sent the Son of God, Jesus Christ, to the cross as the holy, infinite sacrifice necessary to satisfy God’s infinite, holy nature against the sin of humanity. Here, **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ROM 8 32 b3au ἀλλὰ…παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 but delivered him up “but put him under the control of his enemies” +ROM 8 32 b3au ἀλλὰ…παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 but delivered him up Alternate translation: “but put him under the control of his enemies” ROM 8 32 gk4l figs-rquestion πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται? 1 how will he not also with him freely give us all things? Paul is using a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “he will certainly and freely give us all things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 8 32 rib2 πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται 1 freely give us all things “he will certainly also kindly give us all things” +ROM 8 32 rib2 πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται 1 freely give us all things Alternate translation: “he will certainly also kindly give us all things” ROM 8 33 vr1b figs-rquestion τίς ἐγκαλέσει κατὰ ἐκλεκτῶν Θεοῦ? Θεὸς ὁ δικαιῶν. 1 Who will bring any accusation against God’s chosen ones? God is the one who justifies Paul uses a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “No one can accuse us before God because he is the one who makes us right with him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 8 34 vt5r figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κατακρινῶν? 1 Who is the one who condemns? Paul uses a question for emphasis. He does not expect an answer. Alternate translation: “No one will condemn us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 8 34 vd8g translate-symaction ὅς, καί ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God To be **at the right hand of God** is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor beside God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) @@ -1290,44 +1290,44 @@ ROM 8 36 h6v7 figs-hyperbole θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέρ ROM 8 36 phxq figs-activepassive θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “our enemies continually seek to kill us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 36 g3pi figs-simile ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς 1 We were considered as sheep for the slaughter Here Paul compares to livestock those whom people kill because they are loyal to God. Alternate translation: “Our lives are considered of no more value to them than the sheep they kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 8 36 gmi0 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Our lives have no more value to them than the sheep they kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 37 iui3 ὑπερνικῶμεν 1 we are more than conquerors “we have complete victory” +ROM 8 37 iui3 ὑπερνικῶμεν 1 we are more than conquerors Alternate translation: “we have complete victory” ROM 8 37 wcm6 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 through the one who loved us You can make explicit the kind of love that Jesus showed. Alternate translation: “because of Jesus, who loved us so much he was willing to die for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 38 fch1 πέπεισμαι 1 I have been convinced “I am confident” +ROM 8 38 fch1 πέπεισμαι 1 I have been convinced Alternate translation: “I am confident” ROM 8 38 js9q ἀρχαὶ 1 governments This could refer to: (1) demons. (2) human kings and rulers. ROM 8 38 q7ti οὔτε δυνάμεις 1 nor powers This could refer to: (1) spiritual beings with power. (2) human beings with power. ROM 9 intro w6f4 0 # Romans 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In this chapter, Paul changes what he is teaching about. In Chapters 9-11, he focuses on the nation of Israel.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 25-29 and 33 of this chapter. Paul quotes all of these words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Flesh

Paul uses the word “flesh” in this chapter only to refer to Israelites, people physically descending from Abraham through Jacob, who God named Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])

In other chapters, Paul uses the word “brother” to mean fellow Christians. However, in this chapter, he uses “my brothers” to mean his kinsmen the Israelites.

Paul refers to those who believe in Jesus as “children of God” and “children of the promise.”

### Predestination

Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches extensively on a subject known as “predestination.” This is related to the biblical concept of “predestine.” Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to eternally save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Stone of stumbling

Paul explains that while some Gentiles accepted Jesus as their savior by believing in him, most Jews were trying to earn their salvation and so rejected Jesus. Paul, quoting the Old Testament, describes Jesus as a stone that the Jews stumble over when walking. This “stone of stumbling” causes them to “fall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “It is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel”

Paul uses the word “Israel” in this verse with two different meanings. The first “Israel” means the physical descendants of Abraham through Jacob. The second “Israel” means those who are God’s people through faith. The UST reflects this. ROM 9 1 b89f 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells of his personal desire that the people of the nation of Israel will be saved. Then he emphasizes the different ways in which God has prepared them to believe. ROM 9 1 yg93 figs-doublet ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I tell the truth in Christ. I do not lie These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is telling the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 9 1 h9mp συνμαρτυρούσης μοι τῆς συνειδήσεώς μου ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 my conscience bears witness with me in the Holy Spirit “the Holy Spirit controls my conscience and confirms what I say” +ROM 9 1 h9mp συνμαρτυρούσης μοι τῆς συνειδήσεώς μου ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 my conscience bears witness with me in the Holy Spirit Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit controls my conscience and confirms what I say” ROM 9 2 jx3a figs-idiom ὅτι λύπη μοί ἐστιν μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη τῇ καρδίᾳ μου 1 that for me there is great sorrow and unceasing pain in my heart Here, **unceasing pain in my heart** is an idiom that Paul uses to share his emotional distress. Alternate translation: “I tell you that I grieve very greatly and deeply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 9 2 jky1 figs-doublet λύπη…μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη 1 great sorrow and unceasing pain These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how great his emotions are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 9 3 rh5h figs-activepassive ηὐχόμην γὰρ ἀνάθεμα εἶναι αὐτὸς, ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 For I could wish that I myself would be cursed and set apart from Christ for the sake of my brothers, those of my own race according to the flesh You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I personally would be willing to let God curse me and, keep me apart from Christ forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 3 eg9b τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. -ROM 9 4 p1ys οἵτινές εἰσιν Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 They are Israelites “who, like me, are Israelites” +ROM 9 4 p1ys οἵτινές εἰσιν Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 They are Israelites Alternate translation: “who, like me, are Israelites” ROM 9 4 l6vs figs-metaphor ὧν ἡ υἱοθεσία 1 They have adoption Here Paul uses the metaphor of **adoption** to indicate that the Israelites are like God’s children. Alternate translation: “who have God as their father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 6 s2ma 0 Connecting Statement: Paul emphasizes that those who are born in the family of Israel can really only be a true part of Israel through faith. -ROM 9 6 equ8 οὐχ οἷον δὲ, ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 But it is not as though the promises of God have failed “But God has not failed to keep his promises” or “But God has kept his promises” +ROM 9 6 equ8 οὐχ οἷον δὲ, ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 But it is not as though the promises of God have failed Alternate translation: “But God has not failed to keep his promises” or “But God has kept his promises” ROM 9 6 wy8z οὐ γὰρ πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ οὗτοι, Ἰσραήλ 1 For it is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel God did not make his promises to all the physical descendants of **Israel** (or Jacob), but to his spiritual descendants, that is, those who trust in Jesus. -ROM 9 7 s3rj οὐδ’ ὅτι εἰσὶν σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ πάντες τέκνα 1 Neither are all Abraham’s descendants truly his children “Nor are they all children of God just because they are Abraham’s descendants” +ROM 9 7 s3rj οὐδ’ ὅτι εἰσὶν σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ πάντες τέκνα 1 Neither are all Abraham’s descendants truly his children Alternate translation: “Nor are they all children of God just because they are Abraham’s descendants” ROM 9 8 s5xa figs-metonymy τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκὸς, 1 the children of the flesh are not Here, **children of the flesh** is a metonym that refers to the physical descendants of Abraham. Alternate translation: “all of Abraham’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 9 8 y17u figs-metaphor οὐ…ταῦτα τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 children of God The phrase **children of God** is a metaphor that refers to people who are spiritual descendants, those who have faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 8 ta8t τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 children of the promise The phrase **children of the promise** refers to people who will inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham. -ROM 9 9 up57 ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 this is the word of promise “these are the words God used when he made the promise” +ROM 9 9 up57 ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 this is the word of promise Alternate translation: “these are the words God used when he made the promise” ROM 9 9 wqb2 figs-activepassive ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός 1 a son will be given to Sarah You can translate this in an active form to express that God will give a son to Sarah. Alternate translation: “I will give Sarah a son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 10 mb5q figs-exclusive τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 our father Paul refers to Isaac as **our father** because Isaac was the ancestor of Paul and of the Jewish believers in Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 9 10 icc1 κοίτην, ἔχουσα 1 had conceived “had become pregnant” -ROM 9 11 h16y μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων, μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 for the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad “before the children were born and before they had done anything, whether good or bad” -ROM 9 11 a1gz ἵνα ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις τοῦ Θεοῦ μένῃ 1 so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand “so that what God wants to happen according to His choice will happen” -ROM 9 11 eez1 μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων 1 for the children were not yet born “before the children were born” -ROM 9 11 iw56 μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 had not yet done anything good or bad “not because of anything they had done” +ROM 9 10 icc1 κοίτην, ἔχουσα 1 had conceived Alternate translation: “had become pregnant” +ROM 9 11 h16y μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων, μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 for the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad Alternate translation: “before the children were born and before they had done anything, whether good or bad” +ROM 9 11 a1gz ἵνα ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις τοῦ Θεοῦ μένῃ 1 so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand Alternate translation: “so that what God wants to happen according to His choice will happen” +ROM 9 11 eez1 μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων 1 for the children were not yet born Alternate translation: “before the children were born” +ROM 9 11 iw56 μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 had not yet done anything good or bad Alternate translation: “not because of anything they had done” ROM 9 12 ze3m 0 Connecting Statement: It may be necessary in your language to place this verse between verse 10 and verse 11: “our father Isaac, it was said to her, ‘The older will serve the younger.’ Now the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad, but so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand—not because of actions, but because of him who calls. It is just” ROM 9 12 d6mr ἐκ τοῦ 1 because of him because of God -ROM 9 12 wv7n ἐρρέθη αὐτῇ, ὅτι ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι 1 it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.” “God said to Rebecca, ‘The older son will serve the younger son’” +ROM 9 12 wv7n ἐρρέθη αὐτῇ, ὅτι ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι 1 it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.” Alternate translation: “God said to Rebecca, ‘The older son will serve the younger son’” ROM 9 13 xt7t figs-hyperbole τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἠγάπησα, τὸν δὲ Ἠσαῦ ἐμίσησα 1 Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated The word **hated** is an exaggeration. God **loved** **Jacob** much more than he loved **Esau**. He did not literally hate Esau. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 9 14 m8xk figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? 1 What then will we say? Paul is using the question to get the attention of his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 9 14 s1hm μὴ γένοιτο! 1 May it never be “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. ROM 9 15 kq2c figs-metaphor τῷ Μωϋσεῖ γὰρ λέγει 1 For he says to Moses Paul speaks about God’s talking with **Moses** as if it is being done in the present time. Alternate translation: “For God said to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 16 d4f5 οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 it is not because of him who wills, nor because of him who runs “it is not because of what people want or because they try hard” +ROM 9 16 d4f5 οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 it is not because of him who wills, nor because of him who runs Alternate translation: “it is not because of what people want or because they try hard” ROM 9 16 ues3 figs-metaphor οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 nor because of him who runs Paul speaks of a person who does good things in order to gain God’s favor as if that person were running a race. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 17 x1cj figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ 1 For the scripture says Here the **scripture** is personified as if God were talking to Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “For the scripture records that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 9 17 xu7s ἐξήγειρά σε…ἐνδείξωμαι…μου 1 I … my Here the pronouns **I** and **my** refer to God as the speaker. @@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ ROM 9 18 a1uv ὃν δὲ θέλει, σκληρύνει 1 whom he wishes, he m ROM 9 19 z4j2 figs-you ἐρεῖς μοι οὖν 1 You will say then to me Paul is talking to the critics of his teaching as though he were only talking to one person. You may need to use the plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 9 19 bbe4 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἔτι μέμφεται? τῷ γὰρ βουλήματι αὐτοῦ, τίς ἀνθέστηκεν? 1 Why does he still find fault? For who has ever withstood his will? These rhetorical questions are complaints against God. You can translate them as strong statements. Alternate translation: “He should not find fault with us. No one has ever been able to withstand his will.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 9 19 hqr7 μέμφεται…αὐτοῦ 1 he … his The words **he** and **his** here refer to God. -ROM 9 19 n1ti τῷ…βουλήματι αὐτοῦ, τίς ἀνθέστηκεν 1 has … withstood his will “who has ever stopped him from doing what he wanted to do” +ROM 9 19 n1ti τῷ…βουλήματι αὐτοῦ, τίς ἀνθέστηκεν 1 has … withstood his will Alternate translation: “who has ever stopped him from doing what he wanted to do” ROM 9 20 arw8 figs-metaphor μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως? 1 Will what has been molded say to the one who molds it, “Why … way?” Paul uses the potter’s right to make any kind of container he wants from the clay as a metaphor for the creator’s right to do whatever he wants with his creation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 20 knb3 figs-rquestion μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως? 1 Paul asks questions to emphasize his point. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “What a person has molded should never say to the one who molds it, ‘Why did you make me this way?’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 9 20 wcj3 figs-rquestion τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 Why did you make me this way? This question is a rebuke and can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have made me this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1355,18 +1355,18 @@ ROM 9 24 t8rn ἐκάλεσεν 1 called Here, **called** means God has appoint ROM 9 25 eqc2 0 Connecting Statement: In this section Paul explains how Israel’s unbelief as a nation was told ahead of time by the prophet Hosea. ROM 9 25 ewb4 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει 1 As he says also in Hosea Here, **he** refers to God. Alternate translation: “As God says also in the book that Hosea wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 25 m82v translate-names τῷ Ὡσηὲ 1 Hosea **Hosea** was an Old Testament prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 9 25 gi5k καλέσω τὸν οὐ λαόν μου, λαόν μου 1 I will call my people who were not my people “I will choose for my people those who were not my people” +ROM 9 25 gi5k καλέσω τὸν οὐ λαόν μου, λαόν μου 1 I will call my people who were not my people Alternate translation: “I will choose for my people those who were not my people” ROM 9 25 yy15 figs-activepassive τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην 1 her beloved who was not beloved Here, **the one** refers to Hosea’s wife, Gomer, who represents the nation of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I will choose her whom I did not love to be one whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 26 qe9f υἱοὶ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 sons of the living God The word **living** may refer to the fact that God is the only true God, and not like the false idols. Alternate translation: “children of the true God” -ROM 9 27 zqi1 κράζει 1 cries out “calls out” +ROM 9 27 zqi1 κράζει 1 cries out Alternate translation: “calls out” ROM 9 27 k9j8 figs-simile ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης 1 as the sand of the sea Here Paul compares the number of the people of Israel to the number of grains of **sand** in the **sea**. Alternate translation: “too many to count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 9 27 wig1 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 will be saved Paul uses the word **saved** in a spiritual sense. If God saves a person, it means that through believing in Jesus’ death on the cross, God has forgiven him and rescued him from being punished for his sin. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 28 cm32 λόγον…ποιήσει Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth Here, **word** refers to how he has decided to punish people. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish people on the earth according to how he has said” ROM 9 29 dl9x figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ν ἐγενήθημεν 1 us … we Here the pronouns **us** and **we** refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 9 29 tk2e figs-explicit ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 we would be like Sodom, and we would have become like Gomorrah God killed all of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah because of their sin. Alternate translation: “we all would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom and Gomorrah” or “God would have destroyed all of us, like he destroyed the cities of Sodom and Gommorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 30 m5l2 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? 1 What will we say then? Paul uses this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “This is what we must say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 9 30 ki4k ὅτι ἔθνη 1 That the Gentiles “We will say that the Gentiles” -ROM 9 30 bnl6 τὰ μὴ διώκοντα δικαιοσύνην 1 who were not pursuing righteousness “who were not trying to please God” +ROM 9 30 ki4k ὅτι ἔθνη 1 That the Gentiles Alternate translation: “We will say that the Gentiles” +ROM 9 30 bnl6 τὰ μὴ διώκοντα δικαιοσύνην 1 who were not pursuing righteousness Alternate translation: “who were not trying to please God” ROM 9 30 gl4m figs-explicit δικαιοσύνην…τὴν ἐκ πίστεως 1 the righteousness by faith Here, **by faith** refers to placing one’s trust in Christ. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “because God made them right with him when they trusted in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 31 f18n figs-explicit εἰς νόμον οὐκ ἔφθασεν 1 did not arrive at it This means that the Israelites could not please God by trying to keep **the law**. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “were not able to please God by keeping the law because they could not keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 32 y4pf figs-ellipsis διὰ τί? 1 Why not? This is an ellipsis. You can include the implied words in your translation. Alternate translation: “Why could they not attain righteousness?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -1382,20 +1382,20 @@ ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatt ROM 10 1 pi37 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues stating his desire for Israel to believe but emphasizes that both those who are Jews as well as everyone else can only be saved by faith in Jesus. ROM 10 1 hj4b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women. ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions or inner being. Alternate translation: “my greatest desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 1 tmf2 ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 is for them, for their salvation “is that God will save the Jews” -ROM 10 2 y7qg μαρτυρῶ…αὐτοῖς 1 I testify about them “I declare truthfully about them” +ROM 10 1 tmf2 ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 is for them, for their salvation Alternate translation: “is that God will save the Jews” +ROM 10 2 y7qg μαρτυρῶ…αὐτοῖς 1 I testify about them Alternate translation: “I declare truthfully about them” ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-explicit ἀγνοοῦντες γὰρ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 For they do not know of God’s righteousness Here, **righteousness** refers to the way God puts people right with himself. You can make this explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “For they do not know how God puts people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 3 a6r4 τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν 1 They did not submit to the righteousness of God “they did not accept God’s way of putting people right with himself” -ROM 10 4 x1w8 τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law “For Christ completely fulfilled the law” +ROM 10 3 a6r4 τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν 1 They did not submit to the righteousness of God Alternate translation: “they did not accept God’s way of putting people right with himself” +ROM 10 4 x1w8 τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law Alternate translation: “For Christ completely fulfilled the law” ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-explicit εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes Here, **believes** means “trusts.” Alternate translation: “in order that he may make everyone who trusts in him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 5 qby2 τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law “how the law makes a person right before God” +ROM 10 5 qby2 τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Alternate translation: “how the law makes a person right before God” ROM 10 5 wjn6 figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: “The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. (2) mortal life in fellowship with God. ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here, **righteousness** is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-you μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is able to go up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 10 6 gi7s τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down “in order that they might have Christ come down to earth” +ROM 10 6 gi7s τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down Alternate translation: “in order that they might have Christ come down to earth” ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον? 1 Who will descend into the abyss Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No person can go down and enter the place where the spirits of dead persons are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 7 iw13 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. ROM 10 7 t8dd νεκρῶν 1 dead Here, **the dead** speaks of physical death. @@ -1404,8 +1404,8 @@ ROM 10 8 sen1 figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί λέγει? 1 Paul uses a question ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-personification ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν 1 The word is near you Paul speaks of God’s word as if it were a person who can move. Alternate translation: “You have heard the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your mouth The word **mouth** is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “You can hear and know how to speak and think about God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your heart The phrase **in your heart** is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: “and you know what it means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 8 lh5d τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith “God’s message that tells us that we must believe in him” -ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, Κύριον Ἰησοῦν 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord “if you verbally confess that Jesus is Lord” +ROM 10 8 lh5d τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith Alternate translation: “God’s message that tells us that we must believe in him” +ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, Κύριον Ἰησοῦν 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord Alternate translation: “if you verbally confess that Jesus is Lord” ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner person. Alternate translation: “believe in your mind” or “truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead Here, **raised** here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 10 9 c3cq figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@ ROM 10 16 hku8 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν 1 not all of them obeyed ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Lord, so many of them do not believe our message.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 16 z4s9 τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, **our** refers to God and Isaiah. ROM 10 17 wu5a ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Here, **faith** refers to “believing in Christ” -ROM 10 17 nq87 ἡ…ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 2 hearing by the word of Christ “hearing by listening to the message about Christ” +ROM 10 17 nq87 ἡ…ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 2 hearing by the word of Christ Alternate translation: “hearing by listening to the message about Christ” ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? μενοῦνγε 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 10 18 g4vd figs-personification εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 The word **their** refers to the sun, moon, and stars. Here they are described as human messengers that tell people about God. This refers to how their existence shows God’s power and glory. Alternate translation: “The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God’s power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -1436,30 +1436,30 @@ ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ROM 10 19 zyw0 figs-metonymy ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 The word **Israel** is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-explicit πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” This means that Moses wrote down what God said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 vxzz figs-you ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 Both instances of **I** refer to God, and **you** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “God will provoke you … God will stir you up to anger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ROM 10 19 ve6t ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation “by those you do not consider to be a real nation” or “by people who do not belong to any nation” +ROM 10 19 ve6t ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation Alternate translation: “by those you do not consider to be a real nation” or “by people who do not belong to any nation” ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here, **without understanding** means that the people do not know God. Alternate translation: “by a nation with people who do not know me or my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 19 g7zt παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 I will stir you up to anger “I will make you angry” or “I will cause you to become angry” +ROM 10 19 g7zt παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 I will stir you up to anger Alternate translation: “I will make you angry” or “I will cause you to become angry” ROM 10 19 a7k7 figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 you Here, **you** refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 10 20 qcx2 0 General Information: Here the words **I**, “me,” and “my” refer to God. ROM 10 20 cv1x Ἠσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says This means the prophet **Isaiah** wrote what God had said. ROM 10 20 fc4b εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν 1 I was found by those who did not seek me Prophets often speak of things in the future as if they have already happened. This emphasizes that the prophecy will certainly come true. ROM 10 20 u60f figs-activepassive εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Even though the Gentile people will not look for me, they will find me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 10 20 t78j ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην 1 I appeared “I made myself known” +ROM 10 20 t78j ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην 1 I appeared Alternate translation: “I made myself known” ROM 10 20 k8pp λέγει 1 he says **He** refers to God, who is speaking through Isaiah. ROM 10 21 hw4w ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long This phrase is used to emphasize God’s continual effort. “Continually” ROM 10 21 il8s translate-symaction ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people The action of reaching out a hand represents offering help to a person. Alternate translation: “I tried to welcome you and to help you, but you refused my help and continued to disobey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ROM 11 intro e9qz 0 # Romans 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-10, 26-27, and 34-35, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Grafting

Paul uses the image of “grafting” to refer to the place of the Gentiles and Jews in the plans of God. Making one plant to be permanently part of another plant is called “grafting.” Paul uses the picture of God grafting the Gentiles as a wild branch into his saving plans. But God has not forgotten about the Jews, who are spoken of as the natural plant. God will also save Jews who believe in Jesus.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Did God reject his people? May it never be”

Whether Israel (the physical descendants of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob) has a future in the plans of God, or if they have been replaced in the plans of God by the church, is a major theological issue in Chapters 9-11. This phrase is an important part of this section of Romans. It seems to indicate that Israel remains distinct from the church. Not all scholars arrive at this conclusion. Despite their currently rejecting Jesus as their Messiah, Israel has not exhausted the grace and mercy of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]]) ROM 11 1 p2h9 0 Connecting Statement: Though Israel as a nation has rejected God, God wants them to understand salvation comes by grace without works. -ROM 11 1 wp35 λέγω οὖν 1 I say then “I, Paul, say then” +ROM 11 1 wp35 λέγω οὖν 1 I say then Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say then” ROM 11 1 p4zd figs-rquestion μὴ ἀπώσατο ὁ Θεὸς τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ? 1 did God reject his people? Paul asks this question so that he can answer the questions of other Jews who are upset that God has included the Gentiles among his people, while the hearts of the Jewish people have been hardened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 1 wqu2 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md). ROM 11 1 bc4g φυλῆς Βενιαμείν 1 tribe of Benjamin This refers to the **tribe** descended from **Benjamin**, one of the 12 tribes into which God divided the people of Israel. -ROM 11 2 h4qe ὃν προέγνω 1 whom he foreknew “whom he knew ahead of time” +ROM 11 2 h4qe ὃν προέγνω 1 whom he foreknew Alternate translation: “whom he knew ahead of time” ROM 11 2 cjp6 figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ἐν Ἠλείᾳ τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή, ὡς ἐντυγχάνει τῷ Θεῷ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ? 1 Do you not know what the scripture says about Elijah, how he pleaded with God against Israel? You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you know what the Scriptures record about when Elijah pleaded with God against Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 2 dd1e figs-personification τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή 1 what the scripture says Paul is referring to the **scriptures** as if they were able to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 11 3 fh9i ἀπέκτειναν 1 they have killed Here, **they** refers to the people of Israel. ROM 11 3 ut1s κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος 1 I alone am left The pronoun **I** here refers to Elijah. -ROM 11 3 dv5u ζητοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν μου 1 seeking my life “they want to kill me” +ROM 11 3 dv5u ζητοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν μου 1 seeking my life Alternate translation: “they want to kill me” ROM 11 4 rj4e figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ χρηματισμός? 1 But what does God’s answer say to him? Paul is using this question to bring the reader to his next point. Alternate translation: “How does God answer him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 4 x6e9 αὐτῷ 1 him The pronoun **him** refers to Elijah. ROM 11 5 ce2r λῖμμα 1 remnant Here this means a small part of people whom God chose to receive his grace. @@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ ROM 11 9 kpg8 figs-metonymy γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν ε ROM 11 9 l6re figs-metaphor γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 Here, **net** and **trap** are metaphors that represent punishment. Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 9 x0wl figs-activepassive γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Please, God, make their feasts like a trap that catches them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 9 ya1g figs-metaphor σκάνδαλον 1 a stumbling block A **stumbling block** is anything that causes a person to trip so that he falls down. Here it represents something that tempts a person to sin. Alternate translation: “something that tempts them to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 9 xex5 ἀνταπόδομα αὐτοῖς 1 a retribution for them “something that allows you to take revenge on them” +ROM 11 9 xex5 ἀνταπόδομα αὐτοῖς 1 a retribution for them Alternate translation: “something that allows you to take revenge on them” ROM 11 10 c1nj figs-metonymy τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς σύνκαμψον 1 bend their backs continually Here, **make their backs bend** is a metonym for forcing slaves to carry heavy loads on their backs. Alternate translation: “make them continually carry heavy loads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 10 biqg figs-metaphor τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς σύνκαμψον 1 This is a metaphor for making them suffer. Alternate translation: “make them continually suffer like people carrying heavy loads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 11 z8tw 0 Connecting Statement: With Israel as a nation rejecting God, Paul warns the Gentiles to be careful they do not make the same mistake. @@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ ROM 11 12 it9k κόσμου 1 the world Here the **world** is a metonym that re ROM 11 14 ua2k παραζηλώσω 1 I will provoke to jealousy See how you translated this phrase in [Romans 10:19](../10/19.md). ROM 11 14 h1qe μου τὴν σάρκα 1 those who are of my own flesh This refers to Paul’s fellow Jews. ROM 11 14 gp38 figs-explicit καὶ σώσω τινὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Perhaps I will save some of them God will save those who believe. Alternate translation: “and perhaps some will believe and God will save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 11 15 es22 εἰ γὰρ ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν καταλλαγὴ κόσμου 1 For if their rejection means the reconciliation of the world “For if because God rejected them, he will reconcile the rest of the **world** to himself” +ROM 11 15 es22 εἰ γὰρ ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν καταλλαγὴ κόσμου 1 For if their rejection means the reconciliation of the world Alternate translation: “For if because God rejected them, he will reconcile the rest of the **world** to himself” ROM 11 15 ui3i ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν 1 their rejection The pronoun **their** refers to Jewish unbelievers. ROM 11 15 m3fs figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 the world Here, **the world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 15 em8m figs-rquestion τίς ἡ πρόσλημψις εἰ μὴ ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν? 1 what will their acceptance be but life from the dead? Paul asks this question to emphasize that when God accepts the Jews, it will be a wonderful thing. Alternate translation: “how will it be when God accepts them? It will be like they have come back to life from among the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ ROM 11 26 ds7a 0 Connecting Statement: Paul says that a deliverer will come ou ROM 11 26 vu7t figs-activepassive καὶ οὕτως πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ σωθήσεται 1 Thus all Israel will be saved You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and thus God will save all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 26 n7yf figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 just as it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the scriptures record” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 26 dm4e figs-metonymy ἐκ Σιὼν 1 Out of Zion Here, **Zion** is used as a metonym for the place where God dwells. Alternate translation: “From where God is among the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 11 26 v96c ὁ ῥυόμενος 1 the Deliverer “the one who brings his people to safety” +ROM 11 26 v96c ὁ ῥυόμενος 1 the Deliverer Alternate translation: “the one who brings his people to safety” ROM 11 26 at55 figs-metaphor ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας 1 He will remove ungodliness Paul speaks of **ungodliness** as if it were an object that someone could remove, perhaps like someone removes a garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 26 bkr2 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ Ἰακώβ 1 from Jacob Here, **Jacob** is used as a metonym for Israel. Alternate translation: “from the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 27 ll39 figs-metaphor ἀφέλωμαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 I will take away their sins Here Paul speaks of **sins** as if they were objects that someone could take away. Alternate translation: “I will remove the burden of their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1546,12 +1546,12 @@ ROM 11 28 jas2 figs-explicit ἀγαπητοὶ διὰ τοὺς πατέρας ROM 11 28 d82k figs-activepassive ἀγαπητοὶ διὰ τοὺς πατέρας 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God still loves them because of what he promised to do for their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 29 p2sf figs-metaphor ἀμεταμέλητα γὰρ τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For the gifts and the call of God are unchangeable Paul speaks of the spiritual and material blessings that God promised to give his people as if they were **gifts**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 29 mnqs figs-explicit ἀμεταμέλητα γὰρ τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The call of God refers to the fact that God called the Jews to be his people. Alternate translation: “For God never changed his mind about what he has promised to give them, and about how he has called them to be his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 11 30 bj8g ὑμεῖς ποτε ἠπειθήσατε 1 you were formerly disobedient “you did not obey in the past” +ROM 11 30 bj8g ὑμεῖς ποτε ἠπειθήσατε 1 you were formerly disobedient Alternate translation: “you did not obey in the past” ROM 11 30 df91 figs-explicit ἠλεήθητε τῇ τούτων ἀπειθείᾳ 1 you have received mercy because of their disobedience Here, **mercy** means God’s undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: “because the Jews have rejected Jesus, you have received blessings that you did not deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 30 g3cn figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 you Here, **you** refers to Gentile believers, and is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 11 32 t6cb figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν…ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν 1 God has shut up all into disobedience God has treated people who disobey him like prisoners who are unable to escape from prison. Alternate translation: “God has made prisoners of those who disobey him. Now they cannot stop disobeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 33 x3kb figs-doublet ὦ βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ 1 Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! Here, **wisdom** and **knowledge** mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “How amazing are the many benefits of both God’s wisdom and knowledge!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 11 33 u322 ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering “We are completely unable to understand the things that he has decided and find out the ways in which he acts toward us” +ROM 11 33 u322 ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering Alternate translation: “We are completely unable to understand the things that he has decided and find out the ways in which he acts toward us” ROM 11 34 r2wj figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο? 1 For who has known the mind of the Lord or who has become his advisor? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is as wise as the Lord. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one has ever known the mind of the Lord, and no one has become his advisor.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 34 yy52 figs-metonymy νοῦν Κυρίου 1 the mind of the Lord Here, **mind** is a metonym for knowing things or thinking about things. Alternate translation: “all that the Lord knows” or “what the Lord thinks about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 35 j5cn figs-rquestion ἢ τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ? 1 Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him? Paul uses this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “No one has ever given anything to God that he did not first receive from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1563,15 +1563,15 @@ ROM 12 1 d2y3 figs-explicit παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφο ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here Paul uses the word **bodies** to refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God as a living sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 12 1 wuyl figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 Paul is comparing a believer in Christ who completely obeys God to the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive as if you were a dead sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 1 dwr5 figs-doublet ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον, τῷ Θεῷ 1 holy, acceptable to God This could refer to: (1) a sacrifice that you give to God alone and that pleases him. (2) a sacrifice that is **acceptable** to God because it is morally pure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 12 1 tyk7 τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 This is your reasonable service “which is the right way to worship God” +ROM 12 1 tyk7 τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 This is your reasonable service Alternate translation: “which is the right way to worship God” ROM 12 2 clc6 figs-metaphor μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Do not be conformed to this world This could mean: (1) do not behave as the world behaves. (2) do not think the way the world does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Do not be conformed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “do not act and think like the world does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 2 d2qq figs-metonymy τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 this world Here, **this world** refers to unbelievers who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 12 2 na8p figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ μεταμορφοῦσθε τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but let God change the way you think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 because of the grace that was given to me Here, **grace** refers to God’s choosing Paul to be an apostle and leader of the church. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “through the grace that caused me to become an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 3 l6c6 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God freely chose me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 12 3 s6yg παντὶ τῷ ὄντι ἐν ὑμῖν, μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think “that no one among you should think they are better than they are” -ROM 12 3 me4t ἀλλὰ φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 1 Instead, they should think in a wise way “but you should be wise in how you think about yourselves” +ROM 12 3 s6yg παντὶ τῷ ὄντι ἐν ὑμῖν, μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think Alternate translation: “that no one among you should think they are better than they are” +ROM 12 3 me4t ἀλλὰ φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 1 Instead, they should think in a wise way Alternate translation: “but you should be wise in how you think about yourselves” ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Paul implies here that believers have different abilities that correspond to their **faith** in God. Alternate translation: “since God has given each of you the faith to trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 4 zm8p γὰρ 1 For Paul the word **For** to show that he will now explain why some Christians should not think they are better than others. ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-metaphor ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, πολλὰ μέλη ἔχομεν 1 we have many members in one body Paul refers to all the believers in Christ as if they were different parts of the human **body**. He does this to illustrate that although believers may serve Christ in different ways, each person belongs to Christ and serves in an important way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1586,19 +1586,19 @@ ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος 1 Let l ROM 12 9 eaw7 ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love The word Paul uses here refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. ROM 12 10 mr8i τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 love This is another word that means brotherly **love** or love for a friend or family member. This is natural human love between friends or relatives. ROM 12 10 ng86 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ…φιλόστοργοι 1 Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate Here Paul begins a list of nine items, each of the form **in … be** to tell the believers what kind of people they should be. You may need to translate some of the items as “in … do.” The list continues to [Romans 12:13](../12/13.md). -ROM 12 10 ux2y τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers “as for how you love your fellow believers” -ROM 12 10 tj57 τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι 1 Concerning honor, respect one another “honor and respect one another” or “honor your fellow believers by respecting them” -ROM 12 11 iu2i τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him “do not be lazy in your duty, but be eager to follow the Spirit and to serve the Lord” -ROM 12 12 l3es τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες 1 be patient in suffering “wait patiently whenever you have troubles” -ROM 12 13 vk5h ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints “when fellow Christians are in trouble, help them with what they need” +ROM 12 10 ux2y τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers Alternate translation: “as for how you love your fellow believers” +ROM 12 10 tj57 τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι 1 Concerning honor, respect one another Alternate translation: “honor and respect one another” or “honor your fellow believers by respecting them” +ROM 12 11 iu2i τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him Alternate translation: “do not be lazy in your duty, but be eager to follow the Spirit and to serve the Lord” +ROM 12 12 l3es τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες 1 be patient in suffering Alternate translation: “wait patiently whenever you have troubles” +ROM 12 13 vk5h ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints Alternate translation: “when fellow Christians are in trouble, help them with what they need” ROM 12 13 exd8 τὴν φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες 1 Find many ways to show hospitality This is the last item in the list that began in [Romans 12:9](../12/09.md). “always welcome them into your home when they need a place to stay” ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This is an idiom that means to live in unity. Alternate translation: “agreeing with one another” or “living in unity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 12 16 ar7y μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways “do not think that you are more important than others” -ROM 12 16 cc23 τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people “welcome people who do not seem important” -ROM 12 16 h469 μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς 1 Do not be wise in your own thoughts “Do not think of yourselves as having more wisdom than everyone else” -ROM 12 17 h2tz μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες 1 Repay no one evil for evil “do not do evil things to someone who has done evil things to you” -ROM 12 17 fzh8 προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people “do things that everyone considers to be good” -ROM 12 18 pgt7 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people “do whatever you can to live in peace with everyone” +ROM 12 16 ar7y μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways Alternate translation: “do not think that you are more important than others” +ROM 12 16 cc23 τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people Alternate translation: “welcome people who do not seem important” +ROM 12 16 h469 μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς 1 Do not be wise in your own thoughts Alternate translation: “Do not think of yourselves as having more wisdom than everyone else” +ROM 12 17 h2tz μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες 1 Repay no one evil for evil Alternate translation: “do not do evil things to someone who has done evil things to you” +ROM 12 17 fzh8 προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people Alternate translation: “do things that everyone considers to be good” +ROM 12 18 pgt7 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people Alternate translation: “do whatever you can to live in peace with everyone” ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym for God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “allow God to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for someone has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -1611,10 +1611,10 @@ ROM 12 21 p7fd μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκ ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In the first part of this chapter, Paul teaches Christians to obey rulers who govern them. At that time, ungodly Roman rulers governed the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungodly rulers

When Paul teaches about obeying rulers, some readers will find this difficult to understand, especially in places where rulers persecute the church. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God, unless the rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do. There are times when a believer must submit to these rulers and suffer at their hands. Christians understand that this world is temporary and they will ultimately be with God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Flesh

This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 13 1 v5ik 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells believers how to live under their rulers. ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ…ὑποτασσέσθω 1 Let every soul be obedient to Here, **soul** is a synecdoche for the whole person. “Let every Christian obey” or “Everyone should obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 13 1 g1by ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις 1 higher authorities “submit to government officials” +ROM 13 1 g1by ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις 1 higher authorities Alternate translation: “submit to government officials” ROM 13 1 wii2 figs-doublenegatives οὐ…ἔστιν ἐξουσία, εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 there is no authority unless it comes from God This is a double negative. You can translate it in a positive form. Alternate translation: “all authority comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 13 1 j3lr figs-activepassive αἱ δὲ οὖσαι ὑπὸ Θεοῦ τεταγμέναι εἰσίν 1 The authorities that exist have been appointed by God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “And the people who are in authority are there because God put them there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 13 2 ui8y τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ 1 that authority “that government authority” or “the authority that God placed in power” +ROM 13 2 ui8y τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ 1 that authority Alternate translation: “that government authority” or “the authority that God placed in power” ROM 13 2 dsa3 figs-activepassive οἱ…ἀνθεστηκότες, ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται 1 those who oppose it will receive judgment on themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will judge those who oppose government authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 3 m3yf γὰρ 1 For Paul uses this word to begin his explanation of [Romans 13:2](../13/02.md) and to tell about what will result if the government condemns a person. ROM 13 3 c2xa οἱ…ἄρχοντες οὐκ εἰσὶν φόβος 1 rulers are not a terror Rulers do not make good people afraid. @@ -1624,10 +1624,10 @@ ROM 13 3 ahl9 ἕξεις ἔπαινον ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 you will receive ROM 13 4 ink8 figs-litotes οὐ…εἰκῇ τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 he does not carry the sword for no reason You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he carries the sword for a very good reason” or “he has the power to punish people, and he will punish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ROM 13 4 s3vz figs-metonymy τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 carry the sword Roman governors carried a short **sword** as a symbol of their authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 13 4 au7j figs-metonymy ἔκδικος εἰς ὀργὴν 1 an avenger for wrath Here, **wrath** represents the punishment people receive when they do evil deeds. Alternate translation: “a person who punishes people as an expression of the government’s anger against evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 13 5 q81v οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience “not only so the government will not punish you, but also so you will have a clear conscience before God” -ROM 13 6 r1jy διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this “because the government punishes evildoers” +ROM 13 5 q81v οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience Alternate translation: “not only so the government will not punish you, but also so you will have a clear conscience before God” +ROM 13 6 r1jy διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this Alternate translation: “because the government punishes evildoers” ROM 13 6 r4b3 τελεῖτε 1 you pay Paul is addressing the believers here, so this verb is plural. -ROM 13 6 hy4f γὰρ…εἰσιν 2 For they are “This is why you should pay taxes: authorities are” +ROM 13 6 hy4f γὰρ…εἰσιν 2 For they are Alternate translation: “This is why you should pay taxes: authorities are” ROM 13 7 z9cn ἀπόδοτε πᾶσι 1 Pay to everyone Paul is addressing the believers here, so this verb is plural. ROM 13 7 wg2l figs-ellipsis τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον; τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος; τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due; fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due. The word “pay” is understood from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “pay tax to whom tax is due and toll to whom toll is due. Pay fear to whom fear is due and honor to him to whom honor is due” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 13 7 nwi2 figs-metaphor τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due Here paying **fear** and **honor** is a metaphor for fearing and honoring those who deserve to be feared and honored. Alternate translation: “Fear those who deserve to be feared, and honor those who deserved to be honored” or “Respect those whom you ought to respect, and honor those whom you ought to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1653,7 +1653,7 @@ ROM 13 14 xre7 figs-metonymy τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ ποι ROM 14 intro kt8c 0 # Romans 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 11 of this chapter, which Paul quotes from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Weak in faith

Paul teaches that Christians can have real faith and at the same time be “weak in faith” in a given situation. This describes Christians whose faith is immature, not strong, or misunderstood. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Dietary restrictions

Many religions in the ancient Near East restricted what was eaten. Christians have freedom to eat what they want. But they need to use this freedom wisely, in a way that honors the Lord and does not cause others to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### The judgment seat of God

The judgment seat of God or Christ represents a time when all people, including Christians, will be held accountable for the way they lived their lives. ROM 14 1 abm6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages believers to remember that they are answerable to God. ROM 14 1 jf8v ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει 1 weak in faith This refers to those who felt guilty over eating and drinking certain things. -ROM 14 1 p697 μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν 1 without giving judgment about arguments “and do not condemn them for their opinions” +ROM 14 1 p697 μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν 1 without giving judgment about arguments Alternate translation: “and do not condemn them for their opinions” ROM 14 2 ii8g ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα 1 One person has faith to eat anything Some people believe God permits them to eat any kind of food. ROM 14 2 n2n6 ὁ…ἀσθενῶν λάχανα ἐσθίει 1 another who is weak eats only vegetables This describes a person who believes God does not want him to eat meat. ROM 14 4 q9bx figs-rquestion σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην? 1 Who are you, you who judge a servant belonging to someone else? Paul is using a question to scold those who are judging others. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are not God, and you are not allowed to judge one of his servants!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1661,12 +1661,12 @@ ROM 14 4 xq7r figs-you σὺ…ὁ κρίνων 1 you, who judges The form of ** ROM 14 4 ba38 figs-metaphor τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ στήκει ἢ πίπτει 1 It is before his own master that he stands or falls Paul speaks of God as if he were a **master** who owned slaves. Alternate translation: “Only the master can decide if he will accept the slave or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 4 cp9y figs-metaphor σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 But he will be made to stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand Paul speaks of the servant who is acceptable to God as if he were being **made to stand** instead of falling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 4 ucto figs-activepassive σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “But the Lord will accept him because he is able to make the servant acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 14 5 x7j2 ὃς μὲν κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ’ ἡμέραν; ὃς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν. 1 One person values one day above another. Another values every day equally “One person thinks one day is more important than all the others, but another person thinks that all days are the same” +ROM 14 5 x7j2 ὃς μὲν κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ’ ἡμέραν; ὃς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν. 1 One person values one day above another. Another values every day equally Alternate translation: “One person thinks one day is more important than all the others, but another person thinks that all days are the same” ROM 14 5 m511 figs-explicit ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ, πληροφορείσθω 1 Let each person be convinced in his own mind You can make the full meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “Let each person be convinced that he is honoring the Lord by what he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 5 y5ea figs-activepassive ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ, πληροφορείσθω 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Let each person be sure what he is doing is to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 6 pfn6 figs-explicit ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, Κυρίῳ φρονεῖ 1 He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord Here, **observes** refers to worshiping. Alternate translation: “The person who worships on a certain day does it to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 6 esu5 figs-ellipsis ὁ ἐσθίων 1 he who eats The word “everything” is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeatd here. Alternate translation: “the person who eats every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 14 6 f9tm Κυρίῳ ἐσθίει 1 eats for the Lord “eats to honor the Lord” or “eats that way in order to honor the Lord” +ROM 14 6 f9tm Κυρίῳ ἐσθίει 1 eats for the Lord Alternate translation: “eats to honor the Lord” or “eats that way in order to honor the Lord” ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat The word “everything” is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “and he who does not eat everything” or “and the person who does not eat certain kinds of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ ζῇ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here, **lives for himself** means to live only to please oneself. Alternate translation: “None of us should live merely to please ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-exclusive οὐδεὶς…ἡμῶν 1 none of us Paul is including his readers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) @@ -1679,28 +1679,28 @@ ROM 14 11 fel6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written, ROM 14 11 tf76 figs-explicit ζῶ ἐγώ 1 As I live This phrase is used to start an oath or solemn promise. Alternate translation: “You can be certain that this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 11 sb6q figs-synecdoche ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 to me every knee will bend, and every tongue will confess to God Paul uses the word **God** and **tongue** to refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “every person will bow and give praise to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 14 11 vngp figs-123person ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 The Lord uses the word **God** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “every person will bow and give praise to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -ROM 14 12 nsy8 περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, λόγον δώσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 will give an account of himself to God “will have to explain our actions to God” +ROM 14 12 nsy8 περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, λόγον δώσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 will give an account of himself to God Alternate translation: “will have to explain our actions to God” ROM 14 13 ia62 figs-doublet ἀλλὰ τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother Here, **stumbling block** and **snare** mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “but instead make it your goal not to do or say anything that might cause a fellow believer to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 14 13 cx4s τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian, male or female. ROM 14 14 t7gc figs-doublet οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here the words **know** and **am persuaded** mean basically the same thing; Paul uses them to emphasize his certainty. Alternate translation: “I am certain because of my relationship with the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 14 14 fuk1 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν κοινὸν δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 nothing is unclean by itself You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “everything by itself is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -ROM 14 14 mjc5 δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 by itself “by its nature” or “because of what it is” +ROM 14 14 mjc5 δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 by itself Alternate translation: “by its nature” or “because of what it is” ROM 14 14 w3gg figs-explicit εἰ μὴ τῷ λογιζομένῳ τι κοινὸν εἶναι, ἐκείνῳ κοινόν 1 Only for him who considers anything to be unclean, for him it is unclean Paul implies here that a person should stay away from anything that he thinks is unclean. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “but if a person thinks something is unclean, then for that person it is unclean and he should stay away from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 15 iw7w εἰ…διὰ βρῶμα, ὁ ἀδελφός σου λυπεῖται 1 If because of food your brother is hurt “If you hurt your fellow believer’s faith over the matter of food.” Here the word **your** refers to those who are strong in faith and **brother** refers to those who are weak in faith. ROM 14 15 ln42 ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian, male or female. ROM 14 15 bj8v figs-metaphor οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς 1 you are no longer walking in love Paul speaks of the behavior of believers as if it were a walk. Alternate translation: “then you are no longer showing love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 14 16 gl48 μὴ βλασφημείσθω οὖν ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil “If someone else thinks that something is evil, do not do it, even if you consider it to be good” +ROM 14 16 gl48 μὴ βλασφημείσθω οὖν ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil Alternate translation: “If someone else thinks that something is evil, do not do it, even if you consider it to be good” ROM 14 17 j92k figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις, ἀλλὰ δικαιοσύνη, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ χαρὰ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit Paul argues that God set up his **kingdom** so he could give us a right relationship with himself, and to provide peace and joy. Alternate translation: “For God did not set up his kingdom so that he could rule over what we eat and drink. He set up his kingdom so we could have a right relationship with him, and so he could give us peace and joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 18 am8m figs-activepassive δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 approved by people You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “people will approve of him” or “people will respect him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 19 i3rv figs-explicit τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης διώκωμεν, καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 let us pursue the things of peace and the things that build up one another Here, **build up one another** refers to helping each other grow in faith. Alternate translation: “let us seek to live peacefully together and help one another grow stronger in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 20 p65h figs-explicit μὴ ἕνεκεν βρώματος, κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food You can make explicit the full meaning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “Do not undo what God has done for a fellow believer just because you want to eat a certain kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 20 dk72 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble Here a **stumbling block** is a food that a weaker brother eats despite thinking it is wrong, and thereby goes against his conscience. Alternate translation: “but it would be a sin for someone to eat food, which another brother thinks is wrong to eat, if by eating this causes the weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 21 mrr4 καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα, μηδὲ πιεῖν οἶνον, μηδὲ ἐν ᾧ ὁ ἀδελφός σου προσκόπτει 1 It is good not to eat meat, nor to drink wine, nor anything by which your brother takes offense “It is better not to eat meat or drink wine or do anything else that might cause your brother to sin” +ROM 14 21 mrr4 καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα, μηδὲ πιεῖν οἶνον, μηδὲ ἐν ᾧ ὁ ἀδελφός σου προσκόπτει 1 It is good not to eat meat, nor to drink wine, nor anything by which your brother takes offense Alternate translation: “It is better not to eat meat or drink wine or do anything else that might cause your brother to sin” ROM 14 21 iq9g ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian, male or female. ROM 14 21 e1du figs-you σου 1 your Here, **you** is singular and stresses the responsibility of each individual believer for his fellow believer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 14 22 hjk9 σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have Here, **faith** refers back to the beliefs about food and drink. ROM 14 22 b3hi figs-you σὺ…σεαυτὸν 1 you … yourself Here, **you** and **yourself** are singular. Because Paul is addressing the believers, you may have to translate this using plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ROM 14 22 r53r μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves “Blessed are those who do not feel guilty for what they decide to do” +ROM 14 22 r53r μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Alternate translation: “Blessed are those who do not feel guilty for what they decide to do” ROM 14 23 s1ph figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ διακρινόμενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ, κατακέκριται 1 He who doubts is condemned if he eats You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will say that the person does wrong if he is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but he eats it anyway” or “The person who is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but then eats it anyway will have a troubled conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως 1 because it is not from faith Anything that is **not from faith** is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: “God will say that he is wrong because he is eating something he believes God does not want him to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 23 tr9i figs-explicit πᾶν δὲ ὃ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως, ἁμαρτία ἐστίν 1 whatever is not from faith is sin Anything that is **not from faith** is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: “you are sinning if you do something that you do not believe God wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1718,10 +1718,10 @@ ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα γὰρ προεγράφη, εἰς τ ROM 15 4 m7yy figs-exclusive ἡμετέραν…ἔχωμεν 1 our … we have Paul includes his readers and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-explicit ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here, **have hope** means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 5 u2zm 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers to remember that both Gentile believers and Jews that believe are made one in Christ. -ROM 15 5 g5xm Θεὸς…δῴη 1 may … God … grant “I pray that … God … will grant” -ROM 15 5 ws7q τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 to be of the same mind with each other “to be in agreement with each other” or “to be united” +ROM 15 5 g5xm Θεὸς…δῴη 1 may … God … grant Alternate translation: “I pray that … God … will grant” +ROM 15 5 ws7q τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 to be of the same mind with each other Alternate translation: “to be in agreement with each other” or “to be united” ROM 15 6 uz1z figs-metonymy ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε 1 praise with one mouth This means to be united in praising God. Alternate translation: “praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 15 7 z941 προσλαμβάνεσθε ἀλλήλους 1 receive one another “accept one another” +ROM 15 7 z941 προσλαμβάνεσθε ἀλλήλους 1 receive one another Alternate translation: “accept one another” ROM 15 8 gbh8 λέγω γὰρ 1 For I say The pronoun **I** refers to Paul. ROM 15 8 k4my figs-metonymy Χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι περιτομῆς 1 Christ has been made a servant of the circumcision Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to the Jews. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ has been made a servant of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 8 r0gd figs-activepassive Χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι περιτομῆς 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ has become a servant of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1731,9 +1731,9 @@ ROM 15 8 dxz1 figs-activepassive τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέ ROM 15 9 k5q7 τὰ δὲ ἔθνη, ὑπὲρ ἐλέους δοξάσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy This is the second reason for which Christ became a servant of the circumcision. Alternate translation: “and in order that the Gentiles might glorify God for his mercy” ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 sing praise to your name Here, **your name** is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “sing praise to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 15 10 yvy9 καὶ πάλιν λέγει 1 Again it says “And again the scripture says” +ROM 15 10 yvy9 καὶ πάλιν λέγει 1 Again it says Alternate translation: “And again the scripture says” ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people This refers to God’s **people**. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 11 xw7t ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν 1 Let praise him “let … praise the Lord” +ROM 15 11 xw7t ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν 1 Let praise him Alternate translation: “let … praise the Lord” ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metonymy ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse **Jesse** was the physical father of King David. Alternate translation: “descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 12 i4nn figs-explicit ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν 1 in him the Gentiles will have hope Here, **him** refers to the descendant of Jesse, the Messiah. Those who are not Jews will also trust him to fulfill his promises. Alternate translation: “the people who are not Jews can trust him to do what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-hyperbole πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “may … fill you with great joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) @@ -1745,7 +1745,7 @@ ROM 15 14 ge2l figs-explicit δυνάμενοι καὶ ἀλλήλους νου ROM 15 15 n2gr figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace given me by God Paul speaks of **grace** as if it were a physical gift that **God** had **given** him. God had appointed Paul and apostle even though he had persecuted believers before he decided to follow Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the grace that God gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor γένηται ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν εὐπρόσδεκτος 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel as if he, as a priest, were making an **offering** to God. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles might please God when they obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 18 lu97 figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ τολμήσω τι λαλεῖν, ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο Χριστὸς δι’ ἐμοῦ, εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 by the power of signs and wonders, and by the power of the Spirit of God You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “For the sake of the obedience of the Gentiles, I will only speak of what Christ has accomplished through me in my words and actions and by the power of signs and wonders through the power of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -ROM 15 18 by9s εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles “so that the Gentiles will obey God” +ROM 15 18 by9s εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles Alternate translation: “so that the Gentiles will obey God” ROM 15 18 xds3 figs-explicit λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here, **word and deed** refers to what Christ has accomplished through Paul. Alternate translation: “through me in my words and actions” or “the things that Christ has accomplished through what I have said and done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-doublet σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders These two words mean basically the same thing and refer to various kinds of miracles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 15 19 c8ff ὥστε…ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ κύκλῳ μέχρι τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum This is from the city of **Jerusalem** as far as the province of **Illyricum**, a region close to Italy. @@ -1758,36 +1758,36 @@ ROM 15 22 f1fq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers in Rome about ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they also hindered me” or “people also hindered me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 23 b6kl figs-explicit μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις 1 I no longer have any place in these regions Paul implies that there are no more places in these areas where people live who have not heard about Christ. Alternate translation: “there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 24 si59 translate-names τὴν Σπανίαν 1 Spain At that time, **Spain** was a Roman province west of Rome that Paul desired to visit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 15 24 c6wq διαπορευόμενος 1 in passing “as I pass through Rome” or “while I am on my way” +ROM 15 24 c6wq διαπορευόμενος 1 in passing Alternate translation: “as I pass through Rome” or “while I am on my way” ROM 15 24 vya3 figs-explicit καὶ ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 and to be helped by you along my journey there Here Paul implies that he wants the Roman believers to provide some financial assistance to him for his journey to Spain. Alternate translation: “that you will provide for me on my journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 24 rzie figs-activepassive καὶ ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “and that you will help me on my journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ 1 I have enjoyed your company “after I have enjoyed spending some time with you” +ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ 1 I have enjoyed your company Alternate translation: “after I have enjoyed spending some time with you” ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Here the words **Macedonia** and **Achaia** are synecdoches for the people who live in those areas. Alternate translation: “the believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Achaia were happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 15 27 w5ap εὐδόκησαν γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this “Indeed, the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased to do it” -ROM 15 27 tfz1 ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν αὐτῶν 1 indeed, they are their debtors “indeed the people of Macedonia and Achaia are in debt to the believers in Jerusalem” -ROM 15 27 en7l εἰ…τοῖς πνευματικοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ ἔθνη, ὀφείλουσιν καὶ ἐν τοῖς σαρκικοῖς λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them “since the Gentiles have shared in the spiritual things of the Jerusalem believers, the Gentiles ought to share their physical things with the Jerusalem believers” +ROM 15 27 w5ap εὐδόκησαν γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this Alternate translation: “Indeed, the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased to do it” +ROM 15 27 tfz1 ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν αὐτῶν 1 indeed, they are their debtors Alternate translation: “indeed the people of Macedonia and Achaia are in debt to the believers in Jerusalem” +ROM 15 27 en7l εἰ…τοῖς πνευματικοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ ἔθνη, ὀφείλουσιν καὶ ἐν τοῖς σαρκικοῖς λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them Alternate translation: “since the Gentiles have shared in the spiritual things of the Jerusalem believers, the Gentiles ought to share their physical things with the Jerusalem believers” ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 made sure that they have received what was collected Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were a **fruit** that was collected and **sealed** for them. Alternate translation: “and have safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-explicit ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ, ἐλεύσομαι 1 I know that when I come to you I will come in the fullness of the blessing of Christ This phrase means that Christ will bless Paul and the Roman believers. Alternate translation: “Christ will abundantly bless us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 30 w1ta δὲ 1 Now If your language has a way to show that Paul has stopped talking about the good things he is confident of ([Romans 15:29](../15/29.md)) and is now starting to talk about the dangers he faces, use it here. -ROM 15 30 yb7m παρακαλῶ…ὑμᾶς 1 I urge you “I encourage you” +ROM 15 30 yb7m παρακαλῶ…ὑμᾶς 1 I urge you Alternate translation: “I encourage you” ROM 15 30 v9iy ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women. -ROM 15 30 fy1v συναγωνίσασθαί 1 to strive together with “to work hard with” or “to struggle with” +ROM 15 30 fy1v συναγωνίσασθαί 1 to strive together with Alternate translation: “to work hard with” or “to struggle with” ROM 15 31 u7st figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may rescue me from those who are disobedient” or “God may keep those who are disobedient from harming me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 31 nw5h figs-explicit καὶ ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ εὐπρόσδεκτος τοῖς ἁγίοις γένηται 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here Paul expresses his desire that the **saints** in **Jerusalem** will gladly accept the money from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. Alternate translation: “and pray that the believers in Jerusalem will be glad to receive the money that I am bringing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 33 s947 figs-explicit ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης μετὰ 1 May the God of peace be with The **God of peace** means the God who causes believers to have inner peace. Alternate translation: “I pray that God who causes all of us to have inner peace may be with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 intro qy96 0 # Romans 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In this chapter, Paul gives personal greetings to some of the Christians in Rome. It was common to end a letter in the ancient Near East with this type of personal greeting.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Because of the personal nature of this chapter, much of the context is unknown. This will make translation more difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 1 sg6a 0 Connecting Statement: Paul then greets many of the believers in Rome by name. -ROM 16 1 vkg8 συνίστημι δὲ ὑμῖν Φοίβην 1 I commend to you Phoebe “I want you to respect Phoebe” +ROM 16 1 vkg8 συνίστημι δὲ ὑμῖν Φοίβην 1 I commend to you Phoebe Alternate translation: “I want you to respect Phoebe” ROM 16 1 sry4 translate-names Φοίβην 1 Phoebe **Phoebe** is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 1 q86q figs-exclusive τὴν ἀδελφὴν ἡμῶν 1 our sister The word **our** refers to Paul and all believers. Alternate translation: “our sister in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 16 1 q669 translate-names Κενχρεαῖς 1 Cenchrea **Cenchrea** was a seaport city in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 2 cwx1 figs-explicit αὐτὴν προσδέξησθε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 you may receive her in the Lord Paul encourages the Roman believers to welcome Phoebe as a fellow believer. Alternate translation: “you would welcome her because we all belong to the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 16 2 yic3 ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων 1 in a manner worthy of the saints “in the way that believers should welcome other believers” +ROM 16 2 yic3 ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων 1 in a manner worthy of the saints Alternate translation: “in the way that believers should welcome other believers” ROM 16 2 qp4w figs-euphemism παραστῆτε αὐτῇ 1 stand by her Paul encourages the Roman believers to give to Phoebe anything she needs. Alternate translation: “help her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ROM 16 2 inh1 καὶ…προστάτις πολλῶν ἐγενήθη καὶ ἐμοῦ αὐτοῦ 2 has become a helper of many, and of myself as well “has helped many people, and she has also helped me” +ROM 16 2 inh1 καὶ…προστάτις πολλῶν ἐγενήθη καὶ ἐμοῦ αὐτοῦ 2 has become a helper of many, and of myself as well Alternate translation: “has helped many people, and she has also helped me” ROM 16 3 c5lg translate-names Πρίσκαν καὶ Ἀκύλαν 1 Priscilla and Aquila **Priscilla** was the wife of **Aquila**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 3 fsk1 figs-explicit τοὺς συνεργούς μου ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 my fellow workers in Christ Jesus Paul’s **fellow workers** are people who also tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: “who work with me to tell people about Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 16 5 i32d καὶ τὴν κατ’ οἶκον αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Greet the church that is in their house “and greet the believers who meet in their house to worship” +ROM 16 5 i32d καὶ τὴν κατ’ οἶκον αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Greet the church that is in their house Alternate translation: “and greet the believers who meet in their house to worship” ROM 16 5 bn9z translate-names Ἐπαίνετον 1 Epaenetus **Epaenetus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 5 d1f1 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴ τῆς Ἀσίας εἰς Χριστόν 1 firstfruit of Asia to Christ Paul speaks of Epaenetus as if he were a fruit that he harvested. Alternate translation: “first person in Asia to believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 6 ew2z translate-names Μαρίαν 1 Mary **Mary** is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1795,7 +1795,7 @@ ROM 16 7 tzk4 translate-names Ἀνδρόνικον 1 Andronicus **Andronicus** ROM 16 7 z9uk translate-names Ἰουνίαν 1 Junias This could refer to: (1) Junia, a woman’s name. (2) Junias, a man’s name, although this is less likely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 7 gce3 figs-activepassive οἵτινές εἰσιν ἐπίσημοι ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 They are prominent among the apostles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the apostles know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 16 8 h976 translate-names Ἀμπλιᾶτον 1 Ampliatus **Ampliatus** is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 16 8 alh2 τὸν ἀγαπητόν μου ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 my beloved in the Lord “my dear friend and fellow believer in the Lord” +ROM 16 8 alh2 τὸν ἀγαπητόν μου ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 my beloved in the Lord Alternate translation: “my dear friend and fellow believer in the Lord” ROM 16 9 bd5l translate-names Οὐρβανὸν…Στάχυν 1 Urbanus … Stachys These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 10 k55t translate-names Ἀπελλῆν…Ἀριστοβούλου 1 Apelles … Aristobulus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 10 q96n τὸν δόκιμον ἐν Χριστῷ 1 the approved in Christ The word **approved** refers to someone who has been tested and proved to be genuine. Alternate translation: “whom Christ has approved” @@ -1813,9 +1813,9 @@ ROM 16 16 g2z1 φιλήματι ἁγίῳ 1 a holy kiss an expression of affec ROM 16 16 t1q4 figs-hyperbole ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς αἱ ἐκκλησίαι πᾶσαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 All the churches of Christ greet you Here Paul speaks in a general manner concerning the **churches** of Christ. Alternate translation: “The believers in all the churches in this area send their greetings to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 16 17 u1m9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives one last warning to the believers about unity and living for God. ROM 16 17 wx6r ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women. -ROM 16 17 ztv5 σκοπεῖν 1 to think about “to watch out for” +ROM 16 17 ztv5 σκοπεῖν 1 to think about Alternate translation: “to watch out for” ROM 16 17 n59l figs-explicit τὰς διχοστασίας καὶ τὰ σκάνδαλα…ποιοῦντας 1 who are causing the divisions and obstacles This refers to those who argue and cause others to stop trusting in Jesus. Alternate translation: “who are causing believers to argue with one another and to stop having faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 16 17 j9x7 παρὰ τὴν διδαχὴν ἣν ὑμεῖς ἐμάθετε 1 They are going beyond the teaching that you have learned “and teaching things that do not agree with the truth you have already learned” +ROM 16 17 j9x7 παρὰ τὴν διδαχὴν ἣν ὑμεῖς ἐμάθετε 1 They are going beyond the teaching that you have learned Alternate translation: “and teaching things that do not agree with the truth you have already learned” ROM 16 17 b318 figs-metaphor ἐκκλίνετε ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 Turn away from them Here, **turn away** is a metaphor for “refuse to listen.” Alternate translation: “do not listen to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 18 ea6h figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach The words “they serve” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but they serve their own stomach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 16 18 nxn4 figs-metonymy ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach Here, **stomach** is a metonym that refers to physical desires. Alternate translation: “but they only care about their physical desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1824,19 +1824,19 @@ ROM 16 18 eif6 figs-doublet καὶ διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας κ ROM 16 18 c2je figs-metonymy ἐξαπατῶσι τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἀκάκων 1 they deceive the hearts of the innocent Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “they deceive the innocent believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 16 18 m9h5 τῶν ἀκάκων 1 innocent This refers to those who are simple, inexperienced, and naive. Alternate translation: “of those who innocently trust them” or “of those who do not know these teachers are fooling them” ROM 16 19 imc7 figs-personification ἡ γὰρ ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ, εἰς πάντας ἀφίκετο 1 For your obedience reaches everyone Here Paul speaks of the Roman believers’ **obedience** as if it were a person who could go to people. Alternate translation: “For everyone has heard how you obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 16 19 le5l ἀκεραίους…εἰς τὸ κακόν 1 innocent to that which is evil “not involved in doing evil things” +ROM 16 19 le5l ἀκεραίους…εἰς τὸ κακόν 1 innocent to that which is evil Alternate translation: “not involved in doing evil things” ROM 16 20 s3cq figs-metaphor ὁ δὲ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης συντρίψει τὸν Σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν ἐν τάχει 1 The God of peace will soon crush Satan under your feet The phrase **crush … under your feet** refers to complete victory over an enemy. Here Paul speaks of the victory over **Satan** as if the Roman believers were trampling an enemy under their **feet**. Alternate translation: “Soon God will give you peace and complete victory over Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 21 z4g3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives greetings from the believers who are with him. ROM 16 21 ku15 translate-names Λούκιος…Ἰάσων…Σωσίπατρος 1 Lucius, Jason, and Sosipater These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 22 xu3q translate-names ἐγὼ, Τέρτιος, ὁ γράψας τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 Tertius, who write this epistle **Tertius** is the man who wrote down what Paul spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 16 22 nx4g ἀσπάζομαι ὑμᾶς…ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 greet you in the Lord “greet you as a fellow believer” +ROM 16 22 nx4g ἀσπάζομαι ὑμᾶς…ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 greet you in the Lord Alternate translation: “greet you as a fellow believer” ROM 16 23 sw7r translate-names Γάϊος…Ἔραστος…Κούαρτος 1 Gaius … Erastus … Quartus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 23 j9u7 ὁ ξένος 1 the host This refers to Gaius, the person in whose house Paul and his fellow believers gathered for worship. ROM 16 23 m5hg ὁ οἰκονόμος 1 the treasurer This is a person who takes care of the money for a group. ROM 16 25 psm3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes with a prayer of blessing. ROM 16 25 v71l δὲ 1 Now Here the word **Now** marks the closing section of the letter. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you can use it here. ROM 16 25 pp5k figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς στηρίξαι 1 to strengthen you Paul speaks here of having strong faith as if a person were being set firmly in place. Alternate translation: “to make your faith strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 16 25 kmw1 κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, καὶ τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 according to my gospel and the preaching of Jesus Christ “by the good news that I have preached about Jesus Christ” +ROM 16 25 kmw1 κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, καὶ τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 according to my gospel and the preaching of Jesus Christ Alternate translation: “by the good news that I have preached about Jesus Christ” ROM 16 25 s5ky figs-metaphor κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου 1 according to the revelation of the mystery that had been kept secret for long ages Paul says that God has revealed previously hidden truths to the believers. He speaks of these truths as if they were a **secret**. Alternate translation: “because God has revealed to us believers what had been kept secret for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 25 n6c1 figs-activepassive κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God has revealed to us believers the secret that he was keeping for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 16 26 d7r5 figs-doublet φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά τε Γραφῶν προφητικῶν, κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως, εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος 1 but now has been revealed and made known through the prophetic writings to all nations, by the command of the eternal God The verbs **revealed** and **made known** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses both of them to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “but now the mystery has been made known to all the nations through the prophetic writings so people can believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From 470b2b43287e78d7e20589f45e351962c71a4dd5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 20:31:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 192/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index ce9535918c..3adc065268 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -344,6 +344,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-metonymy ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία 1 the patience of God Peter uses **patience of God** figuratively to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 20 yyth figs-metonymy ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε 1 Here Peter uses **days** figuratively to refer to the time period when Noah was alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time of Noah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when Noah was constructing an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 3 21 dqjy 1 1PE 3 21 jti3 δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ Alternate translation: “because of the resurrection of Jesus Christ.” This phrase completes the thought, “This is a symbol of the baptism that saves you now” 1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God To be at the **right hand of God** is a symbol that God has given Jesus greatest honor and authority over all others. Alternate translation: “who is beside God in the place of honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ 1 after … had been subjected to him Alternate translation: “when … had submitted to Jesus Christ” From 0eb0a1afaeb6389a46fd85796bdcafbd75209893 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 16:46:23 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 193/229] Corrected line breaks from \\n to
in Num, Mat, Luk, Jhn, Rom --- en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 22 +++---- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 2 +- en_tn_43-LUK.tsv | 2 +- en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 150 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 5 files changed, 89 insertions(+), 89 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv index 835ad3a264..252e9dc350 100644 --- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -NUM front intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Numbers\n\n1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)\n * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)\n * Regulations (5:1–6:27)\n * Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)\n * Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)\n * Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)\n * Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)\n1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)\n * Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)\n * The quails (11:16–35)\n * Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)\n * The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)\n * Commands (15:1-41)\n * Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)\n1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)\n * Priests and Levites (18:1–32)\n * The law about purifying (19:1–22)\n1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)\n * Miriam’s death (20:1–13)\n * Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)\n * Journey to Moab (21:1–35)\n1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)\n * Balaam (22:1–24:25)\n * Baal Peor (25:1–18)\n * The second counting (26:1-65)\n * Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)\n * Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)\n * Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)\n * Midianite war (31:1–54)\n * Across the Jordan (32:1–42)\n * The people set up camp (33:1–56)\n * Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)\n * Female heirs marry (36:1-13)\n\n### What is the Book of Numbers about?\n\nThe Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?\n\nThe people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?\n\nWhen an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead. +NUM front intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Numbers

1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)
* Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)
* Regulations (5:1–6:27)
* Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)
* Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)
* Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)
* Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)
1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)
* Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)
* The quails (11:16–35)
* Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)
* The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)
* Commands (15:1-41)
* Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)
1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)
* Priests and Levites (18:1–32)
* The law about purifying (19:1–22)
1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)
* Miriam’s death (20:1–13)
* Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)
* Journey to Moab (21:1–35)
1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)
* Balaam (22:1–24:25)
* Baal Peor (25:1–18)
* The second counting (26:1-65)
* Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)
* Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)
* Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)
* Midianite war (31:1–54)
* Across the Jordan (32:1–42)
* The people set up camp (33:1–56)
* Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)
* Female heirs marry (36:1-13)

### What is the Book of Numbers about?

The Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])

### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?

The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?

The people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?

When an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead. NUM 1 intro av14 0 # Numbers 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.

### Census

They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100. NUM 1 1 fr2s 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. NUM 1 1 u2p1 translate-hebrewmonths בְּ⁠אֶחָד֩ לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֜י 1 on 1 of the second month This is the **second month** of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ NUM 7 29 m62d 0 Eliab son of Helon See how you translated this man’s name in NUM 7 30 g7np translate-ordinal 0 the fourth day Alternate translation: “day 4” or “day number 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NUM 7 30 i4g9 0 Elizur son of Shedeur See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:5](../01/05.md). NUM 7 31 z13a translate-bweight שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָ⁠הּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -NUM 7 31 x59n translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 70 shekels \nSee how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +NUM 7 31 x59n translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 70 shekels
See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) NUM 7 31 ccm9 translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) NUM 7 31 xme1 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 7 32 ce94 translate-bweight 0 one gold dish weighing ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ NUM 8 24 ygl7 0 All of this is for the Levites Alternate translation: “All o NUM 8 24 q65x translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old Alternate translation: “25 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NUM 8 24 l8m6 0 must join the company to serve in the tent of meeting The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md). NUM 8 25 hw8k translate-numbers 0 at the age of fifty years Alternate translation: “at 50 years old” or “when they become 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 9 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Passover\n\nThis chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]]) +NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Passover

This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]]) NUM 9 1 zi29 translate-ordinal 0 in the first month of the second year after they came out from the land of Egypt This means that they had come out of Egypt a year earlier. They were beginning their second year in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NUM 9 1 w91f translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֖וֹן 1 in the first month This is the **first month** of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) NUM 9 1 ku29 figs-idiom 0 after they came out from the land of Egypt Here “they” refers to the people of Israel. The phrase “came out” means to leave. Alternate translation: “after they left the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1158,8 +1158,8 @@ NUM 21 26 v9rj 0 Sihon had taken all his land Here “his” refers to the kin NUM 21 27 bf5s figs-parallelism 0 Heshbon … city of Sihon These are two names that refer to the same city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NUM 21 27 pw7i figs-activepassive 0 Let the city of Sihon be rebuilt and established again If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let someone rebuild and establish again the city of Sihon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 21 27 a4ni figs-doublet 0 rebuilt and established These two terms are very similar and emphasize that the city will be fully rebuilt. Alternate translation: “completely rebuilt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -NUM 21 28 hxh1 figs-parallelism כִּי־ אֵשׁ֙ יָֽצְאָ֣ה מֵֽ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן לֶהָבָ֖ה מִ⁠קִּרְיַ֣ת סִיחֹ֑ן 1 For fire went out from Heshbon,\na flame from the city of Sihon These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that destruction will begin at Heshbon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -NUM 21 28 qha8 figs-metaphor כִּי־ אֵשׁ֙ יָֽצְאָ֣ה מֵֽ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן לֶהָבָ֖ה מִ⁠קִּרְיַ֣ת סִיחֹ֑ן 1 For fire went out from Heshbon,\na flame from the city of Sihon Here the destroying army is spoken of as if it were a fire. Alternate translation: “King Sihon led a strong army from the city of Heshbon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +NUM 21 28 hxh1 figs-parallelism כִּי־ אֵשׁ֙ יָֽצְאָ֣ה מֵֽ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן לֶהָבָ֖ה מִ⁠קִּרְיַ֣ת סִיחֹ֑ן 1 For fire went out from Heshbon,
a flame from the city of Sihon These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that destruction will begin at Heshbon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +NUM 21 28 qha8 figs-metaphor כִּי־ אֵשׁ֙ יָֽצְאָ֣ה מֵֽ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן לֶהָבָ֖ה מִ⁠קִּרְיַ֣ת סִיחֹ֑ן 1 For fire went out from Heshbon,
a flame from the city of Sihon Here the destroying army is spoken of as if it were a fire. Alternate translation: “King Sihon led a strong army from the city of Heshbon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NUM 21 28 di4e figs-metaphor 0 devoured Ar of Moab The army of Sihon is spoken of as if it was an animal that ate up the city of Ar. Alternate translation: “destroyed the town of Ar in the land of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NUM 21 29 cu3d figs-parallelism 0 Moab … people of Chemosh These two phrases refer to the same people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NUM 21 29 r97r 0 people of Chemosh Alternate translation: “Chemosh” was the name of the false god whom the Moabites worshiped. Alternate translation: “the people who worship Chemosh” @@ -1255,8 +1255,8 @@ NUM 23 9 hq42 figs-parallelism 0 from the top of the rocks I see him … from t NUM 23 9 a551 figs-metonymy 0 I see him … I look at him Here “him” is a metonym that refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NUM 23 9 mm7u 0 there is a people Alternate translation: “there is a group of people” NUM 23 9 ni8f figs-litotes 0 do not consider themselves as just an ordinary nation This negative statement is used to stress that the opposite is true. Alternate translation: “they consider themselves to be a special nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -NUM 23 10 hr4v figs-metaphor מִ֤י מָנָה֙ עֲפַ֣ר יַעֲקֹ֔ב וּ⁠מִסְפָּ֖ר אֶת־ רֹ֣בַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Who can count the dust of Jacob\nor number the fourth part of Israel? Here **dust of Jacob** is a metaphor that speaks of the number of Israelites as if they were as numerous as the specks of dust. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -NUM 23 10 x7sy figs-rquestion מִ֤י מָנָה֙ עֲפַ֣ר יַעֲקֹ֔ב וּ⁠מִסְפָּ֖ר אֶת־ רֹ֣בַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Who can count the dust of Jacob\nor number the fourth part of Israel? If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “There are too many Israelites to count. No one could count even a fourth of them because there are so many.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +NUM 23 10 hr4v figs-metaphor מִ֤י מָנָה֙ עֲפַ֣ר יַעֲקֹ֔ב וּ⁠מִסְפָּ֖ר אֶת־ רֹ֣בַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Who can count the dust of Jacob
or number the fourth part of Israel? Here **dust of Jacob** is a metaphor that speaks of the number of Israelites as if they were as numerous as the specks of dust. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +NUM 23 10 x7sy figs-rquestion מִ֤י מָנָה֙ עֲפַ֣ר יַעֲקֹ֔ב וּ⁠מִסְפָּ֖ר אֶת־ רֹ֣בַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Who can count the dust of Jacob
or number the fourth part of Israel? If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “There are too many Israelites to count. No one could count even a fourth of them because there are so many.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NUM 23 10 uxp9 figs-explicit 0 the death of a righteous person It is understood that this will be a peaceful death. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “the peaceful death of a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NUM 23 10 am5i figs-metonymy 0 a righteous person … like his These are metonymies that refer to the people of Israel as a single person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NUM 23 11 x2xr 0 Balak This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md). @@ -1271,14 +1271,14 @@ NUM 23 16 fc1n figs-metaphor 0 put a message in his mouth The message is spoken NUM 23 16 yn5x 0 He said Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh said” NUM 23 18 kka5 figs-parallelism 0 Balak, and hear … Listen to me, you son of Zippor These two phrases mean the same thing and are repeated to emphasize how important it was for Balak to pay attention. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NUM 23 18 d6y8 0 Balak … son of Zippor See how you translated these names in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md). -NUM 23 19 q4wm figs-parallelism הַ⁠ה֤וּא אָמַר֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א יַעֲשֶׂ֔ה וְ⁠דִבֶּ֖ר וְ⁠לֹ֥א יְקִימֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 Has he said and not done,\nOr spoken and not made it arise? Both of these clauses mean the same thing and emphasize that God does what he says he will. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -NUM 23 19 cqsi figs-rquestion הַ⁠ה֤וּא אָמַר֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א יַעֲשֶׂ֔ה וְ⁠דִבֶּ֖ר וְ⁠לֹ֥א יְקִימֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 Has he said and not done,\nOr spoken and not made it arise? These rhetorical questions can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “He has never promised a thing without fulfilling what he promised. He has always done exactly what he said he would do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +NUM 23 19 q4wm figs-parallelism הַ⁠ה֤וּא אָמַר֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א יַעֲשֶׂ֔ה וְ⁠דִבֶּ֖ר וְ⁠לֹ֥א יְקִימֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 Has he said and not done,
Or spoken and not made it arise? Both of these clauses mean the same thing and emphasize that God does what he says he will. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +NUM 23 19 cqsi figs-rquestion הַ⁠ה֤וּא אָמַר֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א יַעֲשֶׂ֔ה וְ⁠דִבֶּ֖ר וְ⁠לֹ֥א יְקִימֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 Has he said and not done,
Or spoken and not made it arise? These rhetorical questions can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “He has never promised a thing without fulfilling what he promised. He has always done exactly what he said he would do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NUM 23 20 tga7 figs-activepassive 0 I have been commanded to bless If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has commanded me to bless the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 23 21 w1xp figs-parallelism 0 hardship in Jacob … trouble in Israel These two phrases mean the same thing. This could mean: (1) God has given Israel only good things or (2) there is no sin in Israel that would cause him to judge them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NUM 23 21 i4xz 0 shouts for their king are among them Alternate translation: “they shout with joy because Yahweh is their king” NUM 23 22 bnk6 figs-simile 0 with strength like that of a wild ox This simile says that Yahweh’s great strength is equal to an ox. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -NUM 23 23 q3q1 figs-parallelism כִּ֤י לֹא־ נַ֨חַשׁ֙ בְּ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב וְ⁠לֹא־ קֶ֖סֶם בְּ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 For there is no omen against Jacob,\nand no divination against Israel These two lines mean the same thing, that no curse that anyone puts on the nation of **Israel** will be effective. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -NUM 23 23 rriu figs-metonymy כִּ֤י לֹא־ נַ֨חַשׁ֙ בְּ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב וְ⁠לֹא־ קֶ֖סֶם בְּ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 For there is no omen against Jacob,\nand no divination against Israel Here **Jacob** is a metonym that refers to **Israel**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +NUM 23 23 q3q1 figs-parallelism כִּ֤י לֹא־ נַ֨חַשׁ֙ בְּ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב וְ⁠לֹא־ קֶ֖סֶם בְּ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 For there is no omen against Jacob,
and no divination against Israel These two lines mean the same thing, that no curse that anyone puts on the nation of **Israel** will be effective. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +NUM 23 23 rriu figs-metonymy כִּ֤י לֹא־ נַ֨חַשׁ֙ בְּ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב וְ⁠לֹא־ קֶ֖סֶם בְּ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 For there is no omen against Jacob,
and no divination against Israel Here **Jacob** is a metonym that refers to **Israel**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NUM 23 23 xhg8 figs-activepassive 0 it must be said If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “people must say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 23 23 yvh5 0 Look what God has done! It is implied that what God did for them was good. Alternate translation: “Look at the good things God has done for them!” NUM 23 24 jm1j figs-metaphor 0 the people rise like a lioness … he has killed This verse is a long metaphor that speaks of Israel defeating her enemies as if Israel was a lion devouring its prey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 4b53af1aa6..a58c58ad69 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ MAT 1 22 e8ld writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Paul’s culture, **sayi MAT 1 23 sln1 translate-names Ἐμμανουήλ 1 Immanuel **Immanuel** is a male name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MAT 1 23 wlft figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing figuratively means giving notice and attention. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am saying to you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 1 23 lm6t grammar-connect-time-background ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός 1 which is translated, “God with us.” Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand what the name **Immanuel** means. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “This name means, ‘God with us’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) -MAT 1 24 iue3 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου, καὶ παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jospeh took Mary as his wife, just as the angel of the Lord commanded Him to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +MAT 1 24 iue3 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου, καὶ παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jospeh took Mary as his wife, just as the angel of the Lord commanded Him to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) MAT 1 25 i7p5 figs-euphemism οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν 1 he did not know her Mark uses a polite expression to say that they had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: “He did not have sexual with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MAT 2 intro dz1c 0 # Matthew 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “His star”

These words probably refer to a star that the learned men believed to be the sign of a new king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Learned men”

English translations use many different words to translate this phrase. These words include “magi” and “wise men.” These men could have been scientists or astrologers. If you can, you should translate this with the general word “learned men.” MAT 2 1 j9yn grammar-connect-time-sequential τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδοὺ, μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 General Information: **learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem** comes after **Jesus had been born in Bethlehem of Judea**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Now after Jesus had been born in the city of Bethlehem, which is in Judea, men who studied the stars came to Jerusalem from an eastern country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) diff --git a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv index 740edf8cdb..f2b6247d70 100644 --- a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -LUK front intro uk55 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Luke\n\n1. Dedication to Theophilus (1:1-4)\n2. Prologue\n * The birth of John the Baptist (1:5-80)\n * The birth and youth of Jesus (2:1-51)\n * The ministry of John the Baptist (3:1-20)\n * The baptism, genealogy, and temptation of Jesus (3:21-4:13)\n3. The teaching and healing ministry of Jesus in Galilee (4:14-9:50)\n4. Jesus teaches along his journey to Jerusalem\n * Judgment by God, and people’s judgments about Jesus (9:51-13:21)\n * Who will be part of the kingdom of God (13:22-17:10)\n * Responding to Jesus by welcoming or rejecting him (17:11-19:27)\n5. Jesus in Jerusalem\n * Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem (19:28-44)\n * Jesus teaches in the temple: conflict over his identity and authority (19:45-21:38)\n * Jesus’ death, burial, and resurrection (22:1-24:53)\n\n### What is the Gospel of Luke about?\n\nThe Gospel of Luke is one of four books in the New Testament that describe the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Luke wrote his Gospel for a person named Theophilus and dedicated it to him. Luke wrote an accurate description of the life and teachings of Jesus so that Theophilus would be certain that what he had been taught about Jesus was true. However, Luke expected that what he wrote would encourage all followers of Jesus.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Luke” or “The Gospel According to Luke.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “The Good News About Jesus that Luke Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Luke?\n\nThis book does not give the name of its author. However, the same person who wrote this book also wrote the book of Acts, which is also dedicated to Theophilus. In parts of the book of Acts, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have recognized Luke as the author of both the Gospel of Luke and the book of Acts.\n\nLuke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. Luke himself probably did not witness what Jesus said and did. But he tells Theophilus in his dedication that he talked to many people who did.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### The kingdom of God\n\n“The kingdom of God” is a major concept in the Gospel of Luke. It is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n### Why does Luke write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nLuke wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### What are the roles of women in the Gospel of Luke?\n\nLuke described women in a very positive way in his Gospel. For example, he often showed women being more faithful to God than most men. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What are the Synoptic Gospels?\n\nThe Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they tell the story of many of the same events. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”\n\nPassages are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three Gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13-14](../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### Major issues in the text of the book of Luke\n\nULT follows the readings of the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. However, there may already be older versions of the Bible in the translators’ regions that follow the readings of other manuscripts. In the most significant cases, the General Notes to the chapters in which these differences occur will discuss them and recommend approaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +LUK front intro uk55 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Luke

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the book of Luke

1. Dedication to Theophilus (1:1-4)
2. Prologue
* The birth of John the Baptist (1:5-80)
* The birth and youth of Jesus (2:1-51)
* The ministry of John the Baptist (3:1-20)
* The baptism, genealogy, and temptation of Jesus (3:21-4:13)
3. The teaching and healing ministry of Jesus in Galilee (4:14-9:50)
4. Jesus teaches along his journey to Jerusalem
* Judgment by God, and people’s judgments about Jesus (9:51-13:21)
* Who will be part of the kingdom of God (13:22-17:10)
* Responding to Jesus by welcoming or rejecting him (17:11-19:27)
5. Jesus in Jerusalem
* Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem (19:28-44)
* Jesus teaches in the temple: conflict over his identity and authority (19:45-21:38)
* Jesus’ death, burial, and resurrection (22:1-24:53)

### What is the Gospel of Luke about?

The Gospel of Luke is one of four books in the New Testament that describe the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Luke wrote his Gospel for a person named Theophilus and dedicated it to him. Luke wrote an accurate description of the life and teachings of Jesus so that Theophilus would be certain that what he had been taught about Jesus was true. However, Luke expected that what he wrote would encourage all followers of Jesus.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Luke” or “The Gospel According to Luke.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “The Good News About Jesus that Luke Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Luke?

This book does not give the name of its author. However, the same person who wrote this book also wrote the book of Acts, which is also dedicated to Theophilus. In parts of the book of Acts, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have recognized Luke as the author of both the Gospel of Luke and the book of Acts.

Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. Luke himself probably did not witness what Jesus said and did. But he tells Theophilus in his dedication that he talked to many people who did.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### The kingdom of God

“The kingdom of God” is a major concept in the Gospel of Luke. It is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

### Why does Luke write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?

Luke wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### What are the roles of women in the Gospel of Luke?

Luke described women in a very positive way in his Gospel. For example, he often showed women being more faithful to God than most men. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What are the Synoptic Gospels?

The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they tell the story of many of the same events. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”

Passages are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three Gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.

### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?

In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13-14](../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.

Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])

Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.

### Major issues in the text of the book of Luke

ULT follows the readings of the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. However, there may already be older versions of the Bible in the translators’ regions that follow the readings of other manuscripts. In the most significant cases, the General Notes to the chapters in which these differences occur will discuss them and recommend approaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) LUK 1 intro f1b5 0 # Luke 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Dedication to Theophilus (1:1-4)
2. The angel Gabriel announces to Zechariah that his wife Elizabeth is going to bear a son, John the Baptist (1:5-25)
3. The angel Gabriel announces to Mary that she is going to become the mother of Jesus (1:26-38)
4. Mary goes to visit Elizabeth (1:39-56)
5. John the Baptist is born (1:57-80)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in Mary’s song about becoming the mother of Jesus in 1:46-55 and Zechariah’s song about the birth of his son John the Baptist in 1:68-79.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “He will be called John”

Most people in the ancient Near East would give a child the same name as someone in their families. People were surprised that Elizabeth and Zechariah named their son John because there was no one else in their family with that name. LUK 1 1 qhd9 figs-activepassive περὶ τῶν πεπληροφορημένων ἐν ἡμῖν πραγμάτων 1 concerning the things that have been fulfilled among us If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “about those things that have happened among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LUK 1 1 hyp6 figs-exclusive ἐν ἡμῖν 1 among us Luke dedicates this book to a man named Theophilus. It is no longer known exactly who he was. But since Luke says in [1:4](../01/04.md) that he wants Theophilus to know that the things he has been taught are reliable, it appears that he was a follower of Jesus. So here the word **us** would include him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv index 642a48fab9..ba3e95f6e8 100644 --- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv +++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv @@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ JHN 10 40 wztl figs-explicit ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτ JHN 10 40 f5dx figs-explicit ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ 1 he stayed there Jesus remained on the east side of **Jordan** for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stay**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 10 41 yfin σημεῖον 1 See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle” JHN 10 41 gd31 writing-pronouns τούτου 1 Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -JHN 11 intro tks5 0 # John 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)\n2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)\n3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).\n\n### Passover\n\nAfter Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### “One man dies for the people”\n\nIn the law of Moses, God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people who were living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.\n\n### Hypothetical situation\n\nWhen Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother did die. +JHN 11 intro tks5 0 # John 11 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)
2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)
3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Ancient Jewish burial customs

According to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).

### Passover

After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])

## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

### “One man dies for the people”

In the law of Moses, God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.

### “The Jews”

This term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people who were living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.

### Hypothetical situation

When Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother did die. JHN 11 1 fsf7 writing-background 0 General Information: [Verses 1–2](../11/01.md) provide background information about **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 11 1 s5im writing-participants ἦν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας 1 This verse introduces **Lazarus** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “There was a man named Lazarus, who was from Bethany and was sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) JHN 11 1 b2r5 translate-names Λάζαρος 1 **Lazarus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index bc0f6d0707..0f82e4a1c6 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ ROM 2 24 ccm9 figs-activepassive τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δ ROM 2 24 m2bq grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because of you the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 24 pg0g figs-explicit δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 The implication is that since the Jews are God’s people, and represent him to **among the Gentiles**, their bad behavior is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 24 wmfh grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμᾶς 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of you Jews” or “of you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n +ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 2 25 j4ao figs-parallelism 1 These two clauses, **For circumcision indeed benefits if you obey the law** and **but if you are transgressors of the law, your circumcision has become uncircumcision**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law**. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 25 vdu7 grammar-connect-logic-result περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ, ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “If you obey the law, circumcision indeed benefits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 25 i497 grammar-connect-words-phrases περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For circumcision indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 qa6b figs-possession οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the Spirit Paul is using the possessive form **of him** to describe from whom **the one who is inwardly a Jew** receives **praise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “his” instead of the noun “him” or express this idea as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “his praise is not from people but from God” or “God is who praises him not human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”

Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]]) -ROM 3 1 v788 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then {is}** marks the beginning of a series rhetorical questions and answers in [3:1–9](../03/01.md) to emphasize that “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as a statement or an exclamation as in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n +ROM 3 1 v788 figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then {is}** marks the beginning of a series rhetorical questions and answers in [3:1–9](../03/01.md) to emphasize that “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as a statement or an exclamation as in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 3 1 vrm4 figs-parallelism τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the similarity between **the Jew** and **the circumcision**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How then is being a Jew or being circumcised beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 1 bjfo figs-abstractnouns τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **advantage** or **benefit**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “How then does the Jew gain anything, or how does being circumcised profit anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-ellipsis τί…τίς 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -568,12 +568,12 @@ ROM 3 22 c4mg figs-nominaladj πάντας τοὺς πιστεύοντας 1 P ROM 3 22 o6qe grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why **the righteousness of God** is **for all**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 22 daa3 figs-abstractnouns οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολή 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distinction**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “God does not discriminate” or “God is not partial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 23 x1hu grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why “there is no distinction” (See [3:22](../03/22.md)). Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 23 akn9 figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 See how you translated **all** in [3:22](../03/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n +ROM 3 23 akn9 figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 See how you translated **all** in [3:22](../03/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM 3 23 jbe9 figs-metaphor ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were something that misses a mark or does not reach its destination. He means that they lack or do not attain **the glory of God**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **fall short** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “lack God’s glory” or “need God’s glory” “do not attain to God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 23 ywpg figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 23 vwsf figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) the glorious life humans were meant to live. Alternate translation: “the glory God gave them” or “the glory from God” (2) glorifying God. Alternate translation: “glorifying God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-personification δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι 1 Here, **grace** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could **justify** someone. Paul means that God graciously makes people right with himself as a gift. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and are gifted with becoming righteous because God is gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely declared righteous** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely declared righteous** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, who sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 24 mwbg figs-ellipsis τῆς 2 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all humanity by uniting it to **Christ Jesus**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “that comes through union with Christ Jesus” or “that is through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -604,12 +604,12 @@ ROM 3 27 tg79 figs-exclamations οὐχί, 1 Here, **No! But** is an exclamatio ROM 3 27 mlcq figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 qe9p grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in [3:27](../03/27.md)) and further answers Paul’s rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 28 jtqq grammar-connect-words-phrases λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we believing Jews consider” or “we believing Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense of “humanity,” including both men and women. Alternate translation: “humanity” or “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n +ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense of “humanity,” including both men and women. Alternate translation: “humanity” or “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” does it (See [3:30](../03/30.md)). Alternate translation: “that God makes a person righteous” or “God continues to justify a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Here **by faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God or Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in God” or “by remaining faithful to Christ” (2) God’s or Christ’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by God’s faithfulness” or “by Christ’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 ycx2 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law Paul is using the possessive form (See [3:21](../03/21.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **apart from works of the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” or “even if he has done no works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 29 c606 figs-ellipsis ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? οὐχὶ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 29 hdbq figs-exclamations οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? 1 Here, **not** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use a natural way in your language for communicating an exclamatory question or another way in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Isn’t he also the God of the Gentiles?!” or “Of course he is also the God of the Gentiles, right?!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])\n +ROM 3 29 hdbq figs-exclamations οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? 1 Here, **not** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use a natural way in your language for communicating an exclamatory question or another way in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Isn’t he also the God of the Gentiles?!” or “Of course he is also the God of the Gentiles, right?!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM 3 29 gp74 figs-exclamations ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Here, **Yes**is an exclamation word that communicates enthusiasm. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating enthusiasm. Alternate translation (change the period to an exclamation point): “Yes, of Gentiles also!” or “Of course the Gentiles too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 30 vur7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴπερ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 3 30 ux30 figs-metaphor εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that **God {is} one** in nature, and he is the **one** true **God** of both Jews and Gentiles. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} one** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” or “God is one in nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he w ROM 3 30 s9i4 figs-possession ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** (See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **by faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in God. Alternate translation: “from trusting in God … through trusting in God” (2) God’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “because he is faithful … through his faithfulness” or “from his faithfulness … through the same faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we believing Jews then nullify” or “Do we believing Jews then abolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 31 y6qx grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold the law Here, **then** indicates result. If it would be more natural in your language, you could place **then** at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize the idea of result or make the sentence into an emphatic statement like the UST. Alternate translation: “So then, do we nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 31 aj6s figs-possession διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:30](../03/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n +ROM 3 31 aj6s figs-possession διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:30](../03/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 3 31 rhy5 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 31 f8ft grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to the Jewish assumption that **law** and **faith** are contradictory. Instead, Paul asserts that the ideas of **law** and **faith** actually reinforce one another. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 31 c295 figs-metaphor νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were something that could be held aloft. He means that believing Jews such as Paul teach that **faith** was always a necessary part of obeying **the law**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **uphold the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we believing Jews confirm what the law says” or “we believing Jews establish what the law actually teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -634,8 +634,8 @@ ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 If your ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that **works** is equivalent to the phrase “works of the law” in [3:28](../03/28.md). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 2 me3d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν. 1 What follows the word **but** here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Although people may be impressed by **works**, a person is not **made righteous by works** from God’s perspective. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not to God!” or “however not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 2 z9wx figs-metaphor πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God** (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). He means that God does not accept Abraham as **righteous by works**. If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to God” or “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 4 3 w9i5 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For what does the scripture say Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. In what follows, Paul gives the reason why Abraham is not “made righteous by works” in [4:2](../04/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to introduce a reason clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n -ROM 4 3 r9te writing-quotations τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 In the New Testament, **what does the scripture say** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Old Testament in [Genesis 15:6](gen/15/06.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the holy scriptures. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what did Moses write in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n +ROM 4 3 w9i5 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For what does the scripture say Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. In what follows, Paul gives the reason why Abraham is not “made righteous by works” in [4:2](../04/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to introduce a reason clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM 4 3 r9te writing-quotations τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 In the New Testament, **what does the scripture say** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Old Testament in [Genesis 15:6](gen/15/06.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the holy scriptures. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what did Moses write in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God regarded him as righteous” or “God reckoned Abraham as being right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 3 qked figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “being right with God” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 4 ihul grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows describes the nature of works. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ ROM 4 4 oojx figs-extrainfo τῷ…ἐργαζομένῳ 1 By, **the one who ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he does not consider his wage as grace” or “he does not regard his pay as grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **grace** and **obligation**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious … as what is owed” or “something gifted … something owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 4 avcm grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **grace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (begin a new sentence like the UST): “On the contrary, it is counted as an obligation” or “Actually, it is regarded as an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 4 5 ynp2 figs-parallelism 1 in the one who justifies [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing with similar language, to contrast the “the one who works” with **the one who does not work**. Use natural way in your language to express contrasting ideas that use similar language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n +ROM 4 5 ynp2 figs-parallelism 1 in the one who justifies [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing with similar language, to contrast the “the one who works” with **the one who does not work**. Use natural way in your language to express contrasting ideas that use similar language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 4 5 x9y5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows describes the nature of what **makes righteous**. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 5 e30u grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **work**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 5 fezj figs-explicit τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 The implication is that **the one who makes righteous** is God (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:27](../03/27.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who makes righteous” or “God who justifies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -653,12 +653,12 @@ ROM 4 5 s00l figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαι ROM 4 6 hil6 writing-quotations καθάπερ…λέγει 1 In the New Testament, **Even as … speaks** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Psalms of King David in [LXX Psalm 31:1–2](psalm/31/01.md) that continues through [4:7–8](../04/07.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “This what … wrote in the Old Testament” or “This is exactly what … refers to in the Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 6 s0v1 figs-abstractnouns τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how blessed the person is” or “how happy people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 6 vyse figs-possession τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the man** that is characterized by **blessing**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “blessed” instead of the noun “blessing.” Alternate translation: “about the blessed man” or “the happy man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 4 6 x40j grammar-collectivenouns τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 The word **man** is a singular noun that refers to all humanity. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for the people” or “for the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])\n +ROM 4 6 x40j grammar-collectivenouns τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 The word **man** is a singular noun that refers to all humanity. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for the people” or “for the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM 4 6 c6zs figs-distinguish ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 This phrase gives us further information about the **the man**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the man God counts as righteous apart from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 4 6 lilj figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being right with himself” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +ROM 4 6 lilj figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being right with himself” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 4 6 o260 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show why these people should be **Blessed**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How happy are those people whom God completely forgives all the wrong things they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n -ROM 4 7 gm94 figs-exclamations μακάριοι…ἐπεκαλύφθησαν 1 If the plain statement form for this seems unnatural, you could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “How happy … covered!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])\n +ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show why these people should be **Blessed**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How happy are those people whom God completely forgives all the wrong things they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM 4 7 gm94 figs-exclamations μακάριοι…ἐπεκαλύφθησαν 1 If the plain statement form for this seems unnatural, you could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “How happy … covered!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM 4 7 xesq figs-ellipsis μακάριοι…αἱ ἀνομίαι…αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** and **their** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Blessed are … their lawless deeds … their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 4 7 op7p figs-nominalad μακάριοι 1 Paul is using the plural adjective **Blessed** as a noun in order to describe people whose **lawless deeds are forgiven**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “How happy are the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 4 7 lq4w figs-nominalad ὧν…αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν…αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a word that is characterized by truth. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ ROM 4 9 w2xt figs-quotations λέγομεν γάρ, ἐλογίσθη τῷ Ἀ ROM 4 9 mrsm grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is indicates that what follows answers the rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “This is because” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 9 m3uh figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Faith was counted to Abraham as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as being right with himself since he trusted in God” or “God regarded Abraham righteous because of how he trusted in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 9 ymps figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** or **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “How he trusted … as being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 10 bw38 figs-explicit πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη? ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 In this verse Paul implies that **it** refers to Abraham’s faith in [4:9](../04/09.md), and that Abraham is the implied subject of the rest of this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How then was Abraham’s faith counted? While he was circumcised or while he was uncircumcised? {It was} not while Abraham was circumcised, but while Abraham was uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +ROM 4 10 bw38 figs-explicit πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη? ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 In this verse Paul implies that **it** refers to Abraham’s faith in [4:9](../04/09.md), and that Abraham is the implied subject of the rest of this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How then was Abraham’s faith counted? While he was circumcised or while he was uncircumcised? {It was} not while Abraham was circumcised, but while Abraham was uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 4 10 p5rp figs-activepassive πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη 1 It was not in circumcision, but in uncircumcision If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “How then did God consider it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 10 wbta grammar-connect-logic-result πῶς οὖν 1 Here, **Then** introduces a result clause in the form of a rhetorical question. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “How as a result” or “So then how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 10 xid2 figs-ellipsis οὐκ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **It was** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It was not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ ROM 4 12 wdw8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word ROM 4 12 s9jt figs-idiom καὶ τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 who follow in the steps of faith of our father Abraham Here, **walk in the footsteps** is an idiom that means to follow someone’s example. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who live the way our ancestor Abraham’s did by trusting God even before being circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 12 btrd figs-possession τῆς…πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **our father Abraham** who is characterized by his **faith**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “Abraham’s” instead of the noun “Abraham” or with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “of our father Abraham’s faith” or “of trusting in God like our ancestor Abraham did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 12 u5ur figs-exclusive τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 Here, **our** refers to Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:9](..03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “our Jewish ancestor Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 4 13 x9s9 figs-infostructure 1 but through the righteousness of faith If it would be more natural in your language, you could reorder this verse. Alternate translation: “For the promise to Abraham or to his seed was not through the law but through the righteousness of faith. What God promised to Abraham or his seed is that they would inherit the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])\n +ROM 4 13 x9s9 figs-infostructure 1 but through the righteousness of faith If it would be more natural in your language, you could reorder this verse. Alternate translation: “For the promise to Abraham or to his seed was not through the law but through the righteousness of faith. What God promised to Abraham or his seed is that they would inherit the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM 4 13 i6xc grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, what follows **For** gives the reason why he Jewish ancestor Abraham is the “father” of the “uncircumcised” (See [4:12](../04/12.md). Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 13 yqxx grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, **or** indicates that **the promise** is **to Abraham** and **his seed**. Alternate translation: “or also” or “and also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 13 ew13 figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a **seed* that a person plants. He means that they are Abraham’s offspring or descendants. If your readers would not understand what **his seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “those who descend from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -707,8 +707,8 @@ ROM 4 13 pjyt figs-distinguish τὸ κληρονόμον αὐτὸν εἶνα ROM 4 13 vtgx figs-ellipsis οὐ 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **was** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 4 13 dvlp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to receiving God’s promise **through the law**. Instead, Paul refers to receiving the promise through **faith**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 13 iqsm figs-possession δικαιοσύνης πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **righteousness** that comes from **faith** (See how you translated the similar phrase in [4:11](../04/11.md)). If this is not clear in your language, you could indicate this with an adjective phrase or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “faith’s righteousness” or “becoming right with God by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 4 13 udne figs-abstractnouns διὰ δικαιοσύνης πίστεως 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **righteousness** and **faith**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “through becoming right with God by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n -ROM 4 14 n0x6 figs-hypo 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the serious implications of how people inherit God’s promises. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Now, suppose that being associated with the law allows people to inherit God’s promise, then faith becomes useless and what God promised becomes void” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])\n +ROM 4 13 udne figs-abstractnouns διὰ δικαιοσύνης πίστεως 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **righteousness** and **faith**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “through becoming right with God by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM 4 14 n0x6 figs-hypo 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the serious implications of how people inherit God’s promises. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Now, suppose that being associated with the law allows people to inherit God’s promise, then faith becomes useless and what God promised becomes void” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
ROM 4 14 hba4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, what follows **For** in [4:14–15](../04/14.md) gives the reasons why God’s promise to Abraham comes “through the righteousness of faith” (See [4:13](../04/13.md). Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 14 ksui figs-possession οἱ ἐκ νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **those** associated with **the law**. Here, **those from the law** refers to the Jews, namely, “those from the circumcision” (See [4:12](../04/12.md)). If this is not clear in your language, you could express this idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “those associated with the law” or “the circumcised Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 14 jl50 figs-ellipsis κληρονόμοι 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are heirs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -716,20 +716,20 @@ ROM 4 14 k4ip figs-explicit κληρονόμοι 1 The implication is that the ROM 4 14 md7o figs-parallelism κεκένωται ἡ πίστις καὶ κατήργηται ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how powerless **the law** is to allow a person inherit God’s **promise**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “trusting in God’s promise becomes absolutely powerless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 14 hxvd figs-metaphor κεκένωται ἡ πίστις 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **faith** as if it were a container that could be emptied. He means that **faith** becomes powerless or useless to make a person right with God if simply being associated with **the law** allows a person to inherit God’s promises. If your readers would not understand what **faith has been made empty** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “then it is impossible to become right with God by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 15 b3h8 figs-abstractnouns 1 there is no trespass If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath** and **transgression**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that God punishes those who break his law, but where God’s law is not present, there is no opportunity to transgress it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 15 qma4 figs-metaphor ὁ γὰρ νόμος ὀργὴν κατεργάζεται 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were a person or machine that could produce something. He means that what God requires in his **law** to be done by his people causes punishment for those who do not obey **the law**. If your readers would not understand what **produces wrath** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Certainly, God punishes those who do not obey his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +ROM 4 15 qma4 figs-metaphor ὁ γὰρ νόμος ὀργὴν κατεργάζεται 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were a person or machine that could produce something. He means that what God requires in his **law** to be done by his people causes punishment for those who do not obey **the law**. If your readers would not understand what **produces wrath** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Certainly, God punishes those who do not obey his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 4 15 v1ow grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, what follows **For** gives the reason for God’s **law**. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 15 ucqi figs-parallelism οὗ δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν νόμος, οὐδὲ παράβασις 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that **the law** has to be present or exist for someone to be able to transgress it. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “but a person cannot transgress a law that does not exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 15 px0m figs-metaphor οὗ δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν νόμος 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were located in a specific place. Here, **where** means that God’s law is present. If your readers would not understand what **where** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “but where the law is not present” or “but in a place where God’s law does not exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 15 t0wx grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here what follows the word **but** is meant to show a contrast between where God’s **law** is present and where it is not present. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 15 qxoi figs-ellipsis οὐδὲ 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “neither is there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 4 16 mex6 grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 in order that the promise may rest on grace Here, **For this reason** introduces a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why something happens. Alternate translation: “Because of this,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +ROM 4 16 mex6 grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 in order that the promise may rest on grace Here, **For this reason** introduces a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why something happens. Alternate translation: “Because of this,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 4 16 gzlh figs-ellipsis ἐκ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **it is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 4 16 defl figs-extrainfo ἐκ πίστεως 1 Here, the implication is that **{it is}** refers to **the promise** (See also [4:13](../04/13.md)). Since the expression is explained in this verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 4 16 nchm figs-possession ἐκ πίστεως…ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the promise** is acquired. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this idea using a verb form. Alternate translation: “a person acquires God’s promise by trusting in him … who trust God like Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 16 bc5k grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God makes **faith** the means for acquiring **the promise**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 4 16 cgpq figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “because God is kind” or “based on how gracious God is” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 16 v8it grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ εἶναι βεβαίαν, τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “God causes the promise to become secure” or “so that the promise is certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 4 16 r8ji grammar-collectivenouns παντὶ τῷ σπέρματι 1 The phrase **all the seed** is singular but refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “all the descendants” or “all the different types of offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])\n +ROM 4 16 r8ji grammar-collectivenouns παντὶ τῷ σπέρματι 1 The phrase **all the seed** is singular but refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “all the descendants” or “all the different types of offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM 4 16 xzsp figs-metaphor σπέρματι 1 See how you translated **seed** in [4:13](../04/13.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 16 a4ai figs-distinguish οὐ τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ 1 These clauses give us further information about the **all the seed**. They distinguish between a **seed** based on **the law** and a **seed** based on **the faith**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “both from those believers associated with Abraham through the law, and those associated with Abraham only through faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 4 16 ns6r figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 those who are under the law See how you translated this phrase in [4:14](../04/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ ROM 4 17 s67j figs-distinguish τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος 1 What follow ROM 4 17 fhw8 figs-nominaladj τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 Paul is using the adjective **the dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “to dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 4 17 tg2e figs-metaphor καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the things not existing** as if **God** were shouting at or calling to them. Paul means that **God** creates things by naming them or summoning them **into existence** (See [Genesis 1](..gen/01/.md)). If your readers would not understand what **calls** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “summons into being things that did not previously exist” or “by speaking creates things from what does not exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 17 ou8k figs-abstractnouns ὡς ὄντα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **existence**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as though they exist” or “as if they were things that exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 18 g8fm figs-idiom ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν 1 In hope he believed against hope Here, the phrase **against hope** is an idiom meaning “what seems hopeless.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “although it seemed hopeless for Abraham to have descendants, he assuredly trusted God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n +ROM 4 18 g8fm figs-idiom ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν 1 In hope he believed against hope Here, the phrase **against hope** is an idiom meaning “what seems hopeless.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “although it seemed hopeless for Abraham to have descendants, he assuredly trusted God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM 4 18 auah figs-abstractnouns ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope*, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “who hopefully trusted God although it seemed hopeless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 18 emih writing-pronouns ὃς…αὐτὸν…εἰρημένον…σου 1 The pronouns **who** and **he** and **your** refer to Abraham, not God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 4 18 bs6y grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτὸν 1 This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Abraham **believed in hope**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he would become” or “in order that he could become” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ ROM 4 18 qbdq figs-metaphor πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν 1 See how y ROM 4 18 b92q writing-quotations κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον 1 according to what he had been told Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. In this case, it is a direct quotation from [Genesis 15:5](gen/15/05.md). Alternate translation: “based on what God had already said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 18 p5el figs-explicit οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου 1 So will your descendants be Paul assumes that his readers would know the complete wording of the promise God made to Abraham in [Genesis 15:5](gen/15/05.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Look now at the heavens and count the stars, if you are able to count them. So will your seed be.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 18 i2ev figs-metaphor 1 See how you translated **seed** in [4:16](../04/16.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 4 19 ycte figs-infostructure 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Even though he considered his own body as already having died (being about a hundred years old)—and the deadness of the womb of Sarah—he did not weaken in how he trusted God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])\n +ROM 4 19 ycte figs-infostructure 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Even though he considered his own body as already having died (being about a hundred years old)—and the deadness of the womb of Sarah—he did not weaken in how he trusted God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM 4 19 m9gq figs-litotes καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει, 1 Without becoming weak in faith, Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “And being strengthened in his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ROM 4 19 b3w6 figs-abstractnouns τῇ πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “in how he trusted God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 19 w3rq writing-pronouns κατενόησεν 1 The pronouns **he** and **his own** refer to Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham considered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) @@ -766,10 +766,10 @@ ROM 4 19 ghhm figs-abstractnouns τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας ROM 4 20 qn5h figs-infostructure εἰς δὲ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not waver in unbelief about what God promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 4 20 kicf grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **But** indicates that what follows emphasizes Abraham’s **faith** in **the promise of God**. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 20 qcod figs-possession εἰς…τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the promise** that comes from **God** that is characterized by truth. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” Alternate translation: “as it relates to God’s promise” or “relating to the promise from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 4 20 wgmc figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the things God promised” or “the things God said would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +ROM 4 20 wgmc figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the things God promised” or “the things God said would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 4 20 ep2z figs-doublenegatives οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 did not hesitate in unbelief This is a double negative. Since the following clause positively contrasts it, you should not translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he did not doubt that God is faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 4 20 th2x figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ…τῇ πίστει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **the unbelief** and **the faith**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “by disbelieving … by believing” or “by distrusting … by trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 20 a4g4 figs-infostructure ἀλλ’ ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει, δοὺς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “but by glorifying God, he became more empowered to trust” or “but after glorifying God, he became strengthened to trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])\n +ROM 4 20 a4g4 figs-infostructure ἀλλ’ ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει, δοὺς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “but by glorifying God, he became more empowered to trust” or “but after glorifying God, he became strengthened to trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM 4 20 z0w3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **but** is in contrast to what was expected, that Abraham would doubt that God was going to give him a son since he was nearly one hundred years old (See [4:19](../04/19.md)). Instead, Abraham trusted God even more. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “on the contrary, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 20 zdj5 figs-activepassive ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει 1 he was strengthened in faith If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “trusting God strengthened Abraham” or “God strengthened his belief” or “God empowered him to continue to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 20 ew3r figs-abstractnouns δοὺς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “having glorified God” or “because he glorified God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -794,28 +794,28 @@ ROM 4 24 pfc9 figs-exclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς, οἷς μέλλει…Ἰησ ROM 4 24 nc8x figs-distinguish οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 This phrase gives us further information about faith that is **counted** as righteousness for those who live after Jesus died and resurrected. Paul is distinguishing between faith in the one true God before and after Christ lived. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “for whom God will count our faith as righteousness as well, if we continue to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 4 24 nh4k figs-activepassive οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι 1 also for us, for whom it will be counted, we who believe If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “to whom God is going to count as righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 24 bu1m writing-pronouns μέλλει 1 Here the pronoun **it** refers to “faith” (See [4:20–22](../04/20)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith is about” or “trusting in God is going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 4 24 artt writing-pronouns τὸν ἐγείραντα 1 The pronoun **one** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who resurrected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n +ROM 4 24 artt writing-pronouns τὸν ἐγείραντα 1 The pronoun **one** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who resurrected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 4 24 i6vl figs-idiom ἐγείραντα…ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Here, the phrase **raised from the dead** is an idiom meaning “resurrected from where dead people are.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who resurrected … from death” or “resurrected … from the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 24 iq69 figs-idiom figs-nominaladj 1 Paul is using the adjective **the dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “where dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 4 25 vngb figs-distinguish 1 This verse gives us further information about Jesus. It is making a distinction between who Jesus is and what God has done to him. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “God handed over Jesus because of how we violated God’s laws, and God resurrected Jesus in order to make us right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])\n +ROM 4 25 vngb figs-distinguish 1 This verse gives us further information about Jesus. It is making a distinction between who Jesus is and what God has done to him. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “God handed over Jesus because of how we violated God’s laws, and God resurrected Jesus in order to make us right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM 4 25 irue writing-pronouns ὃς…ἡμῶν…τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 The pronoun **who** refers to Jesus, and **our** refers to all **those who believe** in him (See [4:24](../04/24.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus … all of our … the vindication of us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 4 25 cca1 figs-activepassive ὃς παρεδόθη…ἠγέρθη 1 who was delivered up for our trespasses and was raised for our justification If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God handed over Jesus … God resurrected Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 25 b999 figs-metaphor ὃς παρεδόθη…ἠγέρθη 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Jesus as if he were something that could be sent to another person and an object to lift up. Paul means that God allowed people to kill, and then God resurrected Jesus after he died. If your readers would not understand what **was delivered up** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God handed over Jesus … God resurrected him” or “God allowed others to kill Jesus … God made him alive after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 4 25 op41 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν…διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **trespasses** and **justification**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because we trespassed … to make us right with God” or “because we transgressed … so God could vindicate us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +ROM 4 25 op41 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν…διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **trespasses** and **justification**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because we trespassed … to make us right with God” or “because we transgressed … so God could vindicate us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 5 intro i1dt 0 # Romans 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Many scholars view verses 12-17 as some of the most important, but difficult, verses in Scripture to understand. Some of their richness and meaning has likely been lost while being translated from how the original Greek was constructed.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Results of justification

How Paul explains the results of our being justified is an important part of this chapter. These results include having peace with God, having access to God, being confident about our future, being able to rejoice when suffering, being eternally saved, and being reconciled with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

### “All sinned”

Scholars are divided over what Paul meant in verse 12: “And death spread to all people, because all sinned.” Some believe that all of mankind was present in the “seed of Adam.” So, as Adam is the father of all mankind, all of mankind was present when Adam sinned. Others believe that Adam served as a representative head for mankind. So when he sinned, all of mankind “fell” as a result. Whether people today played an active or passive role in Adam’s original sin is one way these views differ. Other passages will help one decide. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

### The second Adam

Adam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” in this chapter and the true son of God. He brings life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]]) ROM 5 1 xmp3 grammar-connect-logic-result 1 Connecting Statement: If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Let us have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, because we have been made right with God by trusting in him” or “We can have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, since God makes us right with himself by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 1 age4 grammar-connect-words-phrases δικαιωθέντες οὖν 1 Since we are justified Here, **Therefore** indicates that what follows in [5:1-5](../05/01.md) is a new section that describes the results of being made right with God. Alternate translation (remove comma): “As a result of having been made right” or “So then, if we have been made right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 1 xott figs-activepassive δικαιωθέντες…ἐκ πίστεως 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “because God makes us righteous when we trust him” or “since God justifies us through trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 1 wbwx figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:16](../04/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 5 1 p11y figs-possession εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through our Lord Jesus Christ This phrase gives us information about how the believer can **have peace with God**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus Christ allows us to have peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])\n +ROM 5 1 p11y figs-possession εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through our Lord Jesus Christ This phrase gives us information about how the believer can **have peace with God**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus Christ allows us to have peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM 5 1 hi12 figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “we can live safely” or “let us live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 1 o2yr figs-metaphor εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they could possess or own **peace**. He means that they can or must live peacefully with God. If your readers would not understand what **have peace** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “let us try to live peacefully” or “we must live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 5 1 kjpb figs-imperative ἔχωμεν 1 The phrase **let us have peace** communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “we must have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])\n -ROM 5 2 slyh figs-abstractnouns 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **the access** or **faith**, **grace**, or **hope**, you could express the same ideas another way. Alternate translation: “The Lord Jesus Christ also allows us through trusting in him to access how gracious God is … boastful, hopeful to experience God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n -ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-exclusive ἔχωμεν…ἡμῶν 1 we … our The pronouns **us** and **our** inclusively refer to all **those who believe** in Jesus (See [4:24–25](../04/24.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “let us believers … our” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n -ROM 5 1 xaeg guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 In [5:1–5](../05/01.md), Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers in **Christ**. Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])\n +ROM 5 1 kjpb figs-imperative ἔχωμεν 1 The phrase **let us have peace** communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “we must have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+ROM 5 2 slyh figs-abstractnouns 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **the access** or **faith**, **grace**, or **hope**, you could express the same ideas another way. Alternate translation: “The Lord Jesus Christ also allows us through trusting in him to access how gracious God is … boastful, hopeful to experience God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-exclusive ἔχωμεν…ἡμῶν 1 we … our The pronouns **us** and **our** inclusively refer to all **those who believe** in Jesus (See [4:24–25](../04/24.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “let us believers … our” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ROM 5 1 xaeg guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 In [5:1–5](../05/01.md), Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers in **Christ**. Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
ROM 5 2 du8b figs-distinguish δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην 1 Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand This phrase gives us further information about how Jesus helps the believer. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “The Lord Jesus Christ also allows us through trusting in him to access God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 5 2 tsbo writing-pronouns οὗ 1 The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n +ROM 5 2 tsbo writing-pronouns οὗ 1 The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 5 2 i50u figs-exclusive καὶ…ἐσχήκαμεν…ἑστήκαμεν…καυχώμεθα 1 Unless otherwise noted, the pronoun **we** and its other forms (“us” or “our”) refer inclusively to all believers in Christ in chapter 5. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we believers also have … we believers stand … we believers boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 5 2 af0n figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **grace** as if it were a location that someone could access and where someone could stand. He means that by trusting in Jesus it allows believers to confidently experience how gracious God is toward his people. If your readers would not understand what **grace in which we stand** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to confidently experience how kind God is” or “to safely experience how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 2 fsqg figs-litany καυχώμεθα ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul uses a repetitive series of phrases in [5:2–4](..05/02.md) to show how powerful **hope** is. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of the ways Christians can “boast in the hope of the glory of God**. Paul goes on to say in [5:5](../05/05.md) that “hope does not disappoint.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that express reasons to **hope**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) @@ -830,8 +830,8 @@ ROM 5 3 lo57 figs-metaphor ἡ θλῖψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζ ROM 5 4 dt8w figs-abstractnouns ἡ …ὑπομονὴ…ἐλπίδα 1 See how you translated **endurance** in [5:3](../05/03.md) and **hope** in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 4 gjvh figs-abstractnouns δοκιμήν, ἡ δὲ δοκιμὴ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **character**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “makes us approved by God, and when God approves us it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 5 u4xh grammar-connect-logic-result 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “And because the love of God has been poured into our hearts through the Holy Spirit, who has been given to us–hope does not disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 5 5 rctz figs-explicit ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς 1 The implication is that **hope** here refers to **the hope of the glory of God** in [5:2](../05/02.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And being confident in God’s glory” or “And the hope of the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n -ROM 5 5 zp3q grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **And** indicates that what follows summarizes Paul’s litany about **hope**. Alternate translation: “So” or “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 5 5 rctz figs-explicit ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς 1 The implication is that **hope** here refers to **the hope of the glory of God** in [5:2](../05/02.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And being confident in God’s glory” or “And the hope of the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ROM 5 5 zp3q grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **And** indicates that what follows summarizes Paul’s litany about **hope**. Alternate translation: “So” or “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 5 5 pp1n figs-personification ἡ…ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει 1 that hope does not disappoint Here, **hope** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could **disappoint**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “being confident that we will once again live in the glorious way God intended, we are not disappointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 5 qka8 figs-metaphor ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν 1 because the love of God has been poured into our hearts Paul speaks figuratively of **love** as if it were a something that could be **poured** out of a pitcher, and **our hearts** as though they were containers that could be filled. He means that the Holy Spirit has completely revealed to God’s people how much God loves them. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “because the Holy Spirit, who God has given us, has deeply revealed how much God loves his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 5 dc95 figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul says that “the Holy Spirit” did it. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, who God gave us, poured out God’s love deep within us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ ROM 5 7 x036 writing-pronouns τις…τις 1 The pronoun **someone** refers ROM 5 7 mqyq writing-pronouns καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of dying as if it were a dare or challenge to overcome. He means that **someone** would be brave enough to give their life for the sake of someone else. If your readers would not understand what **dare to die** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “might even be willing to die” or “would even be brave enough to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 8 ednw grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what was expected, that **Christ** would die for godly people. Instead, Christ died for **sinners**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead,” or “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 5 8 qh0h figs-rpronouns ἑαυτοῦ 1 Paul uses the word **his own** to emphasize how much **God** loves his people. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “his very own” or “his personal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ROM 5 8 vh6y figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀγάπην εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much God loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +ROM 5 8 vh6y figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀγάπην εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much God loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 5 8 fel5 figs-infostructure ὅτι ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν, Χριστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀπέθανεν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “by the fact that Christ died for us, even while we were still sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 5 8 c8vd figs-distinguish ὅτι ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν 1 This phrase gives us further information about how much love God has for his people. Paul is pointing out how undeserving God’s people are of **his own love**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “in this way: even while we were still sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 5 8 oz1w figs-ellipsis ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete (See also [5:6](../05/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “while we still were being sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ ROM 5 12 k1xa figs-parallelism 0 This verse communicates similar ideas. Paul s ROM 5 12 hjx4 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ τοῦτο 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **Therefore** indicates that what follows in [5:12–21](../05/12.md) is Paul’s explanation of the relationship between human **sin** and God’s grace. Alternate translation: “For this reason” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 12 wf9f figs-personification ὥσπερ δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος; καὶ οὕτως εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὁ θάνατος διῆλθεν 1 through one man sin entered … death entered through sin Here, **sin** and **death** are spoken of figuratively as though they were persons who could travel to different places. Paul means that the way God intended for **the world** and human beings to function became thoroughly corrupted by **sin** and **death**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because one man sinned, he would die. All human beings born after that one man would die too because of the effects of his sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 12 pa8s figs-explicit δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου 1 The implication is that the **one man** is Adam, the first human being. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, since “Adam” is not mentioned until [5:14](../05/14.md). Alternate translation: “through the one man Adam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 12 a7ml writing-symlanguage δι’ ἑνὸς 1 The number **one** is a symbol of unity. Paul uses this possessive form **through one** twelve times in [5:12-19](../05/12.md) to emphasize the unity of Jesus with humanity. Be sure to retain this important phrase throughout your translation of this section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])\n +ROM 5 12 a7ml writing-symlanguage δι’ ἑνὸς 1 The number **one** is a symbol of unity. Paul uses this possessive form **through one** twelve times in [5:12-19](../05/12.md) to emphasize the unity of Jesus with humanity. Be sure to retain this important phrase throughout your translation of this section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
ROM 5 12 smc2 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἁμαρτία…τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος…ὁ θάνατος 1 Here, **the** indicates a specialized meaning of **sin** and **death**. If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract phrases **the sin** and **the death** in another way. Here, **the sin** and **the death** mean “death ruled” and “sin ruled” (See [5:14,21](..05/14/.md)). Alternate translation: “the power of sin … the power of sin, the power of death … the power of death” or “the dominion of sin … the dominion of sin, the dominion of death … the dominion of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 12 uxcs figs-ellipsis διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the death entered the world through the sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 5 12 l7wr grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ οὕτως 1 Here, **so** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “and as a result,” or “so then also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) @@ -891,36 +891,36 @@ ROM 5 13 e6bx figs-ellipsis ἄχρι γὰρ νόμου…μὴ ὄντος ν ROM 5 13 at4i grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why death caused **sin** until “the law came in so that the trespass might increase” (See [5:20](../05/20.md)). Alternate translation: “This is because” or “This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 13 w185 figs-possession ἄχρι…νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how the time period **until** relates to **law**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **until** could refer to: (1) the time until **law** was given. Alternate translation: “For up to the time God gave his law to the Jews … since God’s law did not exist” (2) the whole time the law was in effect until Christ came. Alternate translation: “until the end of the law … when the law was no longer in effect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 13 v51t figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτία…ἁμαρτία 1 See how you translated **sin** in [5:12](../05/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 5 13 uyd4 figs-personification ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ, ἁμαρτία δὲ 1 Here, **sin** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person located in the world and who could be charged with sinning. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “there were still people in the world who sinned, but their sinful way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n +ROM 5 13 uyd4 figs-personification ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ, ἁμαρτία δὲ 1 Here, **sin** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person located in the world and who could be charged with sinning. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “there were still people in the world who sinned, but their sinful way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 5 13 izno grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was expected, that God would count sin against people. Instead, **sin** has no legal consequences until **the law** is given. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 5 13 juq7 figs-activepassive ἁμαρτία…οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται 2 but there is no accounting for sin when there is no law If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God did not reckon it as sinning” or “God did not impute it as sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 14 ev8a grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Nevertheless, death What follows the word **Nevertheless** here is in contrast to what was expected, that since there was no law, there would be no consequences for doing what is wrong. Instead, Paul restates that **death** is the problem for humanity, not breaking the law God gave to his people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Although this is true” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 5 14 bd3q figs-personification ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος 1 death ruled from Adam until Moses Here, **death** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a king. Paul means that every person was under the control of **death**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “all humans came under the control of death” or “no human could escape dying” or “human life inevitably ended in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 14 u66m figs-abstractnouns ὁ θάνατος 1 See how you translated **death** in [5:12](../05/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 5 14 pdrh figs-merism ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως 1 Paul speaks figuratively, using these two people to represent the period of time between **Adam** and **Moses**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the time when Adam sinned until the time when God gave Moses his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])\n +ROM 5 14 pdrh figs-merism ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως 1 Paul speaks figuratively, using these two people to represent the period of time between **Adam** and **Moses**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the time when Adam sinned until the time when God gave Moses his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ROM 5 14 w24g figs-distinguish καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ 1 This phrase gives us further information about over whom **death ruled**. It is not making a distinction between those who lived during the time of **Adam** and **Moses**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “even over the people who did not disobey in the same way as Adam did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 5 14 skns figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ, ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **likeness**, **transgression**, and **pattern**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the same way as Adam transgressed, who typifies the coming one” or “exactly how Adam transgressed, who patterns he who will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 14 k2w7 figs-possession ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the likeness** relates to the **transgression**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “Adam’s” instead of the noun “Adam,” or you could use a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “like Adam’s transgression" or “in the same way Adam transgressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 14 e4ze figs-metaphor Ἀδάμ, ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Adam** as if he were a model or shape or drawing. Paul means that **Adam** represents humanity. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a pattern** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Adam, who is a replica of he who is coming” or “Adam, who models the coming one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 14 mu4s figs-possession τοῦ μέλλοντος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **pattern** relates to **the one who is coming**. Paul means that Adam represents the ideal human being, Jesus, who will come in the future (See [5:15](../05/15.md)). If this is not clear in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “representing Jesus who would come in the future” or “prefiguring Jesus who was destined to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 15 xodg grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Here, what follows **But** contrasts **the trespass** with **the gift**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 5 15 x37x figs-abstractnouns τὸ παράπτωμα…τὸ χάρισμα…τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι… ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **trespass**, **gracious gift**, **grace**, and **gift** you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “since Adam rebelled … what God graciously gave … when the one man trespassed … how gracious God is and what he graciously gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +ROM 5 15 x37x figs-abstractnouns τὸ παράπτωμα…τὸ χάρισμα…τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι… ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **trespass**, **gracious gift**, **grace**, and **gift** you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “since Adam rebelled … what God graciously gave … when the one man trespassed … how gracious God is and what he graciously gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 5 15 aobk figs-ellipsis οὕτως καὶ 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so also is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 5 15 sful grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains the difference between **the trespass** and **the gracious gift**. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 15 yxej grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ 1 Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that the benefits of **the gracious gift** are superior to the consequences of **the trespass**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) ROM 5 15 kdhb figs-possession τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the trespass** that comes from **one** man. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “one man’s” instead of the adjective “one” or a verb form. Alternate translation: “by one man’s trespass” or “because one man trespassed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 15 mm6y figs-nominaladj τοῦ ἑνὸς 1 Paul is using the adjective **one** as a noun in order to refer to Adam (See [5:14](../05/14.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could make these references explicit. Alternate translation: “Adam, the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 5 15 e9me figs-nominaladj οἱ πολλοὶ…τοὺς πολλοὺς 1 Here Paul is using the adjective **many** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “many people … many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n +ROM 5 15 e9me figs-nominaladj οἱ πολλοὶ…τοὺς πολλοὺς 1 Here Paul is using the adjective **many** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “many people … many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM 5 15 h6c3 grammar-connect-words-phrases πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 Here, **much more** strongly emphasizes the difference between the results of **the trespass** of Adam and the **grace of God** that comes through **Jesus Christ** (See how you translated this phrase in [5:10](../05/10.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express strong emphasis. Alternate translation: “even more certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 15 ejxz figs-possession ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God,” or another way. Alternate translation: “God’s grace” or “the grace from God” or “how kind God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 15 wn36 figs-possession τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the grace** relates to **the one man** Jesus Christ. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “from the one man” or “associated with the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 15 fuyz guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Θεοῦ…Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers **by the grace of God** and **Jesus Christ**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 5 15 lydx figs-possession τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **grace** relates to **the one man, Jesus Christ**. Use a natural way to express this idea. Here, **grace** could refer to: (1) grace through Jesus. Alternate translation: “that comes through the one man, Jesus Christ” (2) grace from Jesus. Alternate translation: “that comes from the one man, Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 5 15 tfhj figs-infostructure ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι, τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “abounded unto the many the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])\n -ROM 5 16 ns9a grammar-connect-logic-result 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Indeed, because the judgment came from one man unto condemnation, but the gift came from many trespasses unto justification. This is why the gift is not the same as through the one man who sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n -ROM 5 16 uh4x grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 followed many trespasses What follows the word **And** here contrasts the way **the gift** and **the judgment** happened. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “Yet” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])\n -ROM 5 17 n5zx grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains the difference between **the trespass** and **the gift** (See [5:15](../05/15.md) for similar ideas)). Alternate translation: “For this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) \n -ROM 5 17 mhtc grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ 1 \nPaul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that the benefits of **the gift** are superior to the consequences of **the trespass**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) +ROM 5 15 tfhj figs-infostructure ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι, τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “abounded unto the many the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+ROM 5 16 ns9a grammar-connect-logic-result 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Indeed, because the judgment came from one man unto condemnation, but the gift came from many trespasses unto justification. This is why the gift is not the same as through the one man who sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

+ROM 5 16 uh4x grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 followed many trespasses What follows the word **And** here contrasts the way **the gift** and **the judgment** happened. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “Yet” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+ROM 5 17 n5zx grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains the difference between **the trespass** and **the gift** (See [5:15](../05/15.md) for similar ideas)). Alternate translation: “For this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM 5 17 mhtc grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ 1
Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that the benefits of **the gift** are superior to the consequences of **the trespass**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) ROM 5 17 lcyd figs-possession τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:15](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 17 whbf figs-nominaladj τοῦ ἑνὸς…τοῦ ἑνός…τοῦ ἑνὸς 2 See how you translated these nominal adjectives in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 5 17 yvq5 figs-abstractnouns τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι, ὁ θάνατος…τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης…ἐν ζωῇ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because one man trespassed, the fact that people die … how excessively kind God is and how he gives people a right relationship with him … by living eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ ROM 5 17 kz6z figs-personification ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσεν 1 ROM 5 17 lf7t grammar-connect-words-phrases πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:15](../05/15/.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 17 hfvt figs-infostructure ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν, διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “because of the one man Jesus Christ will … reign in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 5 17 xy6h figs-metaphor οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες, ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were kings in a location called **life**. He means that they **will rule** with **Jesus Christ** and live eternally. If your readers would not understand what **rule in life** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “will those receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness rule and live eternally” or “will those receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness live as kings forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 5 17 nr25 figs-distinguish οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες 1 This clause gives describes the people who will **rule in life**. It is not making a distinction between **those who receive** and those who **rule**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “those who receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])\n +ROM 5 17 nr25 figs-distinguish οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες 1 This clause gives describes the people who will **rule in life**. It is not making a distinction between **those who receive** and those who **rule**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “those who receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM 5 17 o8c3 figs-possession οἱ…τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **righteousness** is a **gift**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “those who receive the gift of being made righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 17 fodc figs-possession οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος… λαμβάνοντες 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **abundance** that comes from **grace**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “abundant” instead of the noun “abundance” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “those who receive God’s abundant grace” or “those who experience how abundantly gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 18 e7cq figs-ellipsis 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “So then, just as one man trespassed and this caused all men to become condemned, so also one man acted righteous and this caused all men to become justified for living eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ ROM 5 19 huig figs-nominaladj ἁμαρτωλοὶ …οἱ πολλοί…δί ROM 5 20 zsxd grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows in [5:20–21](..05/20.md) links how **sin** and **grace** relate. Alternate translation: “Not only that, but when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 20 ttcw figs-abstractnouns νόμος…τὸ παράπτωμα…ἡ ἁμαρτία… ἡ χάρις 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns: **law** in [5:12–13](../05/12.md), **trespass** in [5:15–18](../05/15.md), **sin** in [5:12–13](../05/12.md), and **grace** in [5:15;17](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 20 w958 figs-personification παρεισῆλθεν 1 the law came in Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **came in** can mean to sneak in unnoticed (See Galatians 2:4; Jude 1:4](gal/02/04.md), Paul may be stressing how the coming of **the law** was like an unwelcome person secretly intruding at some location. If this is confusing in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “intruded like a person sneaking in unnoticed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 5 20 relk figs-metaphor πλεονάσῃ τὸ παράπτωμα…ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία, ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the trespass*, **sin**, and **grace** as if they were crops. He means that the power or influence of these concepts expanded throughout humanity. If your readers would not understand what ** increase** or **abounded** mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “how people trespass God’s commands would become more evident … people living sinfully became more evident, how gracious God is became even more obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +ROM 5 20 relk figs-metaphor πλεονάσῃ τὸ παράπτωμα…ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία, ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the trespass*, **sin**, and **grace** as if they were crops. He means that the power or influence of these concepts expanded throughout humanity. If your readers would not understand what ** increase** or **abounded** mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “how people trespass God’s commands would become more evident … people living sinfully became more evident, how gracious God is became even more obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 5 20 wbh3 ἵνα πλεονάσῃ τὸ παράπτωμα 1 Use a natural way in your language for expressing the ideas of result or purpose. This clause could refer to: (1) the result of God’s purpose of giving **the law**. Alternate translation (with preceding comma): “causing how much people trespass what God commands to increase” (2) God’s purpose in giving **the law**. Alternate translation: “in order to expose how much people trespass what God commands” (3) both God’s purpose and the result of his giving **the law**. Alternate translation (with preceding comma): “to cause an increase in how much people trespass” ROM 5 20 k6da grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what was expected, that the God’s **grace** actually became more evident when **sin increased**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 5 20 godn figs-metaphor οὗ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** and **grace** as if they were located somewhere. Here, **where** indicates the influence or power of **sin** and **grace**. If your readers would not understand what **where** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “whatever ways” or “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -968,18 +968,18 @@ ROM 6 1 f5qt grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purp ROM 6 2 pa6g figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:31](../03/31.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 6 2 rgte figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ? 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if were a location where Christians could live or die. He means that for baptized Christians the spiritual kingdom of sin and death (See [5:14,17,21](../05/14.md) lost its power over them when Christ was crucified (See [6:6](../06/06.md)). If your readers would not understand what **to die to sin** or **live in it** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “We who are no longer dominated by sinning, how could we still live as though we are dominated by sinning” or “Since we are not dominated by sinning anymore, we certainly cannot still live sinfully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 2 gddr figs-exclusive οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν 1 Unless otherwise noted, **we** and “our” are inclusive of all Christians in this chapter. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “We believers who in Christ died” or “We Christians who died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 6 3 ok3v grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 Here, **of the fact that** indicates that what follows is the rhetorical answer to the question of **are you ignorant**. Alternate translation: “of this reality:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 6 3 ok3v grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 Here, **of the fact that** indicates that what follows is the rhetorical answer to the question of **are you ignorant**. Alternate translation: “of this reality:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 6 3 wh26 writing-pronouns ὅσοι 1 The pronoun **as many as** refers to those people who **were baptized into Christ Jesus**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many people as” or “however many of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 6 3 bd11 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Christ Jesus** and **his death** as if they were locations where someone could **be baptized**. He means that people who are **baptized** as Christians are united to **Christ Jesus** and spiritually share in benefits of **his death**. If your readers would not understand what **baptized into** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “become baptized as a Christians are united to Christ Jesus and also as many as become baptized are united to his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 3 jfs4 figs-parallelism ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what happens when a Christian is **baptized**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “become baptized as Christians are spiritually united to Christ Jesus and spiritually participate in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 6 3 tcve figs-abstractnouns τὸν θάνατον 1 See how you translated **death** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +ROM 6 3 tcve figs-abstractnouns τὸν θάνατον 1 See how you translated **death** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 6 4 ufp9 figs-parallelism συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον 1 This sentence means the same thing as [6:3](../06/03.md). Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what happens in Christian **baptism**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 6 4 f4va figs-metaphor συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον 1 We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death Paul speaks figuratively of **baptism** as if it were a burial. He means that in the physical act of going under the water in **baptism**, the Christian ceases to be under the control of eternal **death** (See “died to sin” in [6:2](../06/02.md)). If your readers would not understand what **buried** and **baptism into death** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “So then, being baptized represents being buried with Christ in his tomb” or “When we were baptized, we ceased to be controlled by eternal death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 4 m43r grammar-connect-logic-result συνετάφημεν οὖν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, to emphasis what results from **baptism**. Alternate translation: “So then, we were buried” or “As a result, we were buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 4 y71v figs-abstractnouns τὸν θάνατον…ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός…ζωῆς 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns: **death** in [6:3](../06/03.md), **glory** in [5:2](../05/02.md), and **life** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 4 k1el grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God instituted **baptism**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to make this explicit. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that we could walk in in newness of life, just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 6 4 qa7r figs-parallelism ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the link between Christ’s resurrection and the Christian’s new way of **life** after **baptism**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “we would newly live like Christ did when Father gloriously raised him from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 6 4 z6zk figs-simile ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 The point of this comparison is that the new way a Christian should live after being baptized is similar to being **raised from the dead**, like Christ was. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “we should live in a new way, similar to when the Father gloriously raised Christ from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n +ROM 6 4 z6zk figs-simile ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 The point of this comparison is that the new way a Christian should live after being baptized is similar to being **raised from the dead**, like Christ was. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “we should live in a new way, similar to when the Father gloriously raised Christ from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ROM 6 4 dpy2 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Father gloriously resurrected Christ from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 4 t47r figs-idiom ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life Here, the phrase **raised from the dead** is an idiom meaning “resurrected from where dead people are” (See how you translated this phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Christ resurrected from death” or “Christ resurrected from the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 6 4 ce9z figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life Paul is using the adjective **the dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “where dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) @@ -987,29 +987,29 @@ ROM 6 4 gblc figs-possession διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός 1 ROM 6 4 r3hn guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and **Christ** Jesus, as his “Son” (See [1:3–4, 7](../01/03.md)). Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. Alternate translation: “God his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 6 4 gtns figs-idiom ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 Here, the verb **might walk** is an Old Testament idiom meaning “would live” or “would act.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “we might live in new way” or “we would act like new people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 6 4 x1t4 figs-rpronouns καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 Paul uses the phrase **we too** to emphasize the union of the baptized Christian with Christ’s resurrection. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “we who are baptized too” or “even we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ROM 6 4 hyab figs-possession ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **life** that is characterized by **newness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “renewed” instead of the noun “newness.” Alternate translation: “with a renewed life” or “like those made newly alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n\n -ROM 6 4 lvim figs-abstractnouns ἐν καινότητι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **newness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “renewed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +ROM 6 4 hyab figs-possession ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **life** that is characterized by **newness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “renewed” instead of the noun “newness.” Alternate translation: “with a renewed life” or “like those made newly alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

+ROM 6 4 lvim figs-abstractnouns ἐν καινότητι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **newness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “renewed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 6 5 p6xk figs-metaphor 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection Paul speaks figuratively of **death** and **resurrection** as if they were things to which baptized Christians could be physically attached. He means that in baptism Christians participate in the spiritually benefits obtained by Christ’s death and will one day resurrect as he did. If your readers would not understand what **united with** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, since we participate in Christ’s death through baptism, we will definitely participate in Christ’s life through resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 5 jdzp grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ γὰρ 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He goes on to conclude that baptized Christians will **certainly be united with** Christ’s **resurrection**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “Indeed, since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) -ROM 6 5 xh3z writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ…τῆς 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection The pronoun **his** refers to Christ, not the “Father” (See [6:1–3](../06/01.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Christ’s … with Christ’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n +ROM 6 5 xh3z writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ…τῆς 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection The pronoun **his** refers to Christ, not the “Father” (See [6:1–3](../06/01.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Christ’s … with Christ’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 6 5 wnd4 figs-metaphor σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **united** can mean “planted with,” Paul may be figuratively likening the process of burying a seed in the ground with being buried with Christ, and the result of a sprouting plant with Christ’s resurrection. If it would help your readers understand, you could make this explicit in your translation. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we have become planted with” or “have grown together with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 5 z8wa figs-abstractnouns τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ…τῆς ἀναστάσεως 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **likeness** and **resurrection**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in what is like his death … his resurrecting from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 5 hg5y figs-abstractnouns τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection The implication is that **likeness of his death** refers to “baptism” (See [6:4](../06/04.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the likeness of his death through baptism” or “in baptism that represents dying with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 6 5 ruhn grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀλλὰ καὶ…ἐσόμεθα 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection Here, **also certainly** strongly emphasizes that the reality of future resurrection is established in Christian baptism. If it would be more natural in your language, you could move this phrase to the beginning of the clause to make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that we will” or “it is absolutely certain that we will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 6 5 ruhn grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀλλὰ καὶ…ἐσόμεθα 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection Here, **also certainly** strongly emphasizes that the reality of future resurrection is established in Christian baptism. If it would be more natural in your language, you could move this phrase to the beginning of the clause to make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that we will” or “it is absolutely certain that we will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 6 5 f1q1 figs-ellipsis τῆς ἀναστάσεως 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, his is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “with his resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 6 6 gv43 grammar-connect-words-phrases τοῦτο γινώσκοντες 1 our old man was crucified with him Here, **knowing this** indicates that what follows is accepted teaching. Alternate translation: “because we know this very thing,” or “since we are certain of this fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 6 6 rv8u grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι…ἵνα 1 our old man was crucified with him What follows **that** gives the reason why **our old man was crucified**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something happens. Alternate translation: “the reason why … was in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 6 fhvh figs-activepassive ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God crucified our old man with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 6 lu12 figs-metaphor ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη 1 Paul speaks figuratively of sinful humanity as if it were an **old man** nailed to the same cross as Christ. Paul means that when Christ was **crucified** he destroyed the power of **sin** and death that controlled humanity (See [6:12–18](../06/14.md). If your readers would not understand what **old man** or **crucified with him** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “on Christ’s cross, God crucified the power of sin that controlled humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 6 y0ib writing-pronouns συνεσταυρώθη 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Christ (See [6:4](../06/04.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “was crucified with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 6 6 n6o6 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **crucified our old man**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n +ROM 6 6 n6o6 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **crucified our old man**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM 6 6 jw00 figs-metaphor καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 the body of sin Paul speaks figuratively of **the body of sin** as if it were a condition of slavery that could be cancelled or made void. He means that how the human race was controlled by living sinfully was spiritually cancelled by the power Christ’s crucifixion. If your readers would not understand what **body of sin** and **nullified** and **enslaved to sin** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God would completely end how living sinfully controls the human race, and he would free us from how living sinfully enslaves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 6 jpge figs-activepassive καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 the body of sin If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God nullified how we are dominated by sinning so that living sinfully would no longer control us” or “God canceled the power of sin over our bodies, making us no longer enslaved to living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 6 l6pd figs-possession τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 the body of sin Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the body** is related to **sin. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the body of sin** could refer to: (1) how humans tend to **sin**. Alternate translation: “our human tendency to sin” or “how living sinfully controls us” (2) how sin controls the human body. Alternate translation: “how sin controls our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 6 6 l3zm figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτίας…ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 the body of sin See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 6 c5ie τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 the body of sin Use a natural way in your language for expressing a result or purpose clause. This following clause could refer to: (1) the result of **the body of sin** being **nullified**. Alternate translation: “causing us to no longer be enslaved to sin” (2) God’s purpose for nullifying **the body of sin**. Alternate translation: “in order that we would no longer be enslaved to sin” (3) both God’s purpose and the result of nullifying **the body of sin**. Alternate translation (with preceding comma): “in order to cause us no longer be enslaved to sin” ROM 6 7 qvmj grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 What follows **For** summarizes the ideas in [6:6](../06/06.md). Alternate translation: “This is because” or “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 6 7 f893 figs-explicit ὁ…ἀποθανὼν 1 The implication is that **the one having died** is the same as “the old man” who “was crucified” in [6:6](../06/06.md). Paul means that God considers any person who has “died to sin” (See [6:2](../06/02.md) to be **righteous**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “any person who dies to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +ROM 6 7 f893 figs-explicit ὁ…ἀποθανὼν 1 The implication is that **the one having died** is the same as “the old man” who “was crucified” in [6:6](../06/06.md). Paul means that God considers any person who has “died to sin” (See [6:2](../06/02.md) to be **righteous**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “any person who dies to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 6 7 hoqm figs-activepassive δεδικαίωται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has declared free” or “God declares is righteous” or “God has vindicated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 7 z81y figs-possession ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **sin** is related to **has been declared righteous**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “from being enslaved to sin” or “from sin’s control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 6 7 geua figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτίας 1 See how you translated this abstract noun in [6:6](../06/06/md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -1020,14 +1020,14 @@ ROM 6 8 cg31 grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 we have died with Christ H ROM 6 8 nuc1 figs-explicit καὶ συνζήσομεν αὐτῷ 1 we have died with Christ The implication is that **live together with him** refers to “everlasting life” (See [5:21; 6:4–5](../05/21.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we will also live forever with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 9 bebx figs-infostructure εἰδότες ὅτι Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν, οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει 1 We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “knowing that Christ is not going to die again, because he has been raised from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 6 9 zdkc grammar-connect-words-phrases εἰδότες ὅτι 1 We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead Here, **knowing that** indicates that what follows is accepted teaching (See [6:6](../06/06.md) for a similar phrase)). Alternate translation: “because we know this very thing,” or “since we are certain that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 6 9 gjqq figs-activepassive Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God caused Christ to resurrect after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n +ROM 6 9 gjqq figs-activepassive Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God caused Christ to resurrect after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 6 9 zkq2 figs-idiom ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead See how you translated the phrase **raised from the dead** in [6:4](../06/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 6 9 lvv8 figs-parallelism οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει; θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει 1 from the dead These two phrases mean similar things. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **Christ** can never die again. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “is now Lord over death” or “has completely mastered death's power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n +ROM 6 9 lvv8 figs-parallelism οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει; θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει 1 from the dead These two phrases mean similar things. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **Christ** can never die again. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “is now Lord over death” or “has completely mastered death's power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 6 9 wem1 figs-personification θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει 1 death no longer has authority over him Here, **death** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a **lord** who could rule over someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he no longer submits to being dead” or “he is not dead anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 9 kl3e figs-abstractnouns θάνατος 1 from the dead See how you translated the abstract noun **death** in [6:4](../06/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 10 ehi9 writing-pronouns γὰρ 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all Here, what follows **For** indicates the reason why Christ “no longer dies” in [6:9](../06/09.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 10 e290 writing-pronouns ὃ…ὃ 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all Here the phrase translated **in that** is a pronoun. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Here, **in that** could refer to: (1) the way Christ died and lives. Alternate translation: “the way that…the way that” or “how … how” (2) Christ’s death and life. Alternate translation: “the death … the life” (3) the timing of Christ’s death and life. Alternate translation: “when … now that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 6 10 aw31 writing-pronouns τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν…ζῇ τῷ Θεῷ 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** and **God** as if they were locations in which Christ died and lives (See also the similar wording in [6:2](../06/02.md) for how this fact effects baptized Christians)). Paul means that Christ died for the sake of freeing humanity from being “enslaved to sin” (See [6:6](../06/06.md), and now that he is resurrected, he lives for the sake of glorifying God. If your readers would not understand what **died for sin** and **lives for God** means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “he died for the sake of dominating how sinning controls people … he lives for the sake of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +ROM 6 10 aw31 writing-pronouns τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν…ζῇ τῷ Θεῷ 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** and **God** as if they were locations in which Christ died and lives (See also the similar wording in [6:2](../06/02.md) for how this fact effects baptized Christians)). Paul means that Christ died for the sake of freeing humanity from being “enslaved to sin” (See [6:6](../06/06.md), and now that he is resurrected, he lives for the sake of glorifying God. If your readers would not understand what **died for sin** and **lives for God** means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “he died for the sake of dominating how sinning controls people … he lives for the sake of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 6 11 cac8 grammar-connect-logic-result οὕτως 1 In the same way, you also must consider This phrase introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “For this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 11 zjjv writing-pronouns ὑμεῖς 1 In the same way, you also must consider Throughout [6:11-23](../06/11/.md), the pronoun **you** and “your” are plural and refer to the church at Rome. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you at Rome” or “you believers at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 6 11 qvoj figs-rpronouns λογίζεσθε ἑαυτοὺς εἶναι 1 In the same way, you also must consider Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize how important it is for the church at Rome to personally apply the spiritual benefits of Christ’s death and resurrection to their own lives. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “regard yourselves to be personally” or “reckon yourselves as actually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) @@ -1039,16 +1039,16 @@ ROM 6 12 z7zh figs-imperative μὴ…βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία 1 ROM 6 12 cm8d figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι 1 in your mortal body Paul could be referring figuratively to the **body**, one part of the human being, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternative translation: “over you” or “any of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 6 12 z1ia grammar-collectivenouns ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι, 1 in your mortal body The word **body** is a singular noun and could emphasize the unity of the individual members of the whole church at Rome. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “over your mortal bodies” or “throughout your whole church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 6 12 r462 grammar-connect-logic-result] εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts This phrase indicates what happens when **sin** rules. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **to obey** could refer to: (1) the result of letting **sin rule**. Alternate translation: “causing you to become obedient to lusting sinfully” (2) the way sin rules. Alternate translation: “by obeying how it tempts you to lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 6 12 zs9g figs-abstractnouns ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lusts**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how it urges you to lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +ROM 6 12 zs9g figs-abstractnouns ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lusts**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how it urges you to lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 6 12 kh3w writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts The pronoun **its** refers to **mortal body**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your mortal body’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 6 13 wt07 figs-infostructure 1 in order that you may obey its lusts If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to emphasize the similar ideas. Alternate translation: “And do not present your members as tools of unrighteousness to sin, but present your members to God as tools of righteousness. In other words, present yourselves to God, as living from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])\n +ROM 6 13 wt07 figs-infostructure 1 in order that you may obey its lusts If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to emphasize the similar ideas. Alternate translation: “And do not present your members as tools of unrighteousness to sin, but present your members to God as tools of righteousness. In other words, present yourselves to God, as living from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM 6 13 mxto figs-infostructure μηδὲ παριστάνετε…παραστήσατε 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if their body parts were were **tools** that could be offered in service or used by someone. He means that the church at Rome should no longer use their body parts for sinning, but instead to live in the way God wants. If your readers would not understand what it means **to present** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “do not offer … offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 13 rnho figs-abstractnouns τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης 1 in order that you may obey its lusts If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you use your body parts to live unrighteously through sinning … your body parts … to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n -ROM 6 13 r0ak figs-synecdoche τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν 2 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul could be referring figuratively to the **members**, the body parts of the human being, to mean the whole person (See [6:12](../06/12.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Here, **your members** could mean: (1) the whole person. Alternative translation: “yourselves … yourselves” (2) the individual body parts. Alternate translation: “your body parts … your body parts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n +ROM 6 13 rnho figs-abstractnouns τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης 1 in order that you may obey its lusts If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you use your body parts to live unrighteously through sinning … your body parts … to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM 6 13 r0ak figs-synecdoche τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν 2 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul could be referring figuratively to the **members**, the body parts of the human being, to mean the whole person (See [6:12](../06/12.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Here, **your members** could mean: (1) the whole person. Alternative translation: “yourselves … yourselves” (2) the individual body parts. Alternate translation: “your body parts … your body parts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 6 13 qncn figs-possession ὅπλα ἀδικίας…ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul is using the possessive form to describe what characterizes these **tools**. Alternate translation: “as unrighteous tools … as righteous tools” or “as tools for living unrighteously … as tools for living righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 6 13 hlzf ὅπλα…ὅπλα 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **tools** often means “weapons,” Paul could be stressing the spiritual warfare that is involved for the Christian to “not allow sin to rule over” them (See [6:14](../06/14.md)). If this is confusing in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “as weapons … as weapons” ROM 6 13 dz8u figs-possession ὅπλα…ὅπλα 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **as** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as tools … as tools” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 6 13 zgd3 figs-parallelism παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ…καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts These two phrases basically mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to urge the church at Rome to commit their whole lives to God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can reorder and combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “Instead, because you are free from living sinfully through being baptized, use every body part as a tool for serving God” or “Instead, because you are no longer dominated by living sinfully in baptism, present your whole body and life to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n +ROM 6 13 zgd3 figs-parallelism παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ…καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts These two phrases basically mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to urge the church at Rome to commit their whole lives to God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can reorder and combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “Instead, because you are free from living sinfully through being baptized, use every body part as a tool for serving God” or “Instead, because you are no longer dominated by living sinfully in baptism, present your whole body and life to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 6 13 oiz0 figs-rpronouns ἑαυτοὺς 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize how the church at Rome should commit their whole lives to God. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “your whole lives” or “yourselves completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 6 13 px9k figs-simile ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας 1 in order that you may obey its lusts The point of this comparison is that the church at Rome should live in such a way that demonstrates that the reality that they have been baptized, and are now **dead to sin, but alive to God” (See [6:11](../06/11.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because through being baptized you are free from living sinfully” or “because through baptism you are no longer dominated by living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 6 14 u36f grammar-connect-logic-result 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Since you are not under law, but under grace, do not allow sin to rule over you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) @@ -1056,17 +1056,17 @@ ROM 6 14 gez3 figs-personification ἁμαρτία…ὑμῶν οὐ κυριε ROM 6 14 bl09 figs-declarative ἁμαρτία…οὐ κυριεύσει 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Paul is using a future statement to give a command or strong appeal. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command or appeal. Alternate translation: “sin must not rule over” or “do not allow sin to rule over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 6 14 caqv grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Here, **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul urges the church at Rome not to **allow sin to rule over** them. Alternate translation: “The reason for this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 6 14 a0dz figs-personification οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Paul speaks figuratively of **law** and **grace** as if they were a kingdoms ruled by **sin** (See [5:17,21](../05/17.md) for a similar idea)). He means that believing and baptized Jewish Christians are freed from the spiritual dominion of the requirements of the **law**, and now they serve the gracious God (See [6:15–23](../06/15.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **under law** and **under grace** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, the law no longer dominates you, but you are freed by how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 6 14 ypqx figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ χάριν 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “serve the gracious God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +ROM 6 14 ypqx figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ χάριν 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “serve the gracious God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 6 15 zxb8 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν? 1 What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be Paul is using a rhetorical questions in [6:15–16](../06/15.md) to reject certain rumors that misrepresent his teachings (See also [6:1–3](../06/01.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation or communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly are not saying that we should keep sinning since the law no longer dominates us, and because we now are freed by how gracious God is!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 6 15 a74y figs-ellipsis τί οὖν? 1 What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Are we then saying” or “What are we saying then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n +ROM 6 15 a74y figs-ellipsis τί οὖν? 1 What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Are we then saying” or “What are we saying then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 6 15 rtts figs-quotations τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν? 1 What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation that is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Are we then saying? ‘We should sin because we are not under law, but under grace!’” or “What are we saying then? ‘Let us sin because we are not under law, but under grace!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ROM 6 15 t4cc figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ χάριν 1 May it never be See how you translated this abstract noun phrase in [6:14](../06/14.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 15 c77g figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:31](../03/31.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 6 16 n5j4 figs-hypo οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι ᾧ παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους εἰς ὑπακοήν, δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the church at Rome. Alternate translation: “Suppose you present yourselves to someone to obey as slaves. Then you would become slaves to that person you obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -ROM 6 16 hn6y writing-pronouns ᾧ…ᾧ 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience The pronoun translated **what** can indicate a general reference to a thing or person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Here, **what** could refer to: (1) the concepts of **sin** and **obedience**. Alternate translation: “to whatever … to whatever” (2) anyone or anything. Alternate translation: “to whomever or whatever… to whomever or whatever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n +ROM 6 16 hn6y writing-pronouns ᾧ…ᾧ 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience The pronoun translated **what** can indicate a general reference to a thing or person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Here, **what** could refer to: (1) the concepts of **sin** and **obedience**. Alternate translation: “to whatever … to whatever” (2) anyone or anything. Alternate translation: “to whomever or whatever… to whomever or whatever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 6 16 g6zz figs-hypo παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience See how you translated this similar phrase in [6:13](../06/13.md). ROM 6 16 pwwi figs-ellipsis δούλους 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **as** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 6 16 psrr grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ὑπακοήν 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these people are **presenting** themselves as **slaves**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to obey” or “for the purpose of obeying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n +ROM 6 16 psrr grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ὑπακοήν 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these people are **presenting** themselves as **slaves**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to obey” or “for the purpose of obeying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM 6 16 sf8m figs-ellipsis δούλους 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **as** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 6 16 zim4 figs-abstractnouns ὑπακοήν…ὑπακοῆς 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **obedience**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to obey … to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 16 h0ar figs-personification ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Here, **sin** and **obedience** are spoken of as if they were masters that **slaves** would obey. Paul means that depending on how a person chooses to live, they end up obeying either sin or God, like a slave would serve a master. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “whether you serve as slaves by sinning, leading you to die, or you serve as slaves by obeying God, leading you to become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ ROM 6 16 zfgc grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς θάνατον…εἰς δι ROM 6 17 xj75 figs-exclamations χάρις…τῷ Θεῷ 1 For you were slaves of sin What follows this exclamatory phrase indicates the reason why Paul is thankful **to God**. Use an exclamation form that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “I give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 6 17 x5h8 figs-ellipsis χάρις 1 For you were slaves of sin A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **be** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “thanks be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 6 17 yxt7 figs-personification δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 For you were slaves of sin See how you translated the similar phrase **of sin** in [6:16](See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 6 17 uwcy figs-personification ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας, εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς 1 For you were slaves of sin Here, **the pattern of teaching** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could be **obeyed**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “but you fully accepted the form of teaching that others passed on to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n +ROM 6 17 uwcy figs-personification ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας, εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς 1 For you were slaves of sin Here, **the pattern of teaching** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could be **obeyed**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “but you fully accepted the form of teaching that others passed on to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 6 17 g1gn grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 For you were slaves of sin What follows the word **but** here is meant to strongly contrast the former sinful life of Christians at Rome. Instead, they now **have obeyed God**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “instead” or “on the contrary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 6 17 n3nz writing-pronouns ὑπηκούσατε…ἐκ καρδίας, εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς 1 For you were slaves of sin The pronoun **which** refers to **the pattern**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you became willingly obedient to which pattern of teaching you were given” or “you are now fully obedient to that pattern of teaching that others passed down to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 6 17 my2z figs-metonymy ὑπηκούσατε…ἐκ καρδίας 1 but you have obeyed from the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or motives. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you became wholeheartedly obedient” or “you totally obeyed” or “you obeyed from deep within” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1093,16 +1093,16 @@ ROM 6 19 lhh4 figs-nominaladj ἀνθρώπινον 1 because of the weakness of ROM 6 19 gt1n figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν. …τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν…τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “because of how immature you are … body parts … act impurely and increasingly wicked behavior … your body parts … for living rightly in order to live like God’s people should” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 19 l4ah figs-idiom τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Here, the term **flesh** is an idiom meaning “human.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “how immature you are” or “your human weakness” or “your natural limitations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 6 19 bmo7 figs-parallelism ὥσπερ γὰρ παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν, οὕτως νῦν παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh These two clauses mean the opposite thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in opposite ways, to show the contrast between being **slaves to uncleanness** and **slaves to righteousness**. Be sure to retain the similar forms to keep the parallel ideas explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 6 19 jbcz figs-personification ὥσπερ γὰρ παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν, οὕτως νῦν παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Here, **uncleanness** and ** righteousness** are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters of **members**. Paul means that the church at Rome previously used their bodies to serve sinful purposes, but should now use their bodies to serve righteous purposes. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, in the same way you used to slavishly offer yourselves to live impurely, leading you to act more and more lawless, so now offer yourselves to live righteously for God, leading you to act holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n +ROM 6 19 jbcz figs-personification ὥσπερ γὰρ παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν, οὕτως νῦν παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Here, **uncleanness** and ** righteousness** are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters of **members**. Paul means that the church at Rome previously used their bodies to serve sinful purposes, but should now use their bodies to serve righteous purposes. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, in the same way you used to slavishly offer yourselves to live impurely, leading you to act more and more lawless, so now offer yourselves to live righteously for God, leading you to act holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 6 19 ran5 figs-synecdoche τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν 2 presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil Paul refers figuratively to **members**, parts of the human body, to mean the whole person (See also [6:13](../06/13.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “yourselves … yourselves” or “your bodies … your bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 6 19 ka0f figs-imperative νῦν παραστήσατε 1 presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil This is an imperative, but it could communicate an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates either an urgent appeal or a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “I beg you” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “you must now use” or “I beg you now to present” or “I urge you now to offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) -ROM 6 19 o0ta grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil This phrase indicates result. Use natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “leading you to live holy” or “causing you to become sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +ROM 6 19 o0ta grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil This phrase indicates result. Use natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “leading you to live holy” or “causing you to become sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 6 20 s9pk grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 you were free from righteousness Here, **For** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “This reason for this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 20 aavw figs-metaphor δοῦλοι ἦτε τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you were free from righteousness These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in opposite ways, to emphasize the relationship between **sin** and **righteousness**. Be sure to retain the similar phrasing to keep the parallel ideas explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 6 20 i1ze figs-personification ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you were free from righteousness Here, **sin** and **righteousness** are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters. Paul means that when church at Rome previously used their bodies to serve sinful purposes, they were not **slaves** of **righteousness** by serving God‘s purposes (See [6:19](../06/19.md)). If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you did not serve God” or “you were not enslaved to righteousness” or “you did not live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 20 mu0y figs-irony ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 Paul is not making a serious suggestion here that sinful people are not required to live righteously. Paul actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of **free**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you were unrighteous” or “you were alienated from serving God’s righteous purposes” or “you were unable to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) ROM 6 21 x3bn grammar-connect-logic-result 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “Since the outcome of those things is death, what fruit then did you have from that of which you are now ashamed?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 6 21 kjl5 figs-rquestion τίνα οὖν καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the futility of being “slaves to sin” in [6:20](../06/20.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation in order to communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So then, it is clear that the shameful way you used to live never produced anything beneficial for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\r\n\r +ROM 6 21 kjl5 figs-rquestion τίνα οὖν καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the futility of being “slaves to sin” in [6:20](../06/20.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation in order to communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So then, it is clear that the shameful way you used to live never produced anything beneficial for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\r
\r ROM 6 21 vgam figs-idiom καρπὸν 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? Here, the term **fruit** is an idiom meaning “benefit” or “advantage.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “advantage” or “profit” or “value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 6 21 pnbm figs-explicit ἐφ’ οἷς…ἐκείνων 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? The implication is that **which things** and **those things** refer to sins. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of which sins … those sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 21 j2ie figs-abstractnouns τὸ γὰρ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **outcome**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “This is because what finally results from those things is death” or “Certainly, those things end in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -1863,5 +1863,5 @@ ROM 3 9 drcx figs-exclusive προῃτιασάμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used ROM 3 9 q88t figs-merism Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ROM 3 14 df77 figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **cursing** and **bitterness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They continually curse and regularly say harsh things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 9 s0px figs-metaphor πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that **all** people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 5 16 x6ot figs-abstractnouns τὸ δώρημα…τὸ…κρίμα…κατάκριμα…τὸ… χάρισμα…παραπτωμάτων…δικαίωμα 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “what God gives … God judging … being condemned … what God gives … ways people trespass … being made right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +ROM 5 16 x6ot figs-abstractnouns τὸ δώρημα…τὸ…κρίμα…κατάκριμα…τὸ… χάρισμα…παραπτωμάτων…δικαίωμα 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “what God gives … God judging … being condemned … what God gives … ways people trespass … being made right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 5 16 kawg figs-nominaladj ἑνὸς…ἑνὸς 1 See how you translated this word in [5:15](../05/15/.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) From 187e343003cd17755eb2b7c43bd8c3151b8c7b84 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 21:12:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 194/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 3adc065268..8dd9812f3f 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-metonymy ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία 1 the patience of God Peter uses **patience of God** figuratively to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 20 yyth figs-metonymy ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε 1 Here Peter uses **days** figuratively to refer to the time period when Noah was alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time of Noah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when Noah was constructing an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 3 21 dqjy 1 +1PE 3 21 dqjy ὃ 1 Here, **which** refers back to the “water” mentioned at the end of the last verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “ ” 1PE 3 21 jti3 δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ Alternate translation: “because of the resurrection of Jesus Christ.” This phrase completes the thought, “This is a symbol of the baptism that saves you now” 1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God To be at the **right hand of God** is a symbol that God has given Jesus greatest honor and authority over all others. Alternate translation: “who is beside God in the place of honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ 1 after … had been subjected to him Alternate translation: “when … had submitted to Jesus Christ” From 0757408849e99a949536d89106c060a9724ddc75 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 21:27:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 195/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 8dd9812f3f..6e9be9fee6 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -344,8 +344,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-metonymy ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία 1 the patience of God Peter uses **patience of God** figuratively to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 20 yyth figs-metonymy ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε 1 Here Peter uses **days** figuratively to refer to the time period when Noah was alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time of Noah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when Noah was constructing an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 3 21 dqjy ὃ 1 Here, **which** refers back to the “water” mentioned at the end of the last verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “ ” -1PE 3 21 jti3 δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ Alternate translation: “because of the resurrection of Jesus Christ.” This phrase completes the thought, “This is a symbol of the baptism that saves you now” +1PE 3 21 dqjy writing-pronouns ὃ 1 Here, **which** refers back to the “water” mentioned at the end of the last verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +1PE 3 21 vxoh figs-infostructure ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “which, being an antitype for baptism, no saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +1PE 3 21 jti3 figs-infostructure καὶ ὑμᾶς…νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ Here, **through the resurrection of Jesus Christ** indicates the means by which baptism saves. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to make that meaning clear. Alternate translation: “baptism no saves you also through the resurrection of Jesus Christ. It is not a removal of dirt from the flesh, but an appeal of a good conscience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God To be at the **right hand of God** is a symbol that God has given Jesus greatest honor and authority over all others. Alternate translation: “who is beside God in the place of honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ 1 after … had been subjected to him Alternate translation: “when … had submitted to Jesus Christ” 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)
2. The end is near (4:7–11)
3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungodly Gentiles

This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### Martyrdom

It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”

Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. From f828adc42a26859a340cf7d1e7f7a2d7324917cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 21:45:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 196/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 6e9be9fee6..3b705b7b1e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -347,6 +347,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 21 dqjy writing-pronouns ὃ 1 Here, **which** refers back to the “water” mentioned at the end of the last verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1PE 3 21 vxoh figs-infostructure ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “which, being an antitype for baptism, no saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1PE 3 21 jti3 figs-infostructure καὶ ὑμᾶς…νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ Here, **through the resurrection of Jesus Christ** indicates the means by which baptism saves. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to make that meaning clear. Alternate translation: “baptism no saves you also through the resurrection of Jesus Christ. It is not a removal of dirt from the flesh, but an appeal of a good conscience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +1PE 3 21 owi3 figs-abstractnouns οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **removal** and **appeal**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “it does not remove dirt from the flesh, but appeals to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 3 21 hmp9 figs-metonymy σαρκὸς 1 Here, Peter uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God To be at the **right hand of God** is a symbol that God has given Jesus greatest honor and authority over all others. Alternate translation: “who is beside God in the place of honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ 1 after … had been subjected to him Alternate translation: “when … had submitted to Jesus Christ” 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)
2. The end is near (4:7–11)
3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungodly Gentiles

This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### Martyrdom

It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”

Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. From eb03428ff04ad01074386f411980b2dc53e03cda Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 21:50:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 197/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 3b705b7b1e..8cb6c7414e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -349,6 +349,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 21 jti3 figs-infostructure καὶ ὑμᾶς…νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ Here, **through the resurrection of Jesus Christ** indicates the means by which baptism saves. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to make that meaning clear. Alternate translation: “baptism no saves you also through the resurrection of Jesus Christ. It is not a removal of dirt from the flesh, but an appeal of a good conscience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1PE 3 21 owi3 figs-abstractnouns οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **removal** and **appeal**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “it does not remove dirt from the flesh, but appeals to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 21 hmp9 figs-metonymy σαρκὸς 1 Here, Peter uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 3 21 uz0u figs-explicit συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν 1 Here the phrase **a good conscience** means that someone does not feel guilty because that person knows that God has forgiven their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “an appeal to God to know that your sins have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God To be at the **right hand of God** is a symbol that God has given Jesus greatest honor and authority over all others. Alternate translation: “who is beside God in the place of honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ 1 after … had been subjected to him Alternate translation: “when … had submitted to Jesus Christ” 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)
2. The end is near (4:7–11)
3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungodly Gentiles

This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### Martyrdom

It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”

Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. From 46c69191162639962ee28a7a160e127d67075498 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 21:51:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 198/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 8cb6c7414e..ebace06dff 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 21 jti3 figs-infostructure καὶ ὑμᾶς…νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ Here, **through the resurrection of Jesus Christ** indicates the means by which baptism saves. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to make that meaning clear. Alternate translation: “baptism no saves you also through the resurrection of Jesus Christ. It is not a removal of dirt from the flesh, but an appeal of a good conscience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1PE 3 21 owi3 figs-abstractnouns οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **removal** and **appeal**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “it does not remove dirt from the flesh, but appeals to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 21 hmp9 figs-metonymy σαρκὸς 1 Here, Peter uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 3 21 uz0u figs-explicit συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν 1 Here the phrase **a good conscience** means that someone does not feel guilty because that person knows that God has forgiven their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “an appeal to God to know that your sins have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 3 21 uz0u figs-explicit συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν 1 Here the phrase **a good conscience** means Peter’s readers do not feel guilty because they know that God has forgiven their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “an appeal to God to know that your sins have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God To be at the **right hand of God** is a symbol that God has given Jesus greatest honor and authority over all others. Alternate translation: “who is beside God in the place of honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ 1 after … had been subjected to him Alternate translation: “when … had submitted to Jesus Christ” 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)
2. The end is near (4:7–11)
3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungodly Gentiles

This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### Martyrdom

It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”

Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. From f65da2fb2433854f115becb8543ea473aa958305 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 22:18:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 199/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index ebace06dff..643c2b1b82 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -346,10 +346,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when Noah was constructing an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 21 dqjy writing-pronouns ὃ 1 Here, **which** refers back to the “water” mentioned at the end of the last verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1PE 3 21 vxoh figs-infostructure ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “which, being an antitype for baptism, no saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -1PE 3 21 jti3 figs-infostructure καὶ ὑμᾶς…νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ Here, **through the resurrection of Jesus Christ** indicates the means by which baptism saves. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to make that meaning clear. Alternate translation: “baptism no saves you also through the resurrection of Jesus Christ. It is not a removal of dirt from the flesh, but an appeal of a good conscience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +1PE 3 21 ium3 figs-metonymy βάπτισμα 1 Here Peter uses **baptism** figuratively to refer to the faith and repentance that believers demonstrate when they are baptized. The Bible clearly states that God saves people by grace through faith, not any work like baptism ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../../eph/02/08.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the faith and repentance demonstrated by baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 21 owi3 figs-abstractnouns οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **removal** and **appeal**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “it does not remove dirt from the flesh, but appeals to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 21 hmp9 figs-metonymy σαρκὸς 1 Here, Peter uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 21 uz0u figs-explicit συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν 1 Here the phrase **a good conscience** means Peter’s readers do not feel guilty because they know that God has forgiven their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “an appeal to God to know that your sins have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 3 21 jti3 figs-infostructure καὶ ὑμᾶς…νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ Here, **through the resurrection of Jesus Christ** indicates the means by which baptism saves. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to make that meaning clear. Alternate translation: “baptism no saves you also through the resurrection of Jesus Christ. It is not a removal of dirt from the flesh, but an appeal of a good conscience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +1PE 3 21 rixf figs-abstractnouns δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through God raising Jesus Christ from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God To be at the **right hand of God** is a symbol that God has given Jesus greatest honor and authority over all others. Alternate translation: “who is beside God in the place of honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ 1 after … had been subjected to him Alternate translation: “when … had submitted to Jesus Christ” 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)
2. The end is near (4:7–11)
3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungodly Gentiles

This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### Martyrdom

It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”

Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. From 22c126d5df8ef0092a7aa14eb7a7c7a4a5b8c085 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 22:27:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 200/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 643c2b1b82..a30a3981c0 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -352,7 +352,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 21 uz0u figs-explicit συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν 1 Here the phrase **a good conscience** means Peter’s readers do not feel guilty because they know that God has forgiven their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “an appeal to God to know that your sins have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 21 jti3 figs-infostructure καὶ ὑμᾶς…νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ Here, **through the resurrection of Jesus Christ** indicates the means by which baptism saves. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to make that meaning clear. Alternate translation: “baptism no saves you also through the resurrection of Jesus Christ. It is not a removal of dirt from the flesh, but an appeal of a good conscience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1PE 3 21 rixf figs-abstractnouns δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through God raising Jesus Christ from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God To be at the **right hand of God** is a symbol that God has given Jesus greatest honor and authority over all others. Alternate translation: “who is beside God in the place of honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God Here, Peter uses **right hand** figuratively to refer to the place located at the right side of God in heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is at God’s right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the right side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ 1 after … had been subjected to him Alternate translation: “when … had submitted to Jesus Christ” 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)
2. The end is near (4:7–11)
3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungodly Gentiles

This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### Martyrdom

It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”

Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings. From 5c2c33ca2ff41cd52ab26363ca1c683732de862d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 22:56:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 201/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index a30a3981c0..9e1643774f 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -354,6 +354,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 21 rixf figs-abstractnouns δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through God raising Jesus Christ from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God Here, Peter uses **right hand** figuratively to refer to the place located at the right side of God in heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is at God’s right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the right side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 These are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n 1PE 3 22 f6jq ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ 1 after … had been subjected to him Alternate translation: “when … had submitted to Jesus Christ” 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)
2. The end is near (4:7–11)
3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungodly Gentiles

This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### Martyrdom

It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”

Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings. From a5f14251e5219a99ef7e7ac64689fe4f9b9bdf77 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 23:17:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 202/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 9e1643774f..140fc43b72 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -352,10 +352,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 21 uz0u figs-explicit συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν 1 Here the phrase **a good conscience** means Peter’s readers do not feel guilty because they know that God has forgiven their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “an appeal to God to know that your sins have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 21 jti3 figs-infostructure καὶ ὑμᾶς…νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ Here, **through the resurrection of Jesus Christ** indicates the means by which baptism saves. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to make that meaning clear. Alternate translation: “baptism no saves you also through the resurrection of Jesus Christ. It is not a removal of dirt from the flesh, but an appeal of a good conscience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1PE 3 21 rixf figs-abstractnouns δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through God raising Jesus Christ from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 3 22 p5ij figs-infostructure ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ, πορευθεὶς εἰς οὐρανὸν, ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The phrases **having gone** and **having been subjected** indicate that those two clauses describe events that occurred before the first clause in this verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases so that they appear in chronological order. Alternate translation: “after having gone into heaven, with angels and authorities and powers having been subjected to him, he is at the right hand of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God Here, Peter uses **right hand** figuratively to refer to the place located at the right side of God in heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is at God’s right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the right side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 These are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n -1PE 3 22 f6jq ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ 1 after … had been subjected to him Alternate translation: “when … had submitted to Jesus Christ” +1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)
2. The end is near (4:7–11)
3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungodly Gentiles

This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### Martyrdom

It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”

Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings. 1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Alternate translation: “in his body” From 711ae2df61c17d95195d049f23c09d3890fa722b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 23:21:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 203/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 140fc43b72..a9477a841f 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 2 25 jkfu figs-activepassive ἐπεστράφητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 25 z6q2 figs-synecdoche τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [3:10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Outward ornaments”\n\nMost people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter says in [3:3–4](../03/04.md) that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than what she wears or how she looks.\n\n### Unity\n\nPeter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nIn [verse 7](../03/07.md) Peter refers to women figuratively as “weaker vessels.” \n\nIn [verse 12](../03/12.md) Peter quotes [Psalm 34:15–16](../../psa/34/15.md) that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. Nevertheless, he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The spirits in prison”\n\n\n\n### “Baptism now saves you” +1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [3:10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “Baptism now saves you”\n\n\n\n 1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter gives instructions specifically to women who are wives. 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 7071bdc3c16fc645a78bf6fdef1eb269761ea979 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 23:47:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 204/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index a9477a841f..e2d62055cd 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 2 25 jkfu figs-activepassive ἐπεστράφητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 25 z6q2 figs-synecdoche τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [3:10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “Baptism now saves you”\n\n\n\n +1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [3:10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “the spirits in prison”\n\nVerse 19 states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who these spirits are. Verse 20 then states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah when God flooded the whole world. Many scholars think that this means one of the following two meanings: (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time. Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time before his death on the cross and return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time. \n\n### “Baptism now saves you”\n\n\n\n 1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter gives instructions specifically to women who are wives. 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 0e7e27b613aa04917d5d45068708c35637b527c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 15 Jun 2022 23:52:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 205/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index e2d62055cd..ec46aab5e6 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 2 25 jkfu figs-activepassive ἐπεστράφητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 25 z6q2 figs-synecdoche τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [3:10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “the spirits in prison”\n\nVerse 19 states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who these spirits are. Verse 20 then states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah when God flooded the whole world. Many scholars think that this means one of the following two meanings: (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time. Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time before his death on the cross and return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time. \n\n### “Baptism now saves you”\n\n\n\n +1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [3:10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “the spirits in prison”\n\nVerse 19 states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who these spirits are. Verse 20 then states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah when God flooded the whole world. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings: (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time. Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time before his death on the cross and return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time and the prison in the realm of the dead. Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people between his death and resurrection. \n\n### “Baptism now saves you”\n\n\n\n 1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter gives instructions specifically to women who are wives. 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 214f1bff25f67b809d0b05a9868ca8b9baf79d57 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 00:02:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 206/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index ec46aab5e6..8d9d8106ed 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 2 25 jkfu figs-activepassive ἐπεστράφητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 25 z6q2 figs-synecdoche τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [3:10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “the spirits in prison”\n\nVerse 19 states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who these spirits are. Verse 20 then states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah when God flooded the whole world. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings: (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time. Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time before his death on the cross and return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time and the prison in the realm of the dead. Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people between his death and resurrection. \n\n### “Baptism now saves you”\n\n\n\n +1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [3:10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “the spirits in prison”\n\nVerse 19 states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who these spirits are. Verse 20 then states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah when God flooded the whole world. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses 19 and 20: (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)). Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time before his death on the cross and return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time and the prison is the realm of the dead. Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but verse 19 means that the pre-incarnate Jesus indirectly preached the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah. \n\n### “Baptism now saves you”\n\n\n\n 1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter gives instructions specifically to women who are wives. 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From e2161feb60e9f85d3e6c31b46853c4ab7cc0c930 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 15:25:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 207/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 8d9d8106ed..488388cb1b 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 2 25 jkfu figs-activepassive ἐπεστράφητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 25 z6q2 figs-synecdoche τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [3:10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “the spirits in prison”\n\nVerse 19 states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who these spirits are. Verse 20 then states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah when God flooded the whole world. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses 19 and 20: (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)). Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time before his death on the cross and return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time and the prison is the realm of the dead. Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but verse 19 means that the pre-incarnate Jesus indirectly preached the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah. \n\n### “Baptism now saves you”\n\n\n\n +1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [3:10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “the spirits in prison”\n\nVerse 19 states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who these spirits are. Verse 20 states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses 19 and 20: (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)). Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time and the prison is the realm of the dead. Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but verse 19 refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah. \n\n### “Baptism now saves you”\n\n\n\n 1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter gives instructions specifically to women who are wives. 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 1532c4c8e9d3abc83ba942b03f73174221302cd2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 16:09:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 208/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 488388cb1b..bc98d55a46 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 2 25 jkfu figs-activepassive ἐπεστράφητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 25 z6q2 figs-synecdoche τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [3:10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “the spirits in prison”\n\nVerse 19 states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who these spirits are. Verse 20 states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses 19 and 20: (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)). Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time and the prison is the realm of the dead. Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but verse 19 refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah. \n\n### “Baptism now saves you”\n\n\n\n +1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [3:10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “the spirits in prison”\n\nVerse 19 states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who these spirits are. Verse 20 states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses 19 and 20: (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)). Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time and the prison is the realm of the dead. Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but verse 19 refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah. \n\n### “Baptism now saves you”\n\nIn verse 20 Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in verse 21 he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. 1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter gives instructions specifically to women who are wives. 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From a6071af72995d899ae187eb3a77cdac0ac07c5a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 17:00:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 209/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index bc98d55a46..ebf3649740 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 2 25 jkfu figs-activepassive ἐπεστράφητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 25 z6q2 figs-synecdoche τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [3:10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “the spirits in prison”\n\nVerse 19 states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who these spirits are. Verse 20 states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses 19 and 20: (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)). Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time and the prison is the realm of the dead. Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but verse 19 refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah. \n\n### “Baptism now saves you”\n\nIn verse 20 Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in verse 21 he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. +1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [3:10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “the spirits in prison”\n\nVerse 19 states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who these spirits are. Verse 20 states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses 19 and 20: (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)). Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time and the prison is the realm of the dead. Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but verse 19 refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah. \n\n### “Baptism now saves you”\n\nIn verse 20 Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in verse 21 he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in verse 21 that he is not referring to water baptism when he says that he is not referring to “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus because Jesus rose from the dead. 1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter gives instructions specifically to women who are wives. 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From cafc7ae1124a516370d56306020f5bb8f89f59e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 17:35:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 210/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index ebf3649740..17865dada1 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 2 25 jkfu figs-activepassive ἐπεστράφητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 25 z6q2 figs-synecdoche τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [3:10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “the spirits in prison”\n\nVerse 19 states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who these spirits are. Verse 20 states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses 19 and 20: (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)). Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time and the prison is the realm of the dead. Verse 19 then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but verse 19 refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah. \n\n### “Baptism now saves you”\n\nIn verse 20 Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in verse 21 he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in verse 21 that he is not referring to water baptism when he says that he is not referring to “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus because Jesus rose from the dead. +1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “the spirits in prison”\n\n[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who these spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah. \n\n### “Baptism now saves you”\n\nIn [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism when he says that he is not referring to “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus because Jesus rose from the dead. 1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter gives instructions specifically to women who are wives. 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 25bc86f4219aaa982428e7f8169e811d681f702e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 18:08:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 211/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 17865dada1..c439db9475 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -270,8 +270,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 4 oav8 = ἀλλ’ ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin this verse as a new sentence. If you do so, then you will need to repeat the subject and verb from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Rather, let your adornment be the inner man of the heart” 1PE 3 4 m2n3 figs-metonymy ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, **hidden man** and **heart** both refer to a person’s thoughts or emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n 1PE 3 4 l2yq figs-possession ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner person of the heart Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **hidden man** is the same thing as **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the hidden man, which is the heart” or “the hidden man, namely, the heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -1PE 3 4 l1js figs-possession ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **imperishable thing** is the same thing as **a gentle and quiet spirit**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the imperishable thing, which is a gentle and quiet spirit” or “in the imperishable thing, namely, a gentle and quiet spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -1PE 3 4 spi6 figs-metonymy τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 Here,**quiet** means “peaceful” or “calm.” It does not mean to not be loud. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of a gentle and peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 3 4 l1js figs-possession ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **imperishable thing** is the same thing as **a gentle and quiet spirit**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the imperishable thing, which is a gentle and quiet spirit” or “in the imperishable thing, namely, a gentle and quiet spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +1PE 3 4 spi6 figs-metonymy τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 Here,**quiet** means “peaceful” or “calm.” It does not mean the opposite of loud. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of a gentle and peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 4 gbw9 figs-metonymy τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 of a gentle and quiet spirit Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or temperament. Alternate translation: “of a gentle and quiet attitude.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 4 j5bu figs-metaphor ὅ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ πολυτελές 1 which is precious before God Peter refers to God’s opinion figuratively as if it were a person standing directly in front of him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which God considers to be very precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 5 dq60 figs-metaphor ἐκόσμουν ἑαυτάς 1 Peter speaks figuratively of the attitude of the holy women as if it were something they **adorned themselves** with. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “made themselves beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 41a696d0070cede26079098336d580f694d11a9a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 14:15:41 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 213/229] New note for Luke 18:7 --- en_tn_43-LUK.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv index f2b6247d70..7365cfba64 100644 --- a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv @@ -3091,6 +3091,7 @@ LUK 18 6 m201 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here Luke refers to Jesus by the resp LUK 18 6 t9mg figs-idiom ἀκούσατε τί ὁ κριτὴς τῆς ἀδικίας λέγει 1 Listen to what the unrighteous judge says **Listen to** is an idiom that means “think about.” Jesus says this to get his disciples to reflect on what the judge said at the end of the parable. He is not introducing a further statement from the judge. Translate this in such a way that your readers will understand that Jesus has already related what the judge said. Alternate translation: “Think about what the unjust judge said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 18 7 t1sk figs-rquestion ὁ δὲ Θεὸς οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ 1 And will not God do the vindication of his elect Jesus is using the question form for emphasis as he teaches his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now God will certainly answer the prayers of the people he has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) LUK 18 7 e2lv figs-explicit ὁ δὲ Θεὸς οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ 1 And will not God do the vindication of his elect Jesus is drawing an implicit comparison between the unrighteous human judge and **God**, who is the perfectly righteous divine judge. The implication is that if even the human judge would ensure justice for someone who persevered in pleading for it, God would certainly do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If an unrighteous human judge would ensure justice for someone who persevered in pleading for it, God will certainly answer the prayers of the people he has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LUK 18 7 lrs0 figs-nominaladj τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his elect Jesus is using the adjective **elect** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “for the people whom he chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) LUK 18 7 m202 figs-merism τῶν βοώντων αὐτῷ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός 1 the ones crying out to him day and night Jesus is using the phrase **day and night** figuratively to describe all of time, by referring to its two components. Alternate translation: “who pray to him all the time” or “who ask him for help continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) LUK 18 7 ljb4 figs-idiom καὶ μακροθυμεῖ ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς 1 and he delays long over them Here Jesus may be using the word **and** in an idiomatic sense to mean “even if.” (UST offers another possible interpretation of this phrase.) Alternate translation: “even if he takes a long time to answer their prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LUK 18 8 m203 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you” From 50b58a1a8653d5521a5460cbe7c999f97dd28321 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 18:32:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 214/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index c439db9475..0172065748 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει 1 as with a weaker container Here Peter refers to women figuratively as if they were **weaker** containers. The word **container** is a term used to refer to both men and women in the Bible ([Acts 9:15](../../act/09/15.md)). Just as clay pots can break easily, so are human beings weak. Here Peter specifically refers to women as **weaker** containers because woman are usually physically weaker than men. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as with someone who is weaker than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 7 a88w figs-abstractnouns ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς καὶ συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 assigning her honor as also fellow heirs of the grace of life If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **honor** and **heirs**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “honor them as also those who will inherit with you the grace of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 7 n4rf figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 fellow heirs of the grace of life Peter speaks of **the grace of life** figuratively as if it were something that people inherit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those who will experience the grace of life together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 3 7 quba figs-possessive χάριτος ζωῆς 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is **life**. The word **grace** refers to a gracious gift and **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the gracious gift, namely, eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +1PE 3 7 quba figs-possession χάριτος ζωῆς 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is **life**. The word **grace** refers to a gracious gift and **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the gracious gift, namely, eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 3 7 dwm6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν 1 so that your prayers will not be hindered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that nothing will hinder your prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 8 nk97 0 General Information: In [verses 8–12](../03/08.md) Peter writes instructions to all believers. 1PE 3 8 f5y7 ὁμόφρονες 1 be likeminded Alternate translation: “have the same opinion and be” or “have the same attitude and be” @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 9 w5df figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε 1 to this you were called If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God called you to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 9 wx2r figs-explicit εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε, ἵνα 1 Here, **this** could refer to: (1) **blessing** earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “you were called to bless, so that” (2) **inherit a blessing** later in the verse “to this you were called: so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 9 n3xc figs-metaphor ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσητε 1 so that you might inherit a blessing Peter speaks of experiencing God’s **blessing** figuratively as if one is receiving an inheritance. If this might confuse your readers, you could express it plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you might experience God’s blessing as your permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 3 10 dpf2 figs-explicit writing-quotations 1 **For** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament ([Psalm 34:12–16](../../psa/34/12.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “It is as David wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +1PE 3 10 dpf2 writing-quotations γὰρ 1 **For** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament ([Psalm 34:12–16](../../psa/34/12.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “It is as David wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 1PE 3 10 tce3 figs-quotemarks ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς, παυσάτω 1 From this clause through to the end of [verse 12](../03/12.md), Peter quotes from [Psalm 34:12–16](../../psa/34/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) 1PE 3 10 p9bl figs-parallelism ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to love life and to see good days These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the one truly wanting to have a good life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1PE 3 10 btkp figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to see good days Peter quotes David speaking figuratively of experiencing a good lifetime as **seeing good days**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience a good lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From c942d83cd7597d91b9bfde88ed38e7ad84bba34a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 18:43:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 215/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 0172065748..21a11b60a1 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 10 p9bl figs-parallelism ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to love life and to see good days These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the one truly wanting to have a good life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1PE 3 10 btkp figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to see good days Peter quotes David speaking figuratively of experiencing a good lifetime as **seeing good days**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience a good lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 10 rqa9 figs-synecdoche τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 his tongue … his lips Peter quotes David using the words **tongue** and **lips** figuratively refer to the person who is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “himself from speaking evil and from speaking deceit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1PE 3 10 y4kd figs-abstractnouns τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **deceit**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “his tongue from evil things and his lips from speaking deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 3 10 y4kd figs-abstractnouns τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **deceit**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “his tongue from evil things and his lips from speaking deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 let him turn away from evil Here, **turn away from** is a metaphor that means to avoid doing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him avoid doing evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 11 fu8e figs-doublet ζητησάτω εἰρήνην καὶ διωξάτω αὐτήν 1 The phrases **seek peace** and **pursue it** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of living peacefully with other people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Let him earnestly pursue peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 11 qhyg figs-explicit ζητησάτω εἰρήνην 1 Here, **peace** refers to the peaceful relationships between people. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let him seek to live peacefully with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 60892538917595be37efdb02cebe5148689d3dad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 18:49:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 216/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 21a11b60a1..61dc204587 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -306,11 +306,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 11 qhyg figs-explicit ζητησάτω εἰρήνην 1 Here, **peace** refers to the peaceful relationships between people. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let him seek to live peacefully with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-idiom ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous Here, **eyes** being **on** someone is an idiom that refers to God acting favorably toward someone by taking care of that person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord favorably takes care of the righteous ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 3 12 r5xf figs-idiom ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears are upon their requests Here, **ears** being **toward** someone’s **request** is an idiom that refers to God listening to that person’s request. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “the Lord listens to their request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1PE 3 12 tytz figs-explicit ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears are upon their requests The idea that the Lord hears listens to the request of righteous people also implies that he responds to those requests. If this might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he listen to and grants their requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 3 12 tytz figs-explicit ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears are upon their requests The idea that the Lord listens to the requests of righteous people also implies that he responds to those requests. If this might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he listen to and grants their requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 12 es9n figs-synecdoche πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ 1 But the face of the Lord is against Here, **face** refers figuratively to the Lord himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But the Lord is against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 12 t22b figs-idiom πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ 1 But the face of the Lord is against Here, **the face** being **against** someone is an idiom that refers to one person opposing another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “But the Lord opposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 3 12 gw7w figs-quotemarks ποιοῦντας κακά 1 After this phrase, Peter also ends his quotation from the book of Psalms. If you decided in [verse 10](../03/10.md) to mark this as a quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n -1PE 3 13 wkw4 0 Connecting Statement: In [verses 13–22](../03/13.md) Peter teaches the believers how to behave when they unbelievers persecute them. +1PE 3 13 wkw4 0 Connecting Statement: In [verses 13–22](../03/13.md) Peter teaches the believers how to behave when unbelievers persecute them. 1PE 3 13 e1ma figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κακώσων ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ γένησθε? 1 who is the one who will harm you if you are a zealot of what is good? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that it is unlikely that someone would harm them if they did good things. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one will harm you if you become zealous ones of the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 3 13 e8li figs-possession τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe people who are **zealous** about doing **good** deeds. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “ones zealous to do good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 3 14 f6ch figs-abstractnouns πάσχοιτε διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 you suffer because of righteousness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you might suffer because you do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From ae0195ac0e7d298de02a00f2635918a2706677b8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 18:53:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 217/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 61dc204587..76b5e9aece 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 15 vgv7 figs-metaphor Κύριον…τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 sanctify the Lord Christ in your hearts Peter uses **sanctify the Lord Christ** figuratively to refer to acknowledging Christ’s holiness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “acknowledge in your hearts that the Lord Christ is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 15 qjg3 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here, **hearts** refers to the thoughts or emotions of Peter’s readers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “within yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 15 d69e figs-abstractnouns πρὸς ἀπολογίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **defense**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to defend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 3 15 q8i1 figs-abstractnouns τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς λόγον 1 Peter uses **word** figuratively to an answer or explanation spoken by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who asks you for a statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 3 15 q8i1 figs-metonymy τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς λόγον 1 Peter uses **word** figuratively to an answer or explanation spoken by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who asks you for a statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 15 w3xw figs-abstractnouns περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “concerning your hope” or “concerning the hope that you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 16 hzya figs-abstractnouns μετὰ πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **meekness** and **fear**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by being meek and fearful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n 1PE 3 16 ctk3 figs-abstractnouns συνείδησιν ἔχοντες ἀγαθήν 1 This phrase implies not doing anything sinful that would cause a person to not have a **good conscience**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “doing nothing wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 6c1a33d85bd163884987e3ffcf5c987f558c7ebc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 18:56:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 218/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 76b5e9aece..753bba44d0 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -331,11 +331,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 16 dvwr figs-activepassive καταισχυνθῶσιν, οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may shame the ones who are reviling your good behavior in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 17 bt09 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀγαθοποιοῦντας…κακοποιοῦντας 1 These two phrases indicate two different reasons for suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of doing good … because of doing evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 1PE 3 17 x8qu figs-metonymy εἰ θέλοι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Peter uses **the will of God** figuratively to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 3 18 me4u figs-explicit περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν 1 Here, **sins** implies the sins of people other than Jesus because Jesus never sinned. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sake of the sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 3 18 me4u figs-explicit περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν 1 Here, **sins** implies the **sins** of people other than Jesus because Jesus never sinned. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sake of the sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 18 q9fa figs-activepassive θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people having killed him in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metonymy θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body, which was made of **flesh**. Peter is saying that the body of Christ was killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 18 h6v4 figs-activepassive ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 having been made alive in the spirit If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God’s spirit having made him alive” or “God having made him alive in the spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 3 18 n7nh figs-explicit ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 in the spirit Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which Jesus was made alive. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive by the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to as “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “having been made him alive spiritually” or “having been made him alive in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 3 18 n7nh figs-explicit ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 in the spirit Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which Jesus was made alive. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive by the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “having been made him alive spiritually” or “having been made him alive in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 19 hp82 figs-explicit ἐν ᾧ 1 in which Here, **which** refers to “the spirit” in the previous verse. As in the previous verse, this could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 19 ewuu ἐκήρυξεν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus proclaimed God’s victory over sin and death that he accomplished by his death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “he proclaimed God’s victory” (2) Jesus preached the gospel to wicked people indirectly through the preaching of Noah during the time before the great flood. Alternate translation: “he preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 3 19 ez3d figs-explicit τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 to the spirits in prison Here, **spirits** could refer to: (1) evil spirits whom God imprisoned because of what they did before the flood that occurred in Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)), as in the UST. (2) the spirits of people who died during the flood that occurred in Noah’s time. This interpretation is a less likely to be correct because Peter never refers to people as **spirits**, but rather “souls” in the next verse. Alternate translation: “to those people who had died and were in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 1cbd79ff5f6f67c53899db6666ca9116a0405562 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 18:57:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 219/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 753bba44d0..ee66408e1e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 18 h6v4 figs-activepassive ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 having been made alive in the spirit If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God’s spirit having made him alive” or “God having made him alive in the spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 18 n7nh figs-explicit ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 in the spirit Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which Jesus was made alive. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive by the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “having been made him alive spiritually” or “having been made him alive in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 19 hp82 figs-explicit ἐν ᾧ 1 in which Here, **which** refers to “the spirit” in the previous verse. As in the previous verse, this could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 3 19 ewuu ἐκήρυξεν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus proclaimed God’s victory over sin and death that he accomplished by his death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “he proclaimed God’s victory” (2) Jesus preached the gospel to wicked people indirectly through the preaching of Noah during the time before the great flood. Alternate translation: “he preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1PE 3 19 ewuu figs-ellipsis ἐκήρυξεν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus proclaimed God’s victory over sin and death that he accomplished through his death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “he proclaimed God’s victory” (2) Jesus preached the gospel to wicked people indirectly through the preaching of Noah during the time before the great flood. Alternate translation: “he preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 3 19 ez3d figs-explicit τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 to the spirits in prison Here, **spirits** could refer to: (1) evil spirits whom God imprisoned because of what they did before the flood that occurred in Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)), as in the UST. (2) the spirits of people who died during the flood that occurred in Noah’s time. This interpretation is a less likely to be correct because Peter never refers to people as **spirits**, but rather “souls” in the next verse. Alternate translation: “to those people who had died and were in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 19 zpyr figs-metaphor ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Here Peter uses **prison** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) a place where God imprisoned certain evil spirits whom he will judge when he judges the whole world (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md)). Alternate translation: “whom God had imprisoned to await judgment” (2) the place where sinful people go when they die. Alternate translation: “in hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 20 qxah figs-ellipsis ἀπειθήσασίν 1 when the patience of God was waiting Peter is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “having disobeyed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From 0d914ba01e1464902f6d707a5c430f45fa0fdf87 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 19:00:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 220/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index ee66408e1e..c866750b2a 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 18 h6v4 figs-activepassive ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 having been made alive in the spirit If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God’s spirit having made him alive” or “God having made him alive in the spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 18 n7nh figs-explicit ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 in the spirit Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which Jesus was made alive. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive by the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “having been made him alive spiritually” or “having been made him alive in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 19 hp82 figs-explicit ἐν ᾧ 1 in which Here, **which** refers to “the spirit” in the previous verse. As in the previous verse, this could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 3 19 ewuu figs-ellipsis ἐκήρυξεν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus proclaimed God’s victory over sin and death that he accomplished through his death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “he proclaimed God’s victory” (2) Jesus preached the gospel to wicked people indirectly through the preaching of Noah during the time before the great flood. Alternate translation: “he preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1PE 3 19 ewuu figs-ellipsis ἐκήρυξεν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus proclaimed God’s victory over sin and death that he accomplished through his death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “he proclaimed God’s victory” (2) Jesus preached the gospel to wicked people indirectly through the preaching of Noah during the time before the great flood. This interpretation is less likely because it would mean that Noah was actually the one preaching and Peter does not mention Jesus’ pre-incarnate existence anywhere in this letter. Alternate translation: “he preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 3 19 ez3d figs-explicit τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 to the spirits in prison Here, **spirits** could refer to: (1) evil spirits whom God imprisoned because of what they did before the flood that occurred in Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)), as in the UST. (2) the spirits of people who died during the flood that occurred in Noah’s time. This interpretation is a less likely to be correct because Peter never refers to people as **spirits**, but rather “souls” in the next verse. Alternate translation: “to those people who had died and were in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 19 zpyr figs-metaphor ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Here Peter uses **prison** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) a place where God imprisoned certain evil spirits whom he will judge when he judges the whole world (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md)). Alternate translation: “whom God had imprisoned to await judgment” (2) the place where sinful people go when they die. Alternate translation: “in hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 20 qxah figs-ellipsis ἀπειθήσασίν 1 when the patience of God was waiting Peter is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “having disobeyed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From e5abae50f224e8a4dc135d034fcaab862cccc33c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 19:05:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 222/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index c866750b2a..c9164ecec8 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 18 h6v4 figs-activepassive ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 having been made alive in the spirit If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God’s spirit having made him alive” or “God having made him alive in the spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 18 n7nh figs-explicit ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 in the spirit Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which Jesus was made alive. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive by the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “having been made him alive spiritually” or “having been made him alive in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 19 hp82 figs-explicit ἐν ᾧ 1 in which Here, **which** refers to “the spirit” in the previous verse. As in the previous verse, this could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 3 19 ewuu figs-ellipsis ἐκήρυξεν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus proclaimed God’s victory over sin and death that he accomplished through his death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “he proclaimed God’s victory” (2) Jesus preached the gospel to wicked people indirectly through the preaching of Noah during the time before the great flood. This interpretation is less likely because it would mean that Noah was actually the one preaching and Peter does not mention Jesus’ pre-incarnate existence anywhere in this letter. Alternate translation: “he preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1PE 3 19 ewuu figs-ellipsis ἐκήρυξεν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus proclaimed God’s victory over sin and death that he accomplished through his death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “he proclaimed God’s victory” (2) Jesus preached the gospel to wicked people indirectly through the preaching of Noah during the time before the great flood. This interpretation is less likely to be correct because it would mean that Noah was actually the one preaching and Peter does not mention Jesus’ pre-incarnate existence anywhere in this letter. Alternate translation: “he preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 3 19 ez3d figs-explicit τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 to the spirits in prison Here, **spirits** could refer to: (1) evil spirits whom God imprisoned because of what they did before the flood that occurred in Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)), as in the UST. (2) the spirits of people who died during the flood that occurred in Noah’s time. This interpretation is a less likely to be correct because Peter never refers to people as **spirits**, but rather “souls” in the next verse. Alternate translation: “to those people who had died and were in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 19 zpyr figs-metaphor ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Here Peter uses **prison** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) a place where God imprisoned certain evil spirits whom he will judge when he judges the whole world (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md)). Alternate translation: “whom God had imprisoned to await judgment” (2) the place where sinful people go when they die. Alternate translation: “in hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 20 qxah figs-ellipsis ἀπειθήσασίν 1 when the patience of God was waiting Peter is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “having disobeyed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From a772d162374abd1f438ea7e9ffbdc03a92adbace Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 19:06:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 223/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index c9164ecec8..c00f5f999e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 19 zpyr figs-metaphor ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Here Peter uses **prison** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) a place where God imprisoned certain evil spirits whom he will judge when he judges the whole world (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md)). Alternate translation: “whom God had imprisoned to await judgment” (2) the place where sinful people go when they die. Alternate translation: “in hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 20 qxah figs-ellipsis ἀπειθήσασίν 1 when the patience of God was waiting Peter is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “having disobeyed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-metonymy ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία 1 the patience of God Peter uses **patience of God** figuratively to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 3 20 yyth figs-metonymy ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε 1 Here Peter uses **days** figuratively to refer to the time period when Noah was alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time of Noah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 3 20 yyth figs-metonymy ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε 1 Here Peter uses **days of Noah** figuratively to refer to the time period when Noah was alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time of Noah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when Noah was constructing an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 21 dqjy writing-pronouns ὃ 1 Here, **which** refers back to the “water” mentioned at the end of the last verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1PE 3 21 vxoh figs-infostructure ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “which, being an antitype for baptism, no saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) From 40cfbea7cd8ba028745b9500b014d4631f94cf2b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 19:12:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 224/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index c00f5f999e..b9e1ecd31f 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -345,6 +345,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 20 yyth figs-metonymy ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε 1 Here Peter uses **days of Noah** figuratively to refer to the time period when Noah was alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time of Noah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when Noah was constructing an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 21 dqjy writing-pronouns ὃ 1 Here, **which** refers back to the “water” mentioned at the end of the last verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +1PE 3 21 tz6l figs-explicit ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα 1 Here, **antitype** refers to one thing that is an analogy for another thing. In this context the “water” from the previous verse is an analogy for baptism. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is a symbol for baptism, no saves you also” or “which is analogous to baptism, no saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 21 vxoh figs-infostructure ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “which, being an antitype for baptism, no saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1PE 3 21 ium3 figs-metonymy βάπτισμα 1 Here Peter uses **baptism** figuratively to refer to the faith and repentance that believers demonstrate when they are baptized. The Bible clearly states that God saves people by grace through faith, not any work like baptism ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../../eph/02/08.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the faith and repentance demonstrated by baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 21 owi3 figs-abstractnouns οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **removal** and **appeal**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “it does not remove dirt from the flesh, but appeals to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 248ffc30100af77f0fe88ba4f935ac93c6e619a6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 19:14:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 225/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index b9e1ecd31f..96aaf31165 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -345,9 +345,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 20 yyth figs-metonymy ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε 1 Here Peter uses **days of Noah** figuratively to refer to the time period when Noah was alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time of Noah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when Noah was constructing an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 21 dqjy writing-pronouns ὃ 1 Here, **which** refers back to the “water” mentioned at the end of the last verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -1PE 3 21 tz6l figs-explicit ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα 1 Here, **antitype** refers to one thing that is an analogy for another thing. In this context the “water” from the previous verse is an analogy for baptism. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is a symbol for baptism, no saves you also” or “which is analogous to baptism, no saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 21 vxoh figs-infostructure ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “which, being an antitype for baptism, no saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -1PE 3 21 ium3 figs-metonymy βάπτισμα 1 Here Peter uses **baptism** figuratively to refer to the faith and repentance that believers demonstrate when they are baptized. The Bible clearly states that God saves people by grace through faith, not any work like baptism ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../../eph/02/08.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the faith and repentance demonstrated by baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 3 21 tz6l figs-explicit ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα 1 Here, **antitype** refers to one thing that is an analogy for another thing. In this context the “water” from the previous verse is an analogy for baptism. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is a symbol for baptism, no saves you also” or “which is analogous to baptism, no saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 3 21 ium3 figs-metonymy βάπτισμα 1 Here Peter uses **baptism** figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that believers profess when they are baptized. The Bible clearly states that God saves people by grace through faith, not any work like baptism ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../../eph/02/08.md)). See the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus demonstrated by baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 21 owi3 figs-abstractnouns οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **removal** and **appeal**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “it does not remove dirt from the flesh, but appeals to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 21 hmp9 figs-metonymy σαρκὸς 1 Here, Peter uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 21 uz0u figs-explicit συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν 1 Here the phrase **a good conscience** means Peter’s readers do not feel guilty because they know that God has forgiven their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “an appeal to God to know that your sins have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 69c2ce8f25390e729e2028fb1d59b3a156219115 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 19:15:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 226/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 96aaf31165..e0569767c7 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 21 owi3 figs-abstractnouns οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **removal** and **appeal**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “it does not remove dirt from the flesh, but appeals to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 21 hmp9 figs-metonymy σαρκὸς 1 Here, Peter uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 21 uz0u figs-explicit συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν 1 Here the phrase **a good conscience** means Peter’s readers do not feel guilty because they know that God has forgiven their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “an appeal to God to know that your sins have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 3 21 jti3 figs-infostructure καὶ ὑμᾶς…νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ Here, **through the resurrection of Jesus Christ** indicates the means by which baptism saves. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to make that meaning clear. Alternate translation: “baptism no saves you also through the resurrection of Jesus Christ. It is not a removal of dirt from the flesh, but an appeal of a good conscience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +1PE 3 21 jti3 figs-infostructure καὶ ὑμᾶς…νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ Here, **through the resurrection of Jesus Christ** indicates the means by which the faith demonstrated by baptism saves. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to make that meaning clear. Alternate translation: “baptism now saves you also through the resurrection of Jesus Christ. It is not a removal of dirt from the flesh, but an appeal of a good conscience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1PE 3 21 rixf figs-abstractnouns δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through God raising Jesus Christ from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 22 p5ij figs-infostructure ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ, πορευθεὶς εἰς οὐρανὸν, ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The phrases **having gone** and **having been subjected** indicate that those two clauses describe events that occurred before the first clause in this verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases so that they appear in chronological order. Alternate translation: “after having gone into heaven, with angels and authorities and powers having been subjected to him, he is at the right hand of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God Here, Peter uses **right hand** figuratively to refer to the place located at the right side of God in heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is at God’s right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 037a19e594b0f2071f11ee23271aeaa163b59230 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 19:17:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 227/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index e0569767c7..ef1515f6ca 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 21 rixf figs-abstractnouns δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through God raising Jesus Christ from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 22 p5ij figs-infostructure ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ, πορευθεὶς εἰς οὐρανὸν, ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The phrases **having gone** and **having been subjected** indicate that those two clauses describe events that occurred before the first clause in this verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases so that they appear in chronological order. Alternate translation: “after having gone into heaven, with angels and authorities and powers having been subjected to him, he is at the right hand of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God Here, Peter uses **right hand** figuratively to refer to the place located at the right side of God in heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is at God’s right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the right side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 These are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)
2. The end is near (4:7–11)
3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungodly Gentiles

This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### Martyrdom

It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”

Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. From 40d5ea0f9db930fcdd427cf24947b62345134cfc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 19:18:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 228/229] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index ef1515f6ca..9dddadb4ea 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 22 p5ij figs-infostructure ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ, πορευθεὶς εἰς οὐρανὸν, ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The phrases **having gone** and **having been subjected** indicate that those two clauses describe events that occurred before the first clause in this verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases so that they appear in chronological order. Alternate translation: “after having gone into heaven, with angels and authorities and powers having been subjected to him, he is at the right hand of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God Here, Peter uses **right hand** figuratively to refer to the place located at the right side of God in heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is at God’s right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 These are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n +1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)
2. The end is near (4:7–11)
3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungodly Gentiles

This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### Martyrdom

It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”

Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings. From 9408690494e4b28bf5d168c76b11fe28717ee9df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 15:31:42 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 229/229] Fix format of 1 Peter --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 30 +++++++++++++++--------------- 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 9dddadb4ea..2077bdf028 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -1PE front intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n2. Peter reminds the believers of their identity in Christ (1:3–2:10)\n\n * Peter praises God for saving the believers (1:3–12)\n * Command to be holy (1:13–21)\n * Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)\n\n1. Peter tells the believers how they should behave (2:11–4:11)\n\n * How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n * How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n * The end is near (4:7–11)\n\n1. Peter encourages the believers to persevere when suffering (4:12–5:11)\n\n * How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n * Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n\n1. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe author identified himself as Peter, who was also called Simon Peter. He was an apostle and also wrote the book of 2 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter in Rome. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)). Peter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. In [5:13](../05/13.md) Peter referred to Rome symbolically as “Babylon.” It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?\n\n“Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from a pure heart” ([1:22](../01/22.md)). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth *through the Spirit* for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from the heart.” Translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +1PE front intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 1 Peter

1. Introduction (1:1–2)
2. Peter reminds the believers of their identity in Christ (1:3–2:10)

* Peter praises God for saving the believers (1:3–12)
* Command to be holy (1:13–21)
* Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)

1. Peter tells the believers how they should behave (2:11–4:11)

* How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)
* How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)
* The end is near (4:7–11)

1. Peter encourages the believers to persevere when suffering (4:12–5:11)

* How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)
* Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)

1. Conclusion (5:12–14)

### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?

The author identified himself as Peter, who was also called Simon Peter. He was an apostle and also wrote the book of 2 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter in Rome. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])

### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?

Peter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)). Peter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### How were Christians treated in Rome?

Peter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. In [5:13](../05/13.md) Peter referred to Rome symbolically as “Babylon.” It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Singular and plural “you”

In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?

“Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from a pure heart” ([1:22](../01/22.md)). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth *through the Spirit* for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from the heart.” Translators are advised to follow the modern reading.

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 1PE 1 intro ql4i 0 # 1 Peter 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Introduction (1:1–2)
2. Peter praises God for saving the believers (1:3–12)
3. Command to be holy (1:13–21)
4. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)

Peter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at that time.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [1:24–25](../01/24.md).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### What God reveals

When Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.

### Holiness

God wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Eternity

Peter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are also glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md)) 1PE 1 1 g6b4 figs-123person Πέτρος 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Peter, am writing this letter” or “From Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 1PE 1 1 p0pd translate-names Πέτρος 1 **Peter** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to 1 Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 1 25 aba2 figs-metonym τὸ…ῥῆμα Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Peter quotes Isaiah using **word** figuratively to describe all that God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message that comes from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 1 25 pp62 figs-metonym τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν τὸ ῥῆμα 1 Here Peter uses **word** in the same specific sense as in [verse 23](../01/23.md). It is not the general meaning of **word** used earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And this is the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 1 25 s11j figs-activepassive τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν 1 the word that has been proclaimed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the word that we have proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Peter 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)
2. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10 and the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Stones

The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, which is the most important stone. According to [Ephesians 2:20](../../eph/02/02.md), the apostles and prophets are the foundation, which is the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Milk and babies

When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk” in [2:2](../02/02.md), he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Sheep and shepherds

The Bible often speaks metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter alludes to [Isaiah 53:6](../../isa/53/06.md) to describe unbelievers as sheep that wander aimlessly and don't know where they are going. God’s people are also similar to sheep in that they are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter also refers to Jesus as a shepherd who takes care believers, which is a similar idea to what Jesus said in [John 10:11–18](../../jhn/10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/shepherd]]) +1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Peter 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)
2. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10 and the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Stones

The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, which is the most important stone. According to [Ephesians 2:20](../../eph/02/02.md), the apostles and prophets are the foundation, which is the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Milk and babies

When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk” in [2:2](../02/02.md), he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Sheep and shepherds

The Bible often speaks metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter alludes to [Isaiah 53:6](../../isa/53/06.md) to describe unbelievers as sheep that wander aimlessly and don’t know where they are going. God’s people are also similar to sheep in that they are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter also refers to Jesus as a shepherd who takes care believers, which is a similar idea to what Jesus said in [John 10:11–18](../../jhn/10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/shepherd]]) 1PE 2 1 n3x5 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore **Therefore** here refers back to everything that Peter has said in the previous paragraph ([1:22–25](../01/22.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 1PE 2 1 inct figs-declarative ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 This clause indicates a command in addition to the command to “long for pure spiritual milk” that occurs next in the verse. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “put aside all evil and all deceit and hypocrisies and envies and all slanders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) 1PE 2 1 g65y figs-metaphor ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 having put aside all evil, and all deceit and hypocrisy and envy, and all slander Peter speaks of these sinful actions figuratively as if they were objects that people could **put aside** the way people remove dirty clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having stopped being evil, or being deceptive, or being hypocritical, or envying, or slandering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 2 6 skrt figs-123person τίθημι 1 In this quotation from the Old Testament **I** refers to God. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, lay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 1PE 2 6 xsx8 figs-metaphor λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον 1 a cornerstone Here God refers to the Messiah figuratively as if he were not only a **stone**, but even the most important **stone** in a building, the **cornerstone**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone who is like the most important stone in a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 6 klv2 figs-distinguish λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον 1 a cornerstone, chosen, precious Here, **chosen** and **precious** show a distinction between this **cornerstone** and any other **cornerstone**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “a cornerstone that is chosen and precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -1PE 2 6 lrxm figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. God uses them together to emphasize the truth of this statement. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+1PE 2 6 lrxm figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. God uses them together to emphasize the truth of this statement. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 1PE 2 7 ze1c figs-explicit ἡ τιμὴ 1 Here, **this honor** refers to the statement in the previous verse that people who believe in Jesus will “certainly not be ashamed.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this honor of never being ashamed is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 2 7 rdhk figs-explicit ἡ τιμὴ 1 The phrase translated **this honor** could also be translated as “precious,” in which case it would refer to the “cornerstone” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “he is precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 2 7 sj13 figs-ellipsis ἀπιστοῦσιν δὲ 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But to those who do not believe, the scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 2 8 i72g figs-metaphor λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου 1 Peter quotes Isaiah speaking figuratively of the Messiah as if he were a **stone** or **rock** that people tripped over. He means that many people would be offended by Jesus’ teachings and reject him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “He is like a stone of stumbling and like a rock of offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 8 ydkr figs-possession λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου 1 Peter quotes Isaiah using the possessive form twice in this sentence to describe a **stone** that causes **stumbling and a **rock** that causes **offense**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A stone that makes people stumble and a rock that makes people feel offended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 2 8 ptx5 figs-parallelism λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου 1 A stone of stumbling and a rock of offense These two phrases mean the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that people will be offended by this **stone**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “a stone or a rock over which people will surely stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -1PE 2 8 h7ta figs-metonymy τῷ λόγῳ 1 stumble because they disobey the word Here, **the word** refers to the gospel message, which includes the command to repent and believe the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE 2 8 h7ta figs-metonymy τῷ λόγῳ 1 stumble because they disobey the word Here, **the word** refers to the gospel message, which includes the command to repent and believe the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 2 8 d8ii figs-metaphor οἳ προσκόπτουσιν 1 Here, **stumble** could refer to: (1) being offended by the gospel, as it means in the rest of the verse. Alternate translation: “They get offended” (2) being judged for rejecting the gospel. Alternate translation: “They are judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 8 h6sb grammar-connect-logic-result οἳ προσκόπτουσιν τῷ λόγῳ ἀπειθοῦντες 1 Here, **disobeying the word** indicates the reason why they **stumble**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They stumble because they disobey the word” or “Because they disobey the word, they stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -1PE 2 8 mh48 figs-explicit τῷ λόγῳ ἀπειθοῦντες 1 Here, **disobeying** refers to **disobeying** the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. Therefore, this **disobeying** means refusing to believe the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “refusing to believe the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1PE 2 8 mh48 figs-explicit τῷ λόγῳ ἀπειθοῦντες 1 Here, **disobeying** refers to **disobeying** the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. Therefore, this **disobeying** means refusing to believe the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “refusing to believe the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 2 8 sm6s figs-activepassive εἰς ὃ καὶ ἐτέθησαν 1 to which also they were appointed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to which God also appointed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 8 uwg1 figs-explicit εἰς ὃ 1 Here, **which** refers back to the previous part of this sentence. Those who do not believe in Jesus were appointed to stumble and disobey the word. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to this stumbling and disobeying the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 2 9 dc8m figs-quotemarks γένος ἐκλεκτόν, βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα, ἔθνος ἅγιον, λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν 1 All four of these phrases are quotations from the Old Testament. The phrase **a chosen people** is from [Isaiah 43:20](../../isa/43/20.md), **a royal priesthood** and **a holy nation** are from [Exodus 19:6](../../exo/19/06.md), and **a people for possession** is from [Isaiah 43:21](../../isa/43/21.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate these quotations with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -255,20 +255,20 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 2 25 jkfu figs-activepassive ἐπεστράφητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 25 z6q2 figs-synecdoche τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “the spirits in prison”\n\n[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who these spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah. \n\n### “Baptism now saves you”\n\nIn [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism when he says that he is not referring to “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus because Jesus rose from the dead. +1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)
2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 10–12](../03/10.md).

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### “the spirits in prison”

[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who these spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah.

### “Baptism now saves you”

In [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism when he says that he is not referring to “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus because Jesus rose from the dead. 1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter gives instructions specifically to women who are wives. 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won Here, **won** is an idiom that means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers in Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “without you saying a word.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 3 1 b56u figs-metonymy ἄνευ λόγου 1 Here, **word** refers to the anything the wives might say to their husbands about the gospel message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without a word about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 3 2 rzrl grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποπτεύσαντες 1 This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +1PE 3 2 rzrl grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποπτεύσαντες 1 This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you behave purely and with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 2 ng3s figs-explicit τὴν…ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect This could refer to: (1) the wives’ sincere and honest behavior. Alternate translation: “your sincere behavior” (2) the wives’ sexually chaste behavior. Alternate translation: “your sexually chaste behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 3 p1bg writing-pronouns ὧν 1 Here, **whose** refers to the Christian wives to whom Peter is speaking. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1PE 3 3 ysvn figs-abstractnouns ὧν…κόσμος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adornment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they way you adorn yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 4 oav8 = ἀλλ’ ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin this verse as a new sentence. If you do so, then you will need to repeat the subject and verb from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Rather, let your adornment be the inner man of the heart” -1PE 3 4 m2n3 figs-metonymy ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, **hidden man** and **heart** both refer to a person’s thoughts or emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n +1PE 3 4 m2n3 figs-metonymy ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, **hidden man** and **heart** both refer to a person’s thoughts or emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 4 l2yq figs-possession ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner person of the heart Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **hidden man** is the same thing as **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the hidden man, which is the heart” or “the hidden man, namely, the heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 3 4 l1js figs-possession ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **imperishable thing** is the same thing as **a gentle and quiet spirit**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the imperishable thing, which is a gentle and quiet spirit” or “in the imperishable thing, namely, a gentle and quiet spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 3 4 spi6 figs-metonymy τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 Here,**quiet** means “peaceful” or “calm.” It does not mean the opposite of loud. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of a gentle and peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 9 z5u3 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποδιδόντες κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ, ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας 1 Do not pay back evil in exchange for evil or insult in exchange for insult Peter uses **paying back** figuratively to refer to responding to the actions of another person as if one was returning money to that person for those actions. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not doing evil to someone who does evil to you or insult someone who insults you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 9 t6il figs-explicit εὐλογοῦντες 1 blessing Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “blessing those who do evil to you or insult you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 9 w5df figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε 1 to this you were called If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God called you to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 3 9 wx2r figs-explicit εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε, ἵνα 1 Here, **this** could refer to: (1) **blessing** earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “you were called to bless, so that” (2) **inherit a blessing** later in the verse “to this you were called: so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 3 9 wx2r figs-explicit εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε, ἵνα 1 Here, **this** could refer to: (1) **blessing** earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “you were called to bless, so that” (2) **inherit a blessing** later in the verse “to this you were called: so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 9 n3xc figs-metaphor ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσητε 1 so that you might inherit a blessing Peter speaks of experiencing God’s **blessing** figuratively as if one is receiving an inheritance. If this might confuse your readers, you could express it plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you might experience God’s blessing as your permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 10 dpf2 writing-quotations γὰρ 1 **For** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament ([Psalm 34:12–16](../../psa/34/12.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “It is as David wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 1PE 3 10 tce3 figs-quotemarks ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς, παυσάτω 1 From this clause through to the end of [verse 12](../03/12.md), Peter quotes from [Psalm 34:12–16](../../psa/34/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 12 tytz figs-explicit ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears are upon their requests The idea that the Lord listens to the requests of righteous people also implies that he responds to those requests. If this might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he listen to and grants their requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 12 es9n figs-synecdoche πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ 1 But the face of the Lord is against Here, **face** refers figuratively to the Lord himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But the Lord is against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 12 t22b figs-idiom πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ 1 But the face of the Lord is against Here, **the face** being **against** someone is an idiom that refers to one person opposing another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “But the Lord opposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1PE 3 12 gw7w figs-quotemarks ποιοῦντας κακά 1 After this phrase, Peter also ends his quotation from the book of Psalms. If you decided in [verse 10](../03/10.md) to mark this as a quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n +1PE 3 12 gw7w figs-quotemarks ποιοῦντας κακά 1 After this phrase, Peter also ends his quotation from the book of Psalms. If you decided in [verse 10](../03/10.md) to mark this as a quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) 1PE 3 13 wkw4 0 Connecting Statement: In [verses 13–22](../03/13.md) Peter teaches the believers how to behave when unbelievers persecute them. 1PE 3 13 e1ma figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κακώσων ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ γένησθε? 1 who is the one who will harm you if you are a zealot of what is good? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that it is unlikely that someone would harm them if they did good things. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one will harm you if you become zealous ones of the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 3 13 e8li figs-possession τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe people who are **zealous** about doing **good** deeds. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “ones zealous to do good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 15 d69e figs-abstractnouns πρὸς ἀπολογίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **defense**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to defend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 15 q8i1 figs-metonymy τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς λόγον 1 Peter uses **word** figuratively to an answer or explanation spoken by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who asks you for a statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 15 w3xw figs-abstractnouns περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “concerning your hope” or “concerning the hope that you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 3 16 hzya figs-abstractnouns μετὰ πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **meekness** and **fear**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by being meek and fearful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +1PE 3 16 hzya figs-abstractnouns μετὰ πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **meekness** and **fear**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by being meek and fearful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 16 ctk3 figs-abstractnouns συνείδησιν ἔχοντες ἀγαθήν 1 This phrase implies not doing anything sinful that would cause a person to not have a **good conscience**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “doing nothing wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 16 wrk5 figs-infostructure ἵνα ἐν ᾧ καταλαλεῖσθε, καταισχυνθῶσιν, οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “so that the ones who are reviling your good behavior in Christ may be ashamed with respect to what you are being slandered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1PE 3 16 s7mb figs-activepassive καταλαλεῖσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people are slandering you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 18 n7nh figs-explicit ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 in the spirit Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which Jesus was made alive. Alternate translation: “having been made him alive by the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “having been made him alive spiritually” or “having been made him alive in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 19 hp82 figs-explicit ἐν ᾧ 1 in which Here, **which** refers to “the spirit” in the previous verse. As in the previous verse, this could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit” (2) Jesus’ spiritual existence. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual realm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 19 ewuu figs-ellipsis ἐκήρυξεν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus proclaimed God’s victory over sin and death that he accomplished through his death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “he proclaimed God’s victory” (2) Jesus preached the gospel to wicked people indirectly through the preaching of Noah during the time before the great flood. This interpretation is less likely to be correct because it would mean that Noah was actually the one preaching and Peter does not mention Jesus’ pre-incarnate existence anywhere in this letter. Alternate translation: “he preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -1PE 3 19 ez3d figs-explicit τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 to the spirits in prison Here, **spirits** could refer to: (1) evil spirits whom God imprisoned because of what they did before the flood that occurred in Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)), as in the UST. (2) the spirits of people who died during the flood that occurred in Noah’s time. This interpretation is a less likely to be correct because Peter never refers to people as **spirits**, but rather “souls” in the next verse. Alternate translation: “to those people who had died and were in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 3 19 ez3d figs-explicit τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 to the spirits in prison Here, **spirits** could refer to: (1) evil spirits whom God imprisoned because of what they did before the flood that occurred in Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)), as in the UST. (2) the spirits of people who died during the flood that occurred in Noah’s time. This interpretation is a less likely to be correct because Peter never refers to people as **spirits**, but rather “souls” in the next verse. Alternate translation: “to those people who had died and were in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 19 zpyr figs-metaphor ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Here Peter uses **prison** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) a place where God imprisoned certain evil spirits whom he will judge when he judges the whole world (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md)). Alternate translation: “whom God had imprisoned to await judgment” (2) the place where sinful people go when they die. Alternate translation: “in hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 20 qxah figs-ellipsis ἀπειθήσασίν 1 when the patience of God was waiting Peter is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “having disobeyed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-metonymy ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία 1 the patience of God Peter uses **patience of God** figuratively to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -346,17 +346,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when Noah was constructing an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 21 dqjy writing-pronouns ὃ 1 Here, **which** refers back to the “water” mentioned at the end of the last verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1PE 3 21 vxoh figs-infostructure ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “which, being an antitype for baptism, no saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -1PE 3 21 tz6l figs-explicit ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα 1 Here, **antitype** refers to one thing that is an analogy for another thing. In this context the “water” from the previous verse is an analogy for baptism. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is a symbol for baptism, no saves you also” or “which is analogous to baptism, no saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 3 21 tz6l figs-explicit ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα 1 Here, **antitype** refers to one thing that is an analogy for another thing. In this context the “water” from the previous verse is an analogy for baptism. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is a symbol for baptism, no saves you also” or “which is analogous to baptism, no saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 21 ium3 figs-metonymy βάπτισμα 1 Here Peter uses **baptism** figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that believers profess when they are baptized. The Bible clearly states that God saves people by grace through faith, not any work like baptism ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../../eph/02/08.md)). See the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus demonstrated by baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 21 owi3 figs-abstractnouns οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **removal** and **appeal**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “it does not remove dirt from the flesh, but appeals to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 3 21 hmp9 figs-metonymy σαρκὸς 1 Here, Peter uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 3 21 hmp9 figs-metonymy σαρκὸς 1 Here, Peter uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 21 uz0u figs-explicit συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν 1 Here the phrase **a good conscience** means Peter’s readers do not feel guilty because they know that God has forgiven their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “an appeal to God to know that your sins have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 21 jti3 figs-infostructure καὶ ὑμᾶς…νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ Here, **through the resurrection of Jesus Christ** indicates the means by which the faith demonstrated by baptism saves. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to make that meaning clear. Alternate translation: “baptism now saves you also through the resurrection of Jesus Christ. It is not a removal of dirt from the flesh, but an appeal of a good conscience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1PE 3 21 rixf figs-abstractnouns δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through God raising Jesus Christ from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 3 22 p5ij figs-infostructure ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ, πορευθεὶς εἰς οὐρανὸν, ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The phrases **having gone** and **having been subjected** indicate that those two clauses describe events that occurred before the first clause in this verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases so that they appear in chronological order. Alternate translation: “after having gone into heaven, with angels and authorities and powers having been subjected to him, he is at the right hand of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God Here, Peter uses **right hand** figuratively to refer to the place located at the right side of God in heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is at God’s right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n +1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)
2. The end is near (4:7–11)
3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungodly Gentiles

This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### Martyrdom

It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”

Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings.